4,265 Matching Annotations
  1. Sep 2025
    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The author showed expression of the viral proteases 2Apro and 3Cpro of EV-D68, which cleaved specific components of the nuclear pore complex (Nup98 and POM121 by 2Apro), and 2A but not 3C expression altered nuclear import and export. Similar nucleocytoplasmic transport deficits are observed in EV-D68-infected RD cells and iPSC-derived motor neurons (diMNs). 2A inhibitor telaprevir partially rescued the nucleocytoplasmic transport deficits and suppressed neuronal cell death after infection. While it's clear that 2A can cleave NPC proteins and affect nuclear transport, the link to neurotoxicity after EV-D68 infection is less convincing.

      This study opens up a very intriguing hypothesis: that EV-D68 2Apro could be directly responsible for motor neuron cell death, mediated by POM121 and possibly Nup98 cleavage, that ultimately results in paralysis known as acute flaccid myelitis. This hypothesis notably does run counter to other published data showing that human neuronal organoids derived from iPSCs can support productive EV-D68 infection for weeks without cell death and that EV-D68-infected mice can have paralysis prevented by depletion of CD8 T cells, still with EV-D68 infection of the spinal cord. However, even if 2Apro is not ultimately responsible for motor neurons dying in human infections, that does not exclude the possibility that cleavage of nups could still disrupt motor neuron function. Notably, most children with AFM have some amount of motor function return after their acute period of paralysis, but most still have some residual paralysis for years to life. It is possible that 2A pro could mediate the acute onset of weakness, while T cells killing neurons could determine the amount of long-term, residual paralysis.

      Strengths:

      The characterization of nuclear pore complex components that appear to be targets of both poliovirus and EV-D68 proteases is quite thorough and expansive, so this data set alone will be useful for reference to the field. And the process by which the authors narrowed their focus to EV-D68 2Apro reducing Nup98 and POM121 as consequential to both import and export of nuclear cargo but not RNA was technically impressive, thorough, and convincing. As will be detailed below, when the authors move from studying over-expressed proteases in transformed cell lines to studying actual virus infection in both transformed cell lines and iPSC-derived neurons, some of the data only indirectly support their conclusions; however, the quality of the experiments performed is still high. So even if the claim that 2Apro causes neurotoxicity is circumstantial, the data certainly are intriguing and certainly justify further study of the effects of EV-D68 2Apro on the NPC and how this impacts pathogenesis. This is a convincing start to an intriguing line of inquiry.

      Weaknesses:

      This study falls a bit shy of actually showing that 2Apro effects are causing motor neuron toxicity because the evidence of this is fairly indirect. At points, the authors do admit these limitations, but at other times, they claim to have shown the link directly. The following are reasons why these claims are only indirectly supported:

      (1) Cleavage of Nup98 and POM121 after EV-D68 infection in RD cells and diMNs is never demonstrated.

      (2) Telaprevir was able to rescue nucleocytoplasmic transport in RD cells at low concentrations (Figure 4A). It is not shown if this correlates with its antiviral effect in RD cells, or could this correlate with inhibition of 2A cleavage of Nup98 or POM121, which is never measured.

      (3) Building off of the prior point, the authors' claim that the neuroprotective effect of telaprevir is independent of its antiviral effect is not well-founded. Figure 4E (neuroprotection) was done with MOI 5, and Figure 4G (virus growth) was MOI 0.5. Telaprevir neuroprotection is not shown at MOI 0.5, nor is the neuroprotective effect correlated with inhibition of 2A cleavage of Nup98 or POM121.

      (4) The use of mixed virus isolates only in the diMNs is problematic because different EV-D68 isolates are known to have drastically different effects on pathogenesis in mice. Since all initial data were generated with the MO isolate, adding the additional MD isolate to the diMN experiments actually adds uncertainty to the conclusions. It is not clear if the authors infected different cultures with the different isolates and combined the data or infected all cultures with a mixture of the two isolates. If the former, then the data should be reported separately to see the effect of each individual strain, which would be interesting to EV-D68 virologists. If the latter, then there is no way to know from these data whether one of the two isolates had increased fitness over the other and exerted a dominant effect. If the MD isolate overtook the MO isolate, from which all other data in this manuscript are derived, then we have much less of an idea how much the data from the first three figures supports the final figure.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Zhang et al. demonstrates that MORC2 undergoes liquid-liquid phase separation (LLPS) to form nuclear condensates critical for transcriptional repression. Using a combination of in vitro LLPS assays, cellular studies, NMR spectroscopy, and crystallography, the authors show that a dimeric scaffold formed by CC3 drives phase separation, while multivalent interactions between an intrinsically disordered region (IDR) and a newly defined IDR-binding domain (IBD) further promote condensate formation. Notably, LLPS enhances MORC2 ATPase activity in a DNA-dependent manner and contributes to transcriptional regulation, establishing a functional link between phase separation, DNA binding, and transcriptional control. Overall, the manuscript is well-organized and logically structured, offering mechanistic insights into MORC2 function, and most conclusions are supported by the presented data. Nevertheless, some of the claims are not sufficiently supported by the current data and would benefit from additional evidence to strengthen the conclusions.

      The following suggestions may help strengthen the manuscript:

      Major comments:

      (1) The central model proposes that multivalent interactions between the IDR and IBD promote MORC2 LLPS. However, the characterization of these interactions is currently limited. It is recommended that the authors perform more systematic analyses to investigate the contribution of these interactions to LLPS, for example, by in vitro assays assessing how the IDR or IBD individually influence MORC2 phase separation.

      (2) The authors mention that DNA binding can promote MORC2 LLPS. It is recommended that they generate a phase diagram to systematically assess how DNA influences phase separation.

      (3) The authors use the N39A mutant as a negative control to study the effect of DNA binding on ATP hydrolysis. Given that N39A is defective in DNA binding, it could also be employed to directly test whether DNA binding influences MORC2 phase separation.

      (4) Many of the cellular and in vitro LLPS experiments employ EGFP fusions. The authors should evaluate whether the EGFP tag influences MORC2 phase separation behavior.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Stahl and colleagues reports an approach to generate ocular organoids composed of retinal and lens structures, derived from Medaka blastula cells. The authors present a comprehensive characterisation of the timeline followed by lens and retinal progenitors, showing these have distinct origins, and that they recapitulate the expression of differentiation markers found in vivo. Despite this molecular recapitulation, morphogenesis is strikingly different, with lens progenitors arising at the centre of the organoid, and subsequently translocating to the outside.

      Major Comments:

      - The manuscript presents a beautiful set of high-quality images showing expression of lens differentiation markers over time in the organoids. The set of experiments is very robust, with high numbers of organoids analysed and reproducible data. The mechanism by which lens specification is promoted in these organoids is, however, poorly analysed, and the reader does not get a clear understanding of what is different in these experiments, as compared to previous attempts, to support lens differentiation. There is a mention to HEPES supplementation, but no further analysis is provided, and the fact that the process is independent of ECM contradicts, as the authors point out, previous reports. The manuscript would benefit from a more detailed analysis of the mechanisms that lead to lens differentiation in this setting.

      - The markers analysed to show onset of lens differentiation in the organoids seem to start being expressed, in vivo, when the lens placode starts invaginating. An analysis of earlier stages is not presented. This would be very informative, allowing to determine whether progenitors differentiate as placode and neuroepithelium first, to subsequently continue differentiating into lens and retina, respectively. Could early placodal and anterior neural plate markers be analysed in the organoids? This would provide a more complete sequence of lens vs retina differentiation in this model.

      - The analysis of BMP and Fgf requirement for lens formation and differentiation is suggestive, but the source of these signals is not resolved or mentioned in the manuscript. Are BMP4 and Fgf8 expressed by the organoids? Where are they coming from?

      - The fact that the lens becomes specified in the centre of the organoid is striking, but it is for me difficult to visualise how it ends up being extruded from the organoid. Did the authors try to follow this process in movies? I understand that this may be technically challenging, but it would certainly help to understand the process that leads to the final organisation of retinal and lens tissues in the organoid. There is no discussion of why the morphogenetic mechanism is so different from the in vivo situation. The manuscript would benefit from explicitly discussing this.

      Significance:

      This study describes a reproducible approach to differentiate ocular organoids composed of lens and retinal tissues. The characterisation of lens differentiation in this model is very detailed, and despite the morphogenetic differences, the molecular mechanisms show many similarities to the in vivo situation. The manuscript however does not highlight, in my opinion, why this model may be relevant. Clearly articulating this relevance, particularly in the discussion, will enhance the study and provide more clarity to the readers regarding the significance of the study for the field of organoid research, ocular research and regenerative studies.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This perspective article by Reichmann et al. highlights the importance of moving beyond the search for a single, unified immune mechanism to explain host-Mtb interactions. Drawing from studies in immune profiling, host and bacterial genetics, the authors emphasize inconsistencies in the literature and argue for broader, more integrative models. Overall, the article is thought-provoking and well-articulated, raising a concept that is worth further exploration in the TB field.

      Strengths:

      Timely and relevant in the context of the rapidly expanding multi-omics datasets that provide unprecedented insights into host-Mtb interactions.

      Weaknesses (Minor):

      (1) Clarity on the notion of a "unified mechanism". It remains unclear whether prior studies explicitly proposed a single unifying immunological model. While inconsistencies in findings exist, they do not necessarily demonstrate that earlier work was uniformly "single-minded". Moreover, heterogeneity in TB has been recognized previously (PMIDs: 19855401, 28736436), which the authors could acknowledge.

      (2) Evolutionary timeline and industrial-era framing. The evolutionary model is outdated. Ancient DNA studies place the Mtb's most recent common ancestor at ~6,000 years BP (PMIDs: 25141181; 25848958). The Industrial Revolution is cited as a driver of TB expansion, but this remains speculative without bacterial-genomics evidence and should be framed as a hypothesis. Additionally, the claim that Mtb genomes have been conserved only since the Industrial Revolution (lines 165-167) is inaccurate; conservation extends back to the MRCA (PMID: 31448322).

      (3) Trained immunity and TB infection. The treatment of trained immunity is incomplete. While BCG vaccination is known to induce trained immunity (ref 59), revaccination does not provide sustained protection (ref 8), and importantly, Mtb infection itself can also impart trained immunity (PMID: 33125891). Including these nuances would strengthen the discussion.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      It is rare to find systems in neuroscience where a detailed mechanistic link can be made between the biophysical properties of individual neurons and observable behaviors. In this study, Medina and Margoliash examined how the intrinsic physiological properties of a subclass of neurons in HVC, the main nucleus orchestrating the production of birdsong, might have an effect on the temporal structure of a song. This builds on prior work from this lab demonstrating that intrinsic properties of these neurons are highly consistent within individual animals and more similar between animals with similar songs, by identifying specific acoustic features of the song that covary with intrinsic properties and by setting forth a detailed biophysical network model to explain the relationship.

      The main experimental finding is that excitability, hyperpolarization-evoked sag, and rebound depolarization are correlated with song duration and the duration of long harmonic elements. This motivates the hypothesis that rebound depolarization acts as a coincidence detector for the offset of inhibition associated with the previous song element and excitation associated with the start of the next element, with the delay and other characteristics of the window determined primarily by Ih. The idea is then that the temporal sensitivity of coincidence detection, which is common to all HVCx neurons, sets a global tempo that relates to the temporal characteristics of a song. This model is supported by some experimental data showing variation in the temporal integration of rebound spiking and by a Hodgkin-Huxley-based computational model that demonstrates proof of principle, including the emergence of a narrow (~50 ms) post-inhibitory window when excitatory input from other principal neurons can effectively evoke spiking.

      Overall, the data are convincing and the model is compelling. The manuscript plays to the strengths of zebra finch song learning and the well-characterized microcircuitry and network dynamics of HVC. Of particular note, the design for the electrophysiology experiments employed both a correlational approach exploiting the natural variation in zebra finch song and a more controlled approach comparing birds that were tutored to produce songs that differed primarily along a single acoustical dimension. The modeling is based on Hodgkin-Huxley ionic conductances that have been pharmacologically validated, and the connections and functional properties of the network are consistent with prior work. This makes for a level of mechanistic detail that will likely be fruitful for future work.

      Comments on revised version:

      I read through everything and I also feel that my comments have been adequately addressed.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper by Stribling and colleagues sheds light on a decade-long P. aeruginosa outbreak of the high-risk lineage ST-621 in a US Military hospital. The origins of the outbreak date back to the late 90s and it was mainly caused by two distinct subclones SC1 and SC2. The data of this outbreak showed the emergence of antibiotic resistance to cephalosporin, carbapenems and colistin over time highlighting the emerging risk of extensively resistant infections due to P. aeruginosa and the need for ongoing surveillance.

      Strengths:

      This study, overall, is well constructed and clearly written. Since detailed information on floor plans of the building and transfers between facilities was available, the authors were able to show that these two subclones emerged in two separate buildings of the hospital. The authors support their conclusions with prospective environmental sampling in 2021 and 2022 and link the role of persistent environmental contamination to sustaining nosocomial transmission. Information on resistance genes in repeat isolates for the same patients allowed the authors to detect the emergence of resistance within patients. The conclusions have broader implications for infection control at other facilities. In particular, the paper highlights the value of real-time surveillance and environmental sampling in slowing nosocomial transmission of P. aeruginosa.

      Weaknesses:

      My major concern is that the authors used fixed thresholds and definitions to classify the origin of an infection. As such, they were not able to give uncertainty measures around transmission routes nor quantify the relative contribution of persistent environmental contamination vs patient-to-patient transmission. The latter would allow the authors to quantify the impact of certain interventions. In addition, these results represent a specific US military facility and the transmission patterns might be specific to that facility. The study also lacked any data on antibiotic use that could have been used to relate to and discuss the temporal trends of antimicrobial resistance.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed my concerns adequately in the revised manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Cholecystokinin (CCK) is highly expressed in auditory thalamocortical (MGB) neurons and CCK has been found to shape cortical plasticity dynamics. In order to understand how CCK shapes synaptic plasticity in the auditory thalamocortical pathway, they assessed the role of CCK signaling across multiple mechanisms of LTP induction with the auditory thalamocortical (MGB - layer IV Auditory Cortex) circuit in mice. In these physiology experiments that leverage multiple mechanisms of LTP induction and a rigorous manipulation of CCK and CCK-dependent signaling, they establish an essential role of auditory thalamocortical LTP on the co-release of CCK from auditory thalamic neurons. By carefully assessing the development of this plasticity over time and CCK expression, they go on to identify a window of time that CCK is produced throughout early and middle adulthood in auditory thalamocortical neurons to establish a window for plasticity from 3 weeks to 1.5 years in mice, with limited LTP occurring outside of this window. The authors go on to show that CCK signaling and its effect on LTP in the auditory cortex is also capable of modifying frequency discrimination accuracy in an auditory PPI task. In evaluating the impact of CCK on modulating PPI task performance, it also seems that in mice <1.5 years old CCK-dependent effects on cortical plasticity is almost saturated. While exogenous CCK can modestly improve discrimination of only very similar tones, exogenous focal delivery of CCK in older mice can significantly improve learning in a PPI task to bring their discrimination ability in line with those from young adult mice.

      Strengths:

      (1) The clarity of the results along with the rigor multi-angled approach provide significant support for the claim that CCK is essential for auditory thalamocortical synaptic LTP. This approach uses a combination of electrical, acoustic, and optogenetic pathway stimulation alongside conditional expression approaches, germline knockout, viral RNA downregulation and pharmacological blockade. Through the combination of these experimental configures the authors demonstrate that high-frequency stimulation-induced LTP is reliant on co-release of CCK from glutamatergic MGB terminals projecting to the auditory cortex.

      (2) The careful analysis of the CCK, CCKB receptor, and LTP expression is also a strength that puts the finding into the context of mechanistic causes and potential therapies for age-dependent sensory/auditory processing changes. Similarly, not only do these data identify a fundamental biological mechanism, but they also provide support for the idea that exogenous asynchronous stimulation of the CCKBR is capable of restoring an age-dependent loss in plasticity.

      (3) Although experiments to simultaneously relate LTP and behavioral change or identify a causal relationship between LTP and frequency discrimination are not made, there is convincing evidence that CCK signaling in the auditory cortex (known to determine synaptic LTP) is important for auditory processing/frequency discrimination. These experiments are key for establishing the relevance of this mechanism.

      Weaknesses:

      The following are weaknesses or limitations of the study that may also fall outside of the scope of this work, but which could be addressed in the future.

      (1) Given the magnitude of the evoked responses, one expects that pyramidal neurons in layer IV are primarily those that undergo CCK-dependent plasticity, but the degree to which PV-interneurons and pyramidal neurons participate in this process differently is unclear.

      (2) While these data support an important role for CCK in synaptic LTP in the auditory thalamocortical pathway, perhaps temporal processing of acoustic stimuli is as or more important than frequency discrimination. Given the enhanced responsivity of the system, it is unclear whether this mechanism would improve or reduce the fidelity of temporal processing in this circuit. Understanding this dynamic may also require consideration of cell type as raised in weakness #1.

      (3) In Figure 1, an example of increased spontaneous and evoked firing activity of single neurons after HFS is provided. Yet it is surprising that the group data are analyzed only for the fEPSP. It seems that single neuron data would also be useful at this point to provide insight into how CCK and HFS affect temporal processing and spontaneous activity/excitability.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Bogdan et al. present an intriguing and timely investigation into the intrinsic dynamics of prediction error (PE)-related brain states. The manuscript is grounded in an intuitive and compelling theoretical idea: that the brain alternates between high and low PE states even at rest, potentially reflecting an intrinsic drive toward predictive minimization. The authors employ a creative analytic framework combining different prediction tasks and imaging modalities. They shared open code, which will be valuable for future work.

      However, the current manuscript would benefit from further clarification and empirical grounding, especially with regard to its theoretical framing (that PE-like state fluctuations are intrinsic and help us minimize PE), interpretation of results, and broader functional significance. Below, I outline a few major comments and suggestions that I think would strengthen the contribution.

      (1) Consistency in Theoretical Framing

      The title, abstract, and introduction suggest inconsistent theoretical goals of the study.

      The title suggests that the goal is to test whether there are intrinsic fluctuations in high and low PE states at rest. The abstract and introduction suggest that the goal is to test whether the brain intrinsically minimizes PE and whether this minimization recruits global brain networks. My comments here are that a) these are fundamentally different claims, and b) both are challenging to falsify. For one, task-like recurrence of PE states during resting might reflect the wiring and geometry of the functional organization of the brain emerging from neurobiological constraints or developmental processes (e.g., experience), but showing that mirroring exists because of the need to minimize PE requires establishing a robust relationship with behavior or showing a causal effect (e.g., that interrupting intrinsic PE state fluctuations affects prediction).

      The global PE hypothesis-"PE minimization is a principle that broadly coordinates brain functions of all sorts, including abstract cognitive functions"-is more suitable for discussion rather than the main claim in the abstract, introduction, and all throughout the paper.

      Given the above, I recommend that the authors clarify and align their core theoretical goals across the title, abstract, introduction, and results. If the focus is on identifying fluctuations that resemble task-defined PE states at rest, the language should reflect that more narrowly, and save broader claims about global PE minimization for the discussion. This hypothesis also needs to be contextualized within prior work. I'd like to see if there is similar evidence in the literature using animal models.

      (2) Interpretation of PE-Related Fluctuations at Rest and Its Functional Relevance

      It would strengthen the paper to clarify what is meant by "intrinsic" state fluctuations. Intrinsic might mean task-independent, trait-like, or spontaneously generated. Which do the authors mean here? Is the key prediction that these fluctuations will persist in the absence of a prediction task?

      Regardless of the intrinsic argument, I find it challenging to interpret the results as evidence of PE fluctuations at rest. What the authors show directly is that the degree to which a subset of regions within a PE network discriminates high vs. low PE during task correlates with the magnitude of separation between high and low PE states during rest. While this is an interesting relationship, it does not establish that the resting-state brain spontaneously alternates between high and low PE states, nor that it does so in a functionally meaningful way that is related to behavior. How can we rule out brain dynamics of other processes, such as arousal, that also rise and fall with PE? I understand the authors' intention to address the reverse inference concern by testing whether "a participant's unique connectivity response to PE in the reward-processing task should match their specific patterns of resting-state fluctuation". However, I'm not fully convinced that this analysis establishes the functional role of the identified modules to PE because of the following:

      Theoretically, relating the activities of the identified modules directly to behavior would demonstrate a stronger functional role.

      a) Across participants: Do individuals who exhibit stronger or more distinct PE-related fluctuations at rest also perform better on tasks that require prediction or inference? This could be assessed using the HCP prediction task, though if individual variability is limited (e.g., due to ceiling effects), I would suggest exploring a dataset with a prediction task that has greater behavioral variance.

      Or even more broadly, does this variability in resting state PE state fluctuations predict general cognitive abilities like WM and attention (which the HCP dataset also provides)? I appreciate the inclusion of the win-loss control, and I can see the intention to address specificity. This would test whether PE state fluctuations reflect something about general cognition, but also above and beyond these attentional or WM processes that we know are fluctuating.

      b) Within participants: Do momentary increases in PE-network expression during tasks relate to better or faster prediction? In other words, is there evidence that stronger expression of PE-related states is associated with better behavioral outcomes?

      (3) Apriori Hypothesis for EEG Frequency Analysis

      It's unclear how to interpret the finding that fMRI fluctuations in the defined modules correlate with frontal Delta/Theta power, specifically in the 3-6 Hz range. However, in the EEG literature, this frequency band is most commonly associated with low arousal, drowsiness, and mind wandering in resting, awake adults, not uniquely with prediction error processing. An a priori hypothesis is lacking here: what specific frequency band would we expect to track spontaneous PE signals at rest, and why? Without this, it is difficult to separate a PE-based interpretation from more general arousal or vigilance fluctuations.

      (4) Significance Assessment

      The significance of the correlation above and all other correlation analyses should be assessed through a permutation test rather than a single parametric t-test against zero. There are a few reasons: a) EEG and fMRI time series are autocorrelated, violating the independence assumption of parametric tests;<br /> b) Standard t-tests can underestimate the true null distribution's variance, because EEG-fMRI correlations often involve shared slow drifts or noise sources, which can yield spurious correlations and inflating false positives unless tested against an appropriate null.

      Building a null distribution that preserves the slow drifts, for example, would help us understand how likely it is for the two time series to be correlated when the slow drifts are still present, and how much better the current correlation is, compared to this more conservative null. You can perform this by phase randomizing one of the two time courses N times (e.g., N=1000), which maintains the autocorrelation structure while breaking any true co-occurrence in patterns between the two time series, and compute a non-parametric p-value. I suggest using this approach in all correlation analyses between two time series.

      (5) Analysis choices

      If I'm understanding correctly, the algorithm used to identify modules does so by assigning nodes to communities, but it does not itself restrict what edges can be formed from these modules. This makes me wonder whether the decision to focus only on connections between adjacent modules, rather than considering the full connectivity, was an analytic choice by the authors. If so, could you clarify the rationale? In particular, what justifies assuming that the gradient of PE states should be captured by edges formed only between nearby modules (as shown in Figure 2E and Figure 4), rather than by the full connectivity matrix? If this restriction is instead a by-product of the algorithm, please explain why this outcome is appropriate for detecting a global signature of PE states in both task and rest.

      When assessing the correspondence across task-fMRI and rs-fMRI in section 2.2.2, why was the pattern during task calculated from selecting a pair of bilateral ROIs (resulting in a group of eight ROIs), and the resting state pattern calculated from posterior-anterior/ventral-dorsal fluctuation modules? Doesn't it make more sense to align the two measures? For example, calculating task effects on these same modules during task and rest?

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a novel investigation into unidirectionally propagating waves observed on the surface of Pseudomonas nitroreducens bacterial biofilms. The authors explore how these waves, initially spiral in form, transition into combinations of spiral, target, and planar patterns. The study identifies the periodic extension-retraction cycles of type IV pili as the driving mechanism for wave propagation, which preferentially moves from the colony's edge to its center. Furthermore, the manuscript proposes two theoretical models-a phase-oscillator model and a continuum active solid model-to reproduce these phenomena, and demonstrates how external manipulations (e.g., water droplets, temperature, PEG) can control wave patterns and direction, often correlating with oscillation frequency gradients. The work aims to bridge the fields of active-matter physics and bacterial biophysics by providing both experimental observations and theoretical frameworks for understanding these complex biological wave phenomena.

      Strengths:

      The experimental discovery of unidirectionally propagating waves on bacterial biofilms is highly intriguing and represents a significant contribution to both microbiology and active-matter physics. The detailed observations of wave pattern transitions (spiral to target to planar) and their response to various environmental perturbations (water, temperature, PEG) provide valuable empirical data. The identification of type IV pili as the driving force offers a concrete biological mechanism. The observed correlation between frequency gradients and wave direction is a compelling finding with potential for broader implications in understanding biological pattern formation. This work has the potential to stimulate further research in the collective behavior of living systems and the physical principles underlying biological organization.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript attempts to link unidirectional wave propagation to non-reciprocal couplings but ultimately shows that the wave direction is determined by the gradient of the oscillation frequency. The couplings in the two theoretical models are both isotropic and thus cannot dictate the wave direction. A clear distinction should be made between non-reciprocity as a source of wave generation and non-uniformity as a controlling factor of wave direction.

      The relationship between the phase oscillator model and the active solid model is unclear. Given that U and P are both dynamical variables evolving in three-dimensional space, defining the phase Φ precisely in the phase space spanned by U and P could be challenging. A graphical illustration of the definition of Φ would be beneficial. To ensure reproducibility of the numerical results, the parameter values used in the numerical simulations and an explicit definition of the elastic force in the active solid model should be provided.

      The link between the theoretical models and experimental results is weak. For example, the propagation of the kink from the lower to the higher part of the surface (Figure 1e) could be addressed within the framework of the active solid model. The mechanism of transition from spiral to target waves (Figure 3a), b)) requires clarification, identifying which model parameter is crucial for inducing this transition. The wave propagation toward the lower frequency side is numerically demonstrated using the phase oscillator model, but a physical or intuitive explanation for this phenomenon is missing. Also, the wave transitions induced by the addition of water droplets and temperature rise are not linked to specific parameters in the theoretical models.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors in this paper introduce BuzzWatch, an open-source, low-cost (200-300 Euros) platform for long-term monitoring of mosquito flight and behavior. They use a Raspberry Pi with a Noirv2 Camera set up under laboratory conditions to observe 3 different species of mosquitoes. The system captures a variety of multimodal data, like flight activity, sugar feeding, and host-seeking responses, with the help of external modules like CO2 and fructose-soaked cottons. They also release a GUI in addition to automated tracking and behaviour analysis, which doesn't run on Pi but rather on a personal laptop.

      Four main use cases are demonstrated:

      (1) Characterizing diel rhythms in various Aedes aegypti populations.

      (2) Differentiating behaviors of native African vs. invasive human-adapted subspecies.

      (3) Assessing physiological (blood-feeding) and environmental (light regime) perturbations.

      (4) Testing time-of-day variation in responses to host-associated cues like CO₂ and heat.

      Description (Strengths):

      (1) The authors introduce a low-cost, scalable system that uses flight tracking in 2D as an alternative to 3D multi-camera systems.

      (2) Due to the low pixel quality required by the system, they can record for weeks at a time, capturing long temporal and behavioral activities.

      (3) They also integrate external modules such as lights, CO2, and heat as a way to measure responses to a variety of stimuli.

      (4) They also introduce a wiki as a guide for building replication and a help in using the GUI module.

      (5) They implement both GLMM hourly and PCA of behavior data.

      Limitations - Major Comments:

      (1) Most experiments are only done with single replicates per colony. If the setup is claimed to be cheap and replicable, there should be clearer replicates across experiments.

      (2) No external validation for the flight tracking algorithm using manual annotation or comparison with field data. The authors focus early on biological proof of principle, but the validity of the tracking algorithm is not presented. How accurate is the algorithm at classifying behaviours (e.g., vs human ground truth)? How reliable is tracking?

      (3) Why develop a custom GUI instead of using established packages such as rethomics (https://rethomics.github.io/) that are already available for behavioral analysis?

      (4) Why use RGB light strips when perceptual white light for humans is not relevant for mosquitoes? The choice of lighting should be based on the mosquito's visual perception. - https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC12077400/ .

      (5) Why use GLMMs instead of GAMs (with explicit periodic components)? With GLMMs, you do not account for temporal structure, which is highly relevant and autocorrelated in behavioral time series data.

      (6) What is the proportion of mosquitoes that stay alive throughout the experiments? How do you address dead animals in tracking? No data are available on whether all mosquitoes made it through the monitoring period. No survival data is mentioned in the paper, and in the wiki, it is not clear how it is used or how it affects the analyses - https://theomaire.github.io/buzzwatch/analyze.html#diff-cond .

      (7 )The sugar feeding behavior is not manually validated.

      (8) Figure 4d is difficult to understand - how did you align time? Why is ZT4 aligning with ZT0? Should you "warp" the time series to compare them (e.g., from dawn to dusk)?

      (9) No video recordings are made available for demonstration or validation purposes.

      Appraisal

      (1) The core conclusions---that BuzzWatch can capture multiscale mosquito behavioral rhythms and quantify the effect of genetic, environmental, and physiological variation - show promise but require stronger validation.

      (2) Statistical approaches (GLMM, PCA) are chosen but may not be optimal for temporal data with autocorrelation.

      (3) The host-seeking module shows a differential response, which is a potentially valuable feature.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      These findings suggest that Nup107 is involved in regulating ecdysone signaling during developmental transitions, with depletion of Nup107 disrupting hormone-regulated processes. Moreover, the rescue experiments hint that Nup107 might directly influence EcR signaling and ecdysone biosynthesis, though the precise molecular mechanism remains unclear.

      Overall, the manuscript presents compelling data supporting Nup107's role in regulating developmental transitions.

      Comments on revisions:

      RNAi specificity: The authors now provide a more thorough discussion of off-target effects and justify their reliance on the Nup107KK RNAi line. The explanation regarding the predicted off-target for the GD line and their choice to use the KK line with a known insertion site is appropriate and adequately addresses the original concern.

      NPC component specificity: The authors clarify that among the Nup107 complex members tested, only Nup107 knockdown induced developmental arrest. Their inclusion of Nup153 as a control helps to support the specificity of the phenotype, although expanding this analysis beyond a single additional Nup would further strengthen the claim.

      Mechanistic clarity: The authors now distinguish between Nup107's upstream role in regulating torso and ecdysone biosynthetic genes versus direct control of EcR translocation. The clarification that EcR nuclear localization is 20E-dependent but Nup107-independent improves interpretive clarity.

      The molecular mechanism linking Nup107 to torso regulation remains somewhat speculative. A deeper exploration of whether Nup107 influences transcriptional regulation through chromatin association (as the authors suggest) would strengthen the mechanistic narrative.

      Conclusion:

      Overall, the authors have addressed the major concerns raised in the initial review, and the revised manuscript presents a more coherent and compelling case for Nup107 as a regulator of developmental timing via the ecdysone signaling axis. While some mechanistic questions remain, the core findings are supported by the data, and the work provides novel insights into NPC function in development.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Gonzaga-Saavedra et al report an analysis on genomic binding of Polycomb group proteins, and of H2Aub1 and H3K27me3 domain formation in the early Drosophila embryo. Using carefully staged embryos during the nuclear cycles (NC) leading up to the cellular blastoderm stage, the authors provide compelling evidence that H3K27me3 domains at PcG target genes are only established during NC14 and do not exist in NC13. In contrast, H2Aub1 domains already start to appear during NC13. The authors show that E(z), the catalytic subunit of the H3K27 histone methyltransferase PRC2, is readily detected in interphase nuclei during the rapid nuclear divisions in pre-blastoderm embryos. In contrast, the DNA-binding proteins Pho, Cg, and GAF that are known (Pho) or have been postulated (Cg, GAF) to anchor PRC2 and PRC1 to Polycomb Response Elements (PREs) in Polycomb target genes only start to show nuclear localization from NC10 onwards with gradually increasing nuclear concentrations, reaching a maximum during NC14. These data strongly corroborate the simple, straightforward view that targeting of PRC2 and PRC1 to PREs by sequence-specific DNA-binding proteins is a prerequisite for the formation of H3K27me3 and H2Aub1 domains at Polycomb target genes.

      The authors then explore the potential role of GAF/Trl in this process. They find that in embryos depleted of GAF/Trl, H3K27me3 domain formation is largely unperturbed.

      The authors also depleted the pioneer factor Zelda (Zld) and found that removal of Zld results in a more complex outcome. Zelda appears to counteract the accumulation of H3K27me3 at the Polycomb targets eve and zen, but also appears to be required for effective H3K27me3 domain formation at Polycomb targets such as amos or atonal.

      This is a very thorough study that reports data of superior technical quality that are highly relevant for the field. The study by Gonzaga-Saavedra et al extends and strengthens previous work from the labs of Eisen (Li et al, eLife 2014) and Zeitlinger (Chen et al, eLife 2013) to convincingly demonstrate that Polycomb domain formation in the early embryo occurs during ZGA but that such domains do not exist prior to ZGA. This should now finally put to rest earlier claims by the Iovino lab (Zenk et al, Science 2017) that H3K27me3 domains present in the zygote nucleus would be propagated and partially maintained during the rapid nuclear cleavage cycles and serve as seeds for H3K27me3 domain formation during ZGA.

      The experiments analyzing H3K27me3 domain formation in embryos depleted of GAF/Trl or Zelda will be of great interest to the field.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an interesting and clinically relevant in vitro study by Taber et al., exploring how mutations in PHD2 contribute to erythrocytosis and/or neuroendocrine tumors. PHD2 regulates HIFα degradation through prolyl-hydroxylation, a key step in the cellular oxygen-sensing pathway.

      Using a time-resolved NMR-based assay, the authors systematically analyze seven patient-derived PHD2 mutants and demonstrate that all exhibit structural and/or catalytic defects. Strikingly, the P317R variant retains normal activity toward the C-terminal proline but fails to hydroxylate the N-terminal site. This provides the first direct evidence that N-terminal prolyl-hydroxylation is not dispensable, as previously thought.

      The findings offer valuable mechanistic insight into PHD2-driven effects and refine our understanding of HIF regulation in hypoxia-related diseases.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript has several notable strengths. By applying a novel time-resolved NMR approach, the authors directly assess hydroxylation at both HIF1α ODD sites, offering a clear functional readout. This method allows them to identify the P317R variant as uniquely defective in NODD hydroxylation, despite retaining normal activity toward CODD, thereby challenging the long-held view that the N-terminal proline is biologically dispensable. The work significantly advances our understanding of PHD2 function and its role in oxygen sensing, and might help in the future interpretation and clinical management of associated erythrocytosis.

      Weaknesses:

      There is a lack of in vivo/ex vivo validation. This is actually required to confirm whether the observed defects in hydroxylation-especially the selective NODD impairment in P317R-are sufficient to drive disease phenotypes such as erythrocytosis.

      The reliance on HRE-luciferase reporter assays may not reliably reflect the PHD2 function and highlights a limitation in the assessment of downstream hypoxic signaling.

      The study clearly documents the selective defect of the P317R mutant, but the structural basis for this selectivity is not addressed through high-resolution structural analysis (e.g., cryo-EM).

      Given the proposed central role of HIF2α in erythrocytosis, direct assessment of HIF2α hydroxylation by the mutants would have strengthened the conclusions.

      Comments on revision:

      The revised manuscript by Taber et al. addresses the key points raised during the review process in a comprehensive and appropriate manner. While some limitations remain, such as the lack of in vivo validation or direct HIF2α assessment, I agree with the authors that these are beyond the scope of the current in vitro-focused study. The authors' primary goal was to define the structural and functional defects caused by disease-associated PHD2 mutations. In this respect, the evidence they present is largely convincing and methodologically appropriate. Additional clarifications and an expanded discussion of the luciferase assay's limitations and the P317R structural context strengthen the manuscript further.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this article, Toshniwal et al. investigate the role of pyruvate metabolism in controlling cell growth. They find that elevated expression of the mitochondrial pyruvate carrier (MPC) leads to decreased cell size in the Drosophila fat body, a transformed human hepatocyte cell line (HepG2), and primary rat hepatocytes. Using genetic approaches and metabolic assays, the authors find that elevated pyruvate import into cells with forced expression of MPC increases the cellular NADH/NAD+ ratio, which drives the production of oxaloacetate via pyruvate carboxylase. Genetic, pharmacological, and metabolic approaches suggest that oxaloacetate is used to support gluconeogenesis rather than amino acid synthesis in cells over-expressing MPC. The reduction in cellular amino acids impairs protein synthesis, leading to impaired cell growth.

      Strengths:

      This study shows that the metabolic program of a cell, and especially its NADH/NAD+ ratio, can play a dominant role in regulating cell growth.

      The combination of complementary approaches, ranging from Drosophila genetics to metabolic flux measurements in mammalian cells, strengthens the findings of the paper and shows a conservation of MPC effects across evolution.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors describe the results of a high-throughput screen for small-molecule activators of GCN2. Ultimately, they find 3 promising compounds. One of these three, compound 20 (C20), is of the most interest both for its potency and specificity. The major new finding is that this molecule appears to activate GCN2 independent of GCN1, which suggests that it works by a potentially novel mechanism. Biochemical analysis suggests that each binds in the ATP-binding pocket of GCN2, and that at least in vitro, C20 is a potent agonist. Structural modeling provides insight into how the three compounds might dock in the pocket and generates testable hypotheses as to why C20 perhaps acts through a different mechanism than other molecules.

      Strengths:

      Of the 3 compounds identified by the authors, C20 is the most interesting, not just for its intriguing mechanistic distinction as being GCN1-independent (shown genetically in two distinct cell lines, CHO and 293T in Figure 4, and in contrast to other GCN2 activators) but also for its potency. In in-cellulo assays, compound 21 appears as more of an ISR enhancer than an activator per se, and although compound 18 and compound 21 lead to upregulation of the ISR targets (Figure 2), that degree of upregulation is probably not significantly different from that induced by those compounds in Gcn2-/- cells. For C20, the effect appears stronger (although it is unclear whether the authors performed statistical analysis comparing the two genotypes in Figure 2D). In Figure 3, only C20 activates the ISR robustly in both CHO and 293T. Ultimately, C20 might be a tool for providing mechanistic insight into the details of GCN2 activation and regulation, and could be exploited therapeutically.

      Weaknesses:

      There are some limitations to the existing work. As the authors acknowledge, they do not use any of the compounds in animals; their in vivo efficacy, toxicity, and pharmacokinetics are unknown. But even in the context of the in cellulo experiments, it is puzzling that none of the three compounds, including C20, has any effects in HeLa cells when Neratinib does. It's beyond the scope of this paper to address definitively why that is, but it would at least be reassuring to know that C20 activates the ISR in a wider range of cells, including ideally some primary, non-immortalized cells. In addition, the ISR is a complex, feedback-regulated response whose output varies depending on the time point examined. The in cellulo analysis in this paper is limited to reporter assays at 18 hours and qRT-PCR assays at 4 and 8 hours. A more extensive examination of the behavior of the relevant ISR mRNAs and proteins (eIF2, ATF4, CHOP, cell viability, etc.) for C20 across a more extensive time course would give the reader a clearer sense of how this molecule affects ISR output. I also find it a bit strange that the authors describe C20 as "demonstrat(ing) weak inhibition of ... PKR"-the measured IC50 is ~4 μM, which is right around its EC50 for GCN2 activation. This raises the confounding possibility that C20 would simultaneously activate GCN2 while inhibiting PKR. While perhaps inhibition of PKR is not relevant under the conditions when GCN2 would be activated either experimentally or therapeutically, examining in cells the effects of C20 on GCN2 and PKR across a dose range would shed light on whether this cross-reactivity is likely to be of concern.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Raiola and colleagues entitled "Quantitative computerized analysis demonstrates strongly compartmentalized tissue deformation patterns underlying mammalian heart tube formation" takes a highly quantitative approach to interrogating the earliest stages of cardiogenesis (12 hours, from early cardiac crescent to early heart tube) in a new and innovative way. The paper presents a new computational framework to help identify both regional and temporal patterns of tissue deformation at cellular resolution. The method is applied to live embryo imaging data (newly generated and from the group's previous pioneering work). In the initial setup, the new model was applied directly to raw time-lapse data, and the results were compared to actual cell tracks identified manually, showing close correlations of the model with the manual tracking. Next, they integrated spatial and temporal information from different embryos to generate a new model for tissue movement, driven by parameters such as tissue growth and anisotropy. Key findings from their model suggest that there are distinct compartments of tissue deformation patterns as the bilateral cardiac crescent develops into the linear heart tube, and that the ventricular chamber forms by a defined expansion pattern, as a 'hemi-barrel shape', with the aterial and venous poles (IFT and OFT) acting as the harnessing belts constraining the expansion of the chamber further. Lastly, the model is tested for its ability to predict future residence of cardiac crescent cells in the heart tube, which it seems to be able to do successfully based on fate tracking validation experiments.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript provides an exceptionally careful analysis of a critical stage during heart development - that of the earliest stages of morphogenesis, when the heart forms its first tube and chamber structures. While numerous studies have interrogated this stage of heart development, few studies have performed time-lapse imaging, and, to my knowledge, no other report has performed such in in-depth quantitative analysis and modeling of this complex process. The computational model applied to normal heart development of the myocardium (labelled by Nkx2-5) has revealed multiple new and interesting concepts, such as the distinct compartments of tissue deformation patterns and the growth trajectories of the emerging ventricle. The fact that the model operates at cellular resolution and over a nearly continuous time period of approximately 12 hours allows for unprecedented depth of the analysis in a largely unbiased manner. Going forward, one can imagine such models revealing additional information on these processes, performing analyses of subpopulations that form the heart, and maybe most importantly, applying the model to various perturbation models (genetic or otherwise). The manuscript is very well written, and the data display is accessible and transparent.

      Weaknesses:

      No major weaknesses are noted with the study. It would have been very exciting to see the model applied to any kind of perturbation, for example, a left-right defect model, or a model with compromised cardiac progenitor populations. However, the amount of live imaging required for such analyses renders this out of scope for the current study.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a comprehensive and well-executed investigation into the metabolic role of D-serine in the central nervous system. The authors provide solid evidence that D-serine competitively inhibits mitochondrial L-serine transport, thereby impairing one-carbon metabolism. This stereoselective mechanism reduces glycine and formate production, suppresses cellular proliferation, and induces apoptosis in immature neural cells and glioblastoma stem cells. Developmental analyses further reveal a physiological enantiomeric shift in serine metabolism during neurogenesis, aligning with the transition from proliferation to maturation. Overall, the study bridges developmental neurobiology, cancer metabolism, and amino acid transport, uncovering a previously unrecognized metabolic function of D-serine beyond its role in neurotransmission.

      Strengths:

      (1) The discovery that D-serine inhibits one-carbon metabolism by competing for mitochondrial L-serine transport-rather than through enzymatic inhibition or receptor-mediated signaling-represents a significant and previously underappreciated mechanism. This finding has broad implications for understanding metabolic regulation during neurodevelopment and offers potential relevance for targeting metabolic vulnerabilities in cancer.

      (2) The authors integrate metabolomics, mitochondrial transport assays, molecular dynamics simulations, genetic and pharmacologic perturbations, transcriptomics, and both in vitro and ex vivo models. The breadth of experimental approaches, combined with the coherence of the findings across systems, provides strong support for the central conclusions and enhances the overall impact of the study.

      (3) The temporal shift in D-/L-serine levels during neurodevelopment is elegantly linked to the transition from proliferative to mature neuronal states. The selective vulnerability of neural progenitors and tumor cells-contrasted with the resistance of mature neurons-highlights a biologically meaningful and potentially targetable metabolic distinction.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While the authors attribute D-serine's metabolic effects to competition with mitochondrial L-serine transport, the specific identity of the transporter(s) mediating this process remains undefined. This represents a meaningful mechanistic gap, as the central conclusion depends on D-serine limiting mitochondrial L-serine availability to inhibit one-carbon metabolism.

      (2) The effective concentrations of D-serine used in vitro (IC₅₀ ≈ 1-2 mM) exceed typical brain levels (~0.3 mM). While the authors acknowledge this, a more focused discussion on whether higher local D-serine concentrations could arise in specific microenvironments - such as synaptic compartments, tumor niches, or pathological states-would help contextualize the in vitro findings and strengthen their physiological relevance. For example, disruptions in D-serine clearance or altered expression of serine racemase and transporters in disease contexts could lead to localized accumulation. Moreover, differences between extracellular and intracellular D-serine pools - and the mechanisms governing their regulation - may further influence its metabolic impact in vivo.

      (3) While the manuscript focuses on neural stem/progenitor cells and neural tumors, it remains unclear whether the anti-proliferative effects of D-serine are specific to neural lineages or extend to other highly proliferative non-neural cell types. A brief discussion addressing this point would help clarify the scope of D-serine's metabolic impact and whether its mechanism of action reflects a unique vulnerability in neural cells or a more general feature of proliferative metabolism. This distinction is particularly relevant for assessing the broader therapeutic potential of targeting mitochondrial L-serine transport.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a step towards testing the hypothesis that plasmodesmata have homology to nuclear pores. The similarities between the two structures have long been noted as both structures allow the transport of proteins and nucleic acids, and both structures are composed of curved membranes. The manuscript has identified nuclear pore proteins (NUPs) in plasmodesmal protein fractions and uses live imaging in a non-endogenous system and functional assays of a mutant to propose that this might be a bona fide association.

      The conclusions the authors seek to draw are that: NUPs are present in plasmodesmal protein fractions; NUPs localise at plasmodesmata; NUPs might form a pore-gating complex at plasmodesmata, regulating non-specific (2xGFP) and specific (SHR) transport through plasmodesmata

      The authors then use these conclusions to propose the possibility that phase separation mediates transport through plasmodesmata. If there is phase separation at plasmodesmata or a nuclear pore-like complex, it would revolutionise the community. However, this data is insufficient to act as a cornerstone for such a discovery.

      Strengths:

      The strength of the manuscript lies in the boldness and novelty of the idea.

      Weaknesses:

      The weaknesses lie in the lack of informative controls. The authors' own assessments of their data suggest they agree with this - in their abstract alone, they point out that the transport defects they observe might be off-target effects, and suggest there is a requirement in the future to determine whether the NUPs are bona fide PD components.

      Across the proteomic and live imaging experiments, the conclusions could be stronger if they compared the NUP localisation and accumulation with ER proteins - the question of whether NUPs behave like other ER proteins is not addressed. As NUPs reside in the nuclear envelope, continuous with the ER, and the ER traverses plasmodesmata, a comparison between the NUPs and ER proteins would be extremely informative.

      Regarding the proteomic identification of NUPs in plasmodesmal fractions, the authors place significant weight on their own metric for PD enrichment, the PD score. As I understand it, this a metric derived from addition of two factors: a two component enrichment score that is the difference between intensity of peptides of a given protein in the PD fraction and cell wall fraction, added to the difference between intensity of peptides of a given protein in the PD fraction and total cell fraction, and a feature score that is a factor that describes representation of protein domains contained in said given protein in the plasmodesmal fraction relative to the representation of that domain in proteins in the whole proteome. The features chosen for analysis are not indicated, and the feature factor, as I understand it, is a score common to all proteins with a given feature. While each of the factors carries a measure of meaning and information, I do not understand how adding them is mathematically or biologically meaningful.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mutations that result in consistent RAS activation constitute a major driver of cancer. Therefore, RAS is a favorable target for cancer therapy. However, since normal RAS activity is essential for the function of normal cells, a mechanism that differentiates aberrant RAS activity from normal one is required to avoid severe adverse effects. To this end, the authors designed and optimized a synthetic gene circuit that is induced by active RAS-GTP. The circuit components, such as RAS-GTP sensors, dimerization domains, and linkers. To enhance the circuit selectivity and dynamic range, the authors designed a synthetic promoter comprised of MAPK-responsive elements to regulate the expression of the RAS sensors, thus generating a feed-forward loop regulating the circuit components. Circuit outputs with respect to circuit design modification were characterized in standard model cell lines using basal RAS activity, active RAS mutants, and RAS inactivation.

      This approach is interesting. The design is novel and could be implemented for other RAS-mediated applications. The data support the claims, and while this circuit may require further optimization for clinical application, it is an interesting proof of concept for targeting of aberrant RAS activity. I therefore recommend accepting this paper.

      Strengths:

      Novel circuit design, through optimization and characterization of the circuit components, solid data.

      Weaknesses:

      This manuscript could significantly benefit from testing the circuit performance in more realistic cell lines, such as patient-derived cells driven by RAS mutations, as well as in corresponding non-cancer cell lines with normal RAS activity. Furthermore, testing with therapeutic output proteins in vitro, and especially in vivo, would significantly strengthen the findings and claims.

      Summary:

      Given the revision made, I would recommend a minor revision that discusses the specificity limitations of this experimental setup.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript reports the discovery of new compounds that selectively inhibit SMARCA4/SMARCA2 ATPase activity and have pronounced effects on uveal melanoma cell proliferation. They induce apoptosis and suppress tumor growth, with no toxicity in vivo. The report provides biological significance by demonstrating that the drugs alter chromatin accessibility at lineage specific gene enhancer regions and decrease expression of lineage specific genes, including SOX10 and SOX10 target genes.

      Strengths:

      The study provides compelling evidence for the therapeutic use of these compounds and does a thorough job at elucidating the mechanisms by which the drugs work. The study will likely have a high impact on the chromatin remodeling and cancer fields. The datasets will be highly useful to these communities.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors have addressed all my concerns.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This manuscript describes a careful and thorough evaluation of an evolutionary simulation model published previously. The model and this report address the question, whether heterozygote advantage (HA) by itself as a selection mechanism can explain a substantial level of allelic diversity as it is often seen in MHC immune genes. Despite decades of research on the topic of pathogen-mediated selection for MHC diversity, it remains an open question by which specific selection mechanisms this exceptional allelic diversity is maintained.

      The previously published paper posits, in contrast to various previous studies, that HA is, in fact, able to maintain a level of allelic diversity as seen in many populations, just by itself, given certain conditions. The current manuscript now challenges this conclusion by highlighting that the previous model results only hold under very narrow parameter ranges.

      Besides criticizing some of the conceptual points of the previous paper, the author carefully rebuilt the previously published model and replicated their results, before then evaluating the robustness of the model results to reasonable variation in different parameters. From this evaluation, it becomes clear that the previously reported results hinge strongly on a certain scaling or weighing factor that is adjusted for every parameter setting and essentially counteracts the changes induced by changing the parameters. The critical impact of this one parameter is not clearly stated in the previous paper, but raises serious doubts about the generalizability of the model to explain MHC allelic variation across diverse vertebrate species.

      Given the fact that the MHC genes are among the most widely studied genes in vertebrates, and that understanding their evolution will shed light on their association with various complex diseases, the insights from this report and the general discussion of how MHC diversity evolved are of interest to at least some of the community. The manuscript is very well written and makes it easy to follow the theoretical and methodological details of the model and the arguments. I have only a few minor comments that I am detailing below. Furthermore, I would be very interested to read a response by the previous authors, especially on the relevance of this scaling/weighing factor that they introduced into their model, as it is possible that I might have missed something about its meaning.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have extended their previous research to develop TOPBP1 as a potential drug target for colorectal cancer by inhibiting its condensation. Utilizing an optogenetic approach, they identified the small molecule AZD2858, which inhibits TOPBP1 condensation and works synergistically with first-line chemotherapy to suppress colorectal cancer cell growth. The authors investigated the mechanism and discovered that disrupting TOPBP1 assembly inhibits the ATR/Chk1 signaling pathway, leading to increased DNA damage and apoptosis, even in drug-resistant colorectal cancer cell lines.

      Comments on latest version:

      This reviewer does not have further comments to the paper.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In multicellular organisms, autophagosomes are formed throughout the cytosol, while late endosomes/lysosomes are relatively enriched in the perinuclear region. It is known that autophagosomes gain access to the lysosome-enriched region by microtubule-based trafficking. The mechanism by which autophagosomes move along microtubules remains incompletely understood. In this manuscript, Péter Lőrincz and colleagues investigated the mechanism driving the movement of nascent autophagosomes along microtubule towards non-centrosomal microtubule organizing center (ncMTOC) using fly fat body as a model system. The authors took an approach by examining autophagosome positioning in cells where autophagosome-lysosome fusion was inhibited by knocking down the HOPS subunit Vps16A. Despite being generated at random positions in the cytosol, autophagosomes accumulate around the nucleus when Vps16A is depleted. They then performed an RNA interference screen to identify the factors involved in autophagosome positioning. They found that the dynein-dynactin complex is required for trafficking of autophagosomes toward ncMTOC. Dynein loss leads to the peripheral relocation of autophagosomes. They further revealed that a pair of small GTPases and their effectors, Rab7-Epg5 and Rab39-ema, are required for bidirectional autophagosome transport. Knockdown of these factors in Vps16a RNAi cells causes scattering of autophagosomes throughout the cytosol.

      Strengths:

      The data presented in this study help us to understand the mechanism underlying the trafficking and positioning of autophagosomes.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The experiments were performed in Vps16A RNAi KD cells. Vps16A knockdown blocks fusion of vesicles derived from the endolysosomal compartments such as fusion between lysosomes. The pleiotropic effect of Vps16A RNAi may complicate the interpretation.

      (2) In this study, the transport of autophagosomes is investigated in fly fat cells. In fat cells, a large number of large lipid droplets accumulate and the endomembrane systems are distinct from that in other cell types. The knowledge gain from this study may not apply to other cell types.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Significance:

      About 5% of metastatic castration-resistant prostate cancers (mCRPC) display genomic alterations in the transcriptional kinase CDK12. The mechanisms by which CDK12 alterations drive tumorigenesis in this molecularly-defined subset of mCRPC have remained elusive. In particular, some studies have suggested that CDK12 loss confers a homologous recombination deficiency (HRd) phenotype, However, clinical studies have not borne out the benefit to PARP inhibitors in patients with CDK12 alterations, despite the fact that these agents are typically active against tumors with HRd.

      In this study, Frank et al. reconcile these findings by showing that: (1) tumors with biallelic CDK12 alterations do not have genomic features of HRd; (2) in vitro, HR gene downregulation occurs with acute depletion of CDK12 but is far less pronounced with chronic CDK12 loss; (3) CDK12-altered cells are uniquely sensitive to genetic or pharmacologic inhibition of CDK13.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this is an important study that reconciles disparate experimental and clinical observations. The genomic analyses are comprehensive and conducted with a high degree of rigor and represent an important resource to the community regarding the features of this molecular subtype of mCRPC.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) It is generally assumed that CDK12 alterations are inactivating, but it is noteworthy that homozygous deletions are comparatively uncommon (Figure 1a). Instead many tumors show missense mutations on either one or both alleles, and many of these mutations are outside of the kinase domain (Figure 1b). It remains possible that the CDK12 alterations that occur in some tumors may retain residual CDK12 function, or may confer some other neomorphic function, and therefore may not be accurately modeled by CDK12 knockout or knockdown in vitro. This would also reconcile the observation that knockout of CDK12 is cell-essential while the human genetic data suggest that CDK12 functions as a tumor suppressor gene.

      (2) It is not entirely clear whether CDK12 altered tumors may require a co-occurring mutation to prevent loss of fitness, either in vitro or in vivo (e.g. perhaps one or more of the alterations that occur as a result of the TDP may mitigate against the essentiality of CDK12 loss).

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Sethi and Zou present a new neural network to study the importance of epistatic interactions in pairs and groups of amino acids to the function of proteins. Their new model is validated on a small simulated data set and then applied to 10 empirical data sets. Results show that epistatic interactions in groups of amino acids can be important to predict the function of a protein, especially for sequences that are not very similar to the training data.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript relies on a novel neural network architecture that makes it easy to study specifically the contribution of interactions between 2, 3, 4, or more amino acids. The study of 10 different protein families shows that there is variation among protein families.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript is good overall, but could have gone a bit deeper by comparing the new architecture to standard transformers, and by investigating whether differences between protein families explain some of the differences in the importance of interactions between amino acids. Finally, the GitHub repository needs some more information to be usable.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, the authors propose a product-dependent negative-feedback mechanism of human glutamine synthetase, whereby the product glutamine facilitates filament formation, leading to reduced catalytic specificity for ammonia. Using time-resolved cryo-EM, the authors demonstrate filament formation under product-rich conditions. Multiple high-quality structures, including decameric and di-decameric assemblies, were resolved under different biochemical states and combined with MD simulations, revealing that the conformational space of the active site loop is critical for the GS catalysis. The study also includes extensive steady-state kinetic assays, supporting the view that glutamine regulates GS assembly and its catalytic activity. Overall, this is a detailed and comprehensive study. However, I would advise that a few points be addressed and clarified.

      (1) In Figure 2D and Supplementary Figure 7, the extra density observed between the two decamers does not appear to have the defining features of a glutamine. A less defined density may be expected given the nature of the complex, but even though mutagenesis assays were performed to support this assignment, none of these results constitutes direct and conclusive evidence for glutamine binding at this site. I would thus suggest showing the density maps at multiple contour thresholds to allow readers to also better evaluate the various small molecules under turnover conditions that cannot be well fitted based on this density map, helping to provide a more balanced interpretation of the results.

      (2) On the same point regarding the density for the enzyme under turnover conditions, more details should be provided about the symmetry expansion and classification performed, and also show the approximate ratio of reconstructions that include this density. Did you try symmetry expansion followed by focused classification, especially on the interface region?

      (3) The interface between the two decamers of the model needs to be double-checked and reassigned, especially for the residues surrounding the fitted glutamine. For example, the side chain of the Lys residue shown in the attached figure is most likely modeled incorrectly.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using a specparam (1/f) analysis of task-evoked activity, the authors propose that "substantial changes traditionally attributed to theta oscillations in working memory tasks are, in fact, due to shifts in the spectral slope of aperiodic activity." This is a very bold and ambitious statement, and the field of event-related EEG would benefit from more critical assessments of the role of aperiodic changes during task events. Unfortunately, the data shown here does not support the main conclusion advanced by the authors.

      Strengths:

      The field of event-related EEG would benefit from more critical assessments of the role of aperiodic changes during task events. The authors perform a number of additional control analyses, including different types of baseline correction, ERP subtraction, as well as replication of the experiment with two additional datasets.

      Comments on previous revisions:

      The authors have completed a substantial revision based on the comments from all of the reviewers. Overall, the major claims of the initial report have been profoundly tempered.

      [Editors' note: We determined that this revised version appropriately tempers some of the prior claims and addresses the concerns raised by the reviewers through two rounds of review.]

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to test whether hypoxia disrupts the migration of human cortical interneurons, a process long suspected to underlie brain injury in preterm infants but previously inaccessible for direct study. Using human forebrain assembloids and ex vivo developing brain tissue, they visualized and quantified interneuron migration under hypoxic conditions, identified molecular components of the response, and explored the effect of pharmacological intervention (specifically ADM) on restoring the migration deficits.

      Strengths:

      The major strength of this study lies in its use of human forebrain assembloids and ex vivo prenatal brain tissue, which provide a direct system to study interneuron migration under hypoxic conditions. The authors combine multiple approaches: long-term live imaging to directly visualize interneuron migration, bulk and single-cell transcriptomics to identify hypoxia-induced molecular responses, pharmacological rescue experiments with ADM to establish therapeutic potential, and mechanistic assays implicating the cAMP/PKA/pCREB pathway and GABA receptor expression in mediating the effect. Together, this rigorous and multifaceted strategy convincingly demonstrates that hypoxia disrupts interneuron migration and that ADM can restore this defect through defined molecular mechanisms.

      Overall, the authors achieve their stated aims, and the results strongly support their conclusions. The work has a significant impact by providing the first direct evidence of hypoxia-induced interneuron migration deficits in the human context, while also nominating a candidate therapeutic avenue. Beyond the specific findings, the methodological platform - particularly the combination of assembloids and live imaging - will be broadly useful to the community for probing neurodevelopmental processes in health and disease.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness of the study lies in the extent to which forebrain assembloids recapitulate in vivo conditions, as the migration of interneurons from hSO to hCO does not fully reflect the native environment or migratory context of these cells. Nevertheless, this limitation is tempered by the fact that the work provides the first direct observation of human interneuron migration under hypoxia, representing a major advance for the field. In addition, while the transcriptomic analyses are valuable and highlight promising candidates, more in-depth exploration will be needed to fully elucidate the molecular mechanisms governing neuronal migration and maturation under hypoxic conditions.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary

      This manuscript, from the developers of the novel DREADD-selective agonist DCZ (Nagai et al., 2020), utilizes a unique dataset where multiple PET scans in a large number of monkeys, including baseline scans before AAV injection, 30-120 days post-injection, and then periodically over the course of the prolonged experiments, were performed to access short- and long-term dynamics of DREADD expression in vivo, and to associate DREADD expression with the efficacy of manipulating the neuronal activity or behavior. The goal was to provide critical insights into practicality and design of multi-year studies using chemogenetics, and to elucidate factors affecting expression stability.

      Strengths are systematic quantitative assessment of the effects of both excitatory and inhibitory DREADDs, quantification of both the short-term and longer-term dynamics, a wide range of functional assessment approaches (behavior, electrophysiology, imaging), and assessment of factors affecting DREADD expression levels, such as serotype, promoter, titer (concentration), tag, and DREADD type.

      These finding will undoubtedly have a very significant impact on the rapidly growing, but still highly challenging field of primate chemogenetic manipulations. As such, the work represents an invaluable resource for the community.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an exciting, comprehensive paper that demonstrates the role of GATA4 on OA-like changes in chondrocytes. The authors present elegant reverse translational experiments that justify this mechanism and demonstrate the sufficiency of GATA4 in a mouse model of osteoarthritis (DMM), where GATA4 drove cartilage degeneration and pain in a manner that was significantly worse than DMM alone. This could pave the way for new therapies for OA that account for both structural changes and pain.

      Strengths:

      (1) GATA4 was identified from human chondrocytes.

      (2) IHC and sequencing confirmed GATA4 presence.

      (3) Activation of SMADs is clearly shown in vitro with GATA4 overexpression.

      (4) The role of GATA4 was functionally assessed in vivo using the mouse DMM model, where the authors uncovered that GATA4 worsens OA structure and hyperalgesia in male mice.

      (5) It is interesting that GATA4 is largely known to be found in cardiac cells and to have a role in cardiac repair, metabolism, and inflammation, among other things listed by the authors in the discussion (in liver, lung, pancreas). What could this new knowledge of GATA4 mean for OA as a potentially systemically mediated disease, where cardiac disease and metabolic syndrome are often co-morbid?

      Weaknesses:

      I do not have further comments. Thank you for addressing the previously mentioned concerns.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Rios-Jimenez developed a software tool, BEHAV3D Tumor Profiler, to analyze 3D intravital imaging data and identify distinctive tumor cell migratory phenotypes based on the quantified 3D image data. Moreover, the heterogeneity module in this software tool can correlate the different cell migration phenotypes with variable features of the tumor microenvironment. Overall, this is a useful tool for intravital imaging data analysis and its open-source nature makes it accessible to all interested users.

      Strengths:

      An open-source software tool that can quantify cell migratory dynamics from intravital imaging data and identify distinctive migratory phenotypes that correlate with variable features of the tumor microenvironment.

      Weaknesses:

      Motility is the main tumor cell feature analyzed in the study together with some other tumor-intrinsic features, such as morphology. However, these features are insufficient to characterize and identify the heterogeneity of the tumor cell population that impacts their behaviors in the complex tumor microenvironment (TME). For instance, there are important non-tumor cell types in the TME, and the interaction dynamics of tumor cells with other cell types, e.g., fibroblasts and distinct immune cells, play a crucial role in regulating tumor behaviors. BEHAV3D-TP focuses on analysis of tumor-alone features, and cannot be applied to analyze important cell-cell interaction dynamics in 3D.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Duan and Song interrogates the gating mechanisms and specifically force transmission in mechanosensitive NOMPC channels using steered molecular dynamics simulations. They propose that the ankyrin spring can transmit force to the gate through torsional forces adding molecular detail to the force transduction pathways in this channel.

      Strengths:

      Detailed, rigorous simulations coupled with a novel model for force transduction.

      Weaknesses:

      Experimental validation of reduced mechanosensitivity through mutagenesis of proposed ankyrin/TRP domain coupling interactions would greatly enhance the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the submitted manuscript, the authors investigate the role of Synaptotagmins (Syt1) and (Syt7) in MR1 presentation of MtB.

      Strengths:

      In the first series of experiments, the authors determined that knocking down Syt1 and Sy7 in antigen-presenting cells decreases IFN-γ production following cellular infection with Mtb. These experiments are well performed and controlled.

      Weaknesses:

      Next, they aim to mechanistically investigate how Syt1 and Syt7 affect MtB presentation. In particular, they focus on MR1, a non-classical MHC-I molecule known to present endogenous and exogenous metabolites, including MtB metabolites.

      Results from these next series of experiments are less clear. Firstly, they show that knocking down Syt1 and Sy7 does not change MtB phagocytosis as well as MR1 ER-plasma membrane translocation. Based on this, they suggest that Syt1 and Syt7 may affect MR1 trafficking in endosomal compartments. However, neither subcellular compartment analysis nor flow organelleometry clearly establishes the role of Syt1 and Syt7 in MtB trafficking.

      Altogether, the notion that Synaptotagmins facilitate MR1 interaction with Mtb-containing compartments and its vesicular transport was already known. As such, the manuscript should add additional insight on where/how the interaction occurs. The reviewer is left with the notion that Syt1 and Sy7 may affect MR1 presentation, facilitating the trafficking of MR1 vesicles from endosomal compartments to either the cell surface or other endosomal compartments. The analysis is observational and additional data or discussion could address what the insight gained beyond what is already known from the literature.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Thapliyal and Glauser show that hunger alters how C. elegans respond to noxious thermal stimuli. Using targeted neural ablation, mutant analysis, and live-cell functional imaging the authors demonstrate that hunger changes the properties of AWC sensory neurons, which sense noxious heat. The authors further show that effects of hunger on nociception require ASI neurons, which are known to respond to hunger and mediate effects of food deprivation on behavior. Finally, the study uses mutant analysis to implicate glutamate and specific neuropeptides in thermal nociception and in modulation of nociceptors by hunger-responsive neurons.

      Strengths:

      The study clearly shows a strong effect of hunger on nociception and documents a striking effect of hunger on the intrinsic properties of AWC sensory neurons, which respond to noxious heat. The study also clearly and compellingly demonstrates that ablation of hunger-responsive ASI neurons blocks effects of hunger on nociceptive AWCs. These data, which constitute the kernel of the manuscript, are striking and exciting.

      Weaknesses:

      The study has some weaknesses that the authors should address.

      (1) Ablation of AWC neurons alters the basal sensitivity to noxious heat stimuli. This should be clearly noted in the description of the result and warrants some discussion.

      (2) Throughout the study it seems that data are replotted in multiple figure panels. The authors should clearly indicate in figure legends when this occurs. Also, the authors should ensure that statistical tests requiring multiple comparisons are correctly implemented and reflect the number of times experimental data are compared to a single set of control data.

      (3) How ASIs modulate AWCs remains unclear. The authors find that loss of INS-6, an insulin-like peptide provided by ASIs, partially recapitulates the effect of ASI ablation. This is observation is not further developed and instead the authors characterize other secreted factors that seem to mediate sensitization of animals to noxious heat stimuli. While it is interesting that there are multiple opposing inputs into the nociceptor circuit, the essential connection between ASIs and AWCs that underlies the foundational observations in figures 1 and 2 is not sufficiently characterized.

      (4) The assertion that 'starvation reshapes AWC responses from deterministic to stochastic' is not clearly supported by the data. AWC neurons seem capable of showing different responses to thermal stimuli, and the probabilities associated with these responses change after fasting. The different kinds of responses are seen under basal and fasted conditions.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors developed a simple algorithm to analyse live imaging transcription data (MS2) and infer various kinetic parameters. They then applied it to analyse data from previous publications on Drosophila that measured the dynamics of reporter genes driven by various enhancers alone (sna, Kr, rho), or in an endogenous context (eve).

      The authors find that the main correlate with mean gene expression levels is the activity time, that is, the time during which the gene is bursting. They also find a correlation with the variation of the off time.

      Strengths:

      (1) The findings are very clearly presented.

      (2) The simplicity of the algorithm is nice, and the comparative analysis among the various enhancers can be helpful for the field.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The algorithm is not benchmarked against previously used algorithms in the field to infer ON and OFF times, for example, those based on Hidden Markov models. A comparison would help strengthen the support for this algorithm (if it really works well) or show at which point one must be careful when interpreting this data.

      (2) More broadly, the novelty of the findings and how those fit within the knowledge of the field is not super clear. A better account of previous findings that have already quantified ON, OFF times and so on, and how the current findings fit within those, would help better appreciate the significance of the work.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Mukherjee and colleagues extended earlier studies on the coordination of the SidC and SidE effector families on the generation of a unique ubiquitin layer on the surface of the vacuoles containing the bacterial pathogen Legionella pneumophila (LCV).

      Strengths:

      The main strength of the manuscript is the identification of the small GTPase Rab5 as a major "carrier" of these differently modified ubiquitin and ubiquitin chains, which was nicely quantified.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The results are mostly descriptive, based on mechanistic studies from earlier works.

      (2) The majority of the work was dedicated to the characterization of the unique ubiquitin layer on the LCV. One important question was ignored: what is the role of Rab5 in this process? Is the GTPase activity of Rab5 required for its ubiquitination by SidC and SidE? The authors should create a Rab5 KO cell line, complement the line with different mutants of Rab5, and examine their ubiquitination and association with the LCV.

      (3) The finding that Rab5 is associated with the LCV supports the notion that the LCV has characteristics of endo- or/late endosomes. The positioning of the LCV in the endocytic pathway should be discussed in the context of earlier studies (e.g.,PMID: 38739652; PMID: 11067875; PMID: 11067875).

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a very nice and interesting paper to read about motif conservation in protein sequences and mainly in IDRs regions using the ESM2 language model. The topic of the paper is timely, with strong biological significance. The paper can be of great interest to the scientific community in the field of protein phase transitions and future applications using the ESM models. The ability of ESM2 to identify conserved motifs is crucial for disease prediction, as these regions may serve as potential drug targets. Therefore, I find these findings highly significant, and the authors strongly support them throughout the paper. The work motivates the scientific community towards further motif exploration related to diseases.

      Strengths:

      (1) Revealing conserved regions in IDRs by the ESM-2 language model.

      (2) Identification of functionally significant residues within protein sequences, especially in IDRs.

      (3) Findings supported by useful analyses.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Lack of examples demonstrating the potential biological functions of these conserved regions

      (2) Very limited discussion of potential future work and of limitations.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary & Strengths:

      This review by Yu-Tung Li sheds new light on the processes involved in leukocyte extravasation, with a focus on the interaction between leukocytes and the extracellular matrix. In doing so, it presents a fresh perspective on the topic of leukocyte extravasation, which has been extensively covered in numerous excellent reviews. Notably, the role of the extracellular matrix in leukocyte extravasation has received relatively little attention until recently, with a few exceptions, such as a study focusing on the central nervous system (J Inflamm 21, 53 (2024) doi.org/10.1186/s12950-024-00426-6) and another on transmigration hotspots (J Cell Sci (2025) 138 (11): jcs263862 doi.org/10.1242/jcs.263862). This review synthesizes the substantial knowledge accumulated over the past two decades in a novel and compelling manner.

      The author dedicates two sections to discussing the relevant barriers, namely, endothelial cell-cell junctions and the basement membrane. The following three paragraphs address how leukocytes interact with and transmigrate through endothelial junctions, the mechanisms supporting extravasation, and how minimal plasma leakage is achieved during this process. The subsequent question of whether the extravasation process affects leukocyte differentiation and properties is original and thought-provoking, having received limited consideration thus far. The consequences of the interaction between leukocytes and the extracellular matrix, particularly regarding efferocytosis, macrophage polarization, and the outcome of inflammation, are explored in the subsequent three chapters. The review concludes by examining tissue-specific states of macrophage identity.

      Weaknesses:

      Firstly, the first ten sections provide a comprehensive overview of the topic, presenting logical and well-formulated arguments that are easily accessible to a general audience. In stark contrast, the final section (Chapter 11) fails to connect coherently with the preceding review and is nearly incomprehensible without prior knowledge of the author's recent publication in Cell. Mol. Life Sci. CMLS 772 82, 14 (2024). This chapter requires significantly more background information for the general reader, including an introduction to the Macrophage Identity Kinetics Archive (MIKA), which is not even introduced in this review, its basis (meta-analysis of published scRNA-seq data), its significance (identification of major populations), and the reasons behind the revision of the proposed macrophage states and their further development. Secondly, while the attempt to integrate a vast amount of information into fewer figures is commendable, it results in figures that resemble a complex puzzle. The author may consider increasing the number of figures and providing additional, larger "zoom-in" panels, particularly for the topics of clot formation at transmigration hotspots and the interaction between ECM/ECM fragments and integrins. Specifically, the color coding (purple for leukocyte α6-integrins, blue for interacting laminins, also blue for EC α6 integrins, and red for interacting 5-1-1 laminins) is confusing, and the structures are small and difficult to recognize.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this article, Barnett examines a pressing question regarding citing behavior of authors during the peer review process. In particular, the author studies the interaction between reviewers and authors, focusing on the odds of acceptance, and how this may be affected by whether or not the authors cited the reviewers' prior work, whether the reviewer requested such citations be added, and whether the authors complied/how that affected the reviewer decision-making.

      Strengths:

      The author uses a clever analytical design, examining four journals that use the same open peer review system, in which the identities of the authors and reviewers are both available and linkable to structured data. Categorical information about the approval is also available as structured data. This design allows a large scale investigation of this question.

      Weaknesses:

      My concerns pertain to the interpretability of the data as presented and the overly terse writing style.

      Regarding interpretability, it is often unclear what subset of the data are being used both in the prose and figures. For example, the descriptive statistics show many more Version 1 articles than Version 2+. How are the data subset among the different possible methods?

      Likewise, the methods indicate that a matching procedure was used comparing two reviewers for the same manuscript in order to control for potential confounds. However, the number of reviews is less than double the number of Version 1 articles, making it unclear which data were used in the final analysis. The methods also state that data were stratified by version. This raises a question about which articles/reviews were included in each of the analyses. I suggest spending more space describing how the data are subset and stratified. This should include any conditional subsetting as in the analysis on the 441 reviews where the reviewer was not cited in Version 1 but requested a citation for Version 2. Each of the figures and tables, as well as statistics provided in the text should provide this information, which would make this paper much more accessible to the reader. [Note from editor: Please see "Editorial feedback" for more on this]

      Finally, I would caution against imputing motivations to the reviewers, despite the important findings provided here. This is because the data as presented suggest a more nuanced interpretation is warranted. First, the author observes similar patterns of accept/reject decisions whether the suggested citation is a citation to the reviewer or not (Figs 3 and 4). Second, much of the observed reviewer behavior disappears or has much lower effect sizes depending on whether "Accept with Reservations" is considered an Accept or a Reject. This is acknowledged in the results text, but largely left out of the discussion. The conditional analysis on the 441 reviews mentioned above does support a more cautious version of the conclusion drawn here, especially when considered alongside the specific comments left by reviewers that were mentioned in the results and information in Table S.3. However, I recommend toning the language down to match the strength of the data.

    1. Reviewer #5 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the research article, "Functional genomics reveals strain-specific genetic requirements conferring hypoxic growth in Mycobacterium intracellulare" Tateshi et al focussed their research on pulmonary disease caused by Mycobacterium avium-intracellulare complex which has recently become a major health concern. The authors were interested in identifying the genetic requirements necessary for growth/survival within host and used hypoxia and biofilm conditions that partly replicate some of the stress conditions experienced by bacteria in vivo. An important finding of this analysis was the observation that genes involved in gluconeogenesis, type VII secretion system and cysteine desulphurase were crucial for the clinical isolates during standard culture while the same were necessary during hypoxia in the ATCC type strain.

      Strength of the study:

      Transposon mutagenesis has been a powerful genetic tool to identify essential genes/pathways necessary for bacteria under various in vitro stress conditions and for in vivo survival. The authors extended the TnSeq methodology not only to the ATCC strain but also to the recently clinical isolates to identify the differences between the two categories of bacterial strains. Using this approach they dissected the similarities and differences in the genetic requirement for bacterial survival between ATCC type strains and clinical isolates. They observed that the clinical strains performed much better in terms of growth during hypoxia than the type strain. These in vitro findings were further extended to mouse infection models and similar outcomes were observed in vivo further emphasising the relevance of hypoxic adaptation crucial for the clinical strains which could be explored as potential drug targets.

      Weakness:

      The authors have performed extensive TnSeq analysis but fail to present the data coherently. The data could have been well presented both in Figures and text. In my view this is one of the major weakness of the study.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary

      This study aimed to investigate whether the differences observed in the organization of visual brain networks between blind and sighted adults result from a reorganization of an early functional architecture due to blindness, or whether the early architecture is immature at birth and requires visual experience to develop functional connections. This question was investigated through the comparison of 3 groups of subjects with resting-state functional MRI (rs-fMRI). Based on convincing analyses, the study suggests that: 1) secondary visual cortices showed higher connectivity to prefrontal cortical regions (PFC) than to non-visual sensory areas (S1/M1 and A1) in infants like in blind adults, in contrast to sighted adults; 2) the V1 connectivity pattern of infants lies between that of sighted adults (showing stronger functional connectivity with non-visual sensory areas than with PFC) and that of blind adults (showing stronger functional connectivity with PFC than with non-visual sensory areas); 3) the laterality of the connectivity patterns of infants resembled those of sighted adults more than those of blind adults, but infants showed a less differentiated fronto-occipital connectivity pattern than adults.

      Strengths

      The question investigated in this article is important for understanding the mechanisms of plasticity during typical and impaired development, and the approach considered, which compares different groups of subjects including, neonates/infants and blind adults, is highly original.

      Overall, the presented analyses are solid and well detailed, and the results and discussion are convincing.

      Weaknesses

      While it is informative to compare the "initial" state (close to birth) and the "final" states in blind and sighted adults to study the impact of post-natal and visual experience, this study does not analyze the chronology of this development and when the specialization of functional connections is completed. This would require investigating the evolution of functional connectivity of the visual system as a function of visual experience and thus as a function of age, at least during toddlerhood given the early and intense maturation of the visual system after birth. This could be achieved by analyzing different developmental periods using open databases such as the Baby Connectome Project.

      The rationale for grouping full-term neonates and preterm infants (scanned at term-equivalent age) is not understandable when seeking to perform comparisons with adults. Even if the study results do not show differences between full-terms and preterms in terms of functional connectivity differences between regions and of connectivity patterns, preterms group had different neurodevelopment and post-natal (including visual) experiences (even a few weeks might have an impact). And actually they show reduced connectivity strength systematically for all regions compared with full-terms (Sup Fig 7). Considering a more homogeneous group of neonates would have strengthen the study design.

      The rationale for presenting results on the connectivity of secondary visual cortices before the one of primary cortices (V1) could be clarified.

      The authors acknowledge the methodological difficulties for defining regions of interest (ROIs) in infants in a similar way as adults. Since the brain development is not homogeneous and synchronous across brain regions (in particular with the frontal and parietal lobes showing a delayed growth), this poses major problems for registration. This raises the question of whether the study findings could be biased by differences in ROI positioning across groups.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors generated knockout mice for Atad2, a conserved bromodomain-containing factor expressed during spermatogenesis. In Atad2 KO mice, HIRA, a chaperone for histone variant H3.3, was upregulated in round spermatids, accompanied by an apparent increase in H3.3 levels. Furthermore, the sequential incorporation and removal of TH2B and PRM1 during spermiogenesis were partially disrupted in the absence of ATAD2, possibly due to delayed histone removal. Despite these abnormalities, Atad2 KO male mice were able to produce offspring normally.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript addresses the biological role of ATAD2 in spermatogenesis using a knockout mouse model, providing a valuable in vivo framework to study chromatin regulation during male germ cell development. The observed redistribution of H3.3 in round spermatids is clearly presented and suggests a previously unappreciated role of ATAD2 in histone variant dynamics. The authors also document defects in the sequential incorporation and removal of TH2B and PRM1 during spermiogenesis, providing phenotypic insight into chromatin transitions in late spermatogenic stages. Overall, the study presents a solid foundation for further mechanistic investigation into ATAD2 function.

      Weaknesses:

      While the manuscript reports the gross phenotype of Atad2 KO mice, the findings remain largely superficial and do not convincingly demonstrate how ATAD2 deficiency affects chromatin dynamics. Moreover, the phenotype appears too mild to elucidate the functional significance of ATAD2 during spermatogenesis.

      (1) Figures 4-5: The analyses of differential gene expression and chromatin organization should be more comprehensive. First, Venn diagrams comparing the sets of significantly differentially expressed genes between this study and previous work should be shown for each developmental stage. Second, given the established role of H3.3 in MSCI, the effect of Atad2 knockout on sex chromosome gene expression should be analyzed. Third, integrated analysis of RNA-seq and ATAC-seq data is needed to evaluate how ATAD2 loss affects gene expression. Finally, H3.3 ChIP-seq should be performed to directly assess changes in H3.3 distribution following Atad2 knockout.

      (2) Figure 3: The altered distribution of H3.3 is compelling. This raises the possibility that histone marks associated with H3.3 may also be affected, although this has not been investigated. It would therefore be important to examine the distribution of histone modifications typically associated with H3.3. If any alterations are observed, ChIP-seq analyses should be performed to explore them further.

      (3) Figure 7: While the authors suggest that pre-PRM2 processing is impaired in Atad2 KO, no direct evidence is provided. It is essential to conduct acid-urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (AU-PAGE) followed by western blotting, or a comparable experiment, to substantiate this claim.

      (4) HIRA and ATAD2: Does the upregulation of HIRA fully account for the phenotypes observed in Atad2 KO? If so, would overexpression of HIRA alone be sufficient to phenocopy the Atad2 KO phenotype? Alternatively, would partial reduction of HIRA (e.g., through heterozygous deletion) in the Atad2 KO background be sufficient to rescue the phenotype?

      (5) The mechanism by which ATAD2 regulates HIRA turnover on chromatin and the deposition of H3.3 remains unclear from the manuscript and warrants further investigation.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      A bias in how people infer the amount of control they have over their environment is widely believed to be a key component of several mental illnesses including depression, anxiety, and addiction. Accordingly, this bias has been a major focus in computational models of those disorders. However, all of these models treat control as a unidimensional property, roughly, how strongly outcomes depend on action. This paper proposes---correctly, I think---that the intuitive notion of "control" captures multiple dimensions in the relationship between action and outcome. In particular, the authors identify one key dimension: the degree to which outcome depends on how much *effort* we exert, calling this dimension the "elasticity of control". They additionally argue that this dimension (rather than the more holistic notion of controllability) may be specifically impaired in certain types of psychopathology. This idea has the potential to change how we think about several major mental disorders in a substantial way, and can additionally help us better understand how healthy people navigate challenging decision-making problems. More concisely, it is a *very good idea*.

      The more concrete contributions, however, are not as strong. In particular, evidence for the paper's most striking claims is weak. Quoting the abstract, these claims are (1) "the elasticity of control [is] a distinct cognitive construct guiding adaptive behavior" and (2) "overestimation of elasticity is associated with elevated psychopathology involving an impaired sense of control."

      Main issues

      I'll highlight the key points.

      - The task cannot distinguish elasticity inference from general learning processes

      - Participants were explicitly instructed about elasticity, with labeled examples

      - The psychopathology claims rely on an invalid interpretation of CCA, and are contradicted by simple correlations (elasticity bias and the sense of agency scale is r=0.03)

      Distinct construct

      Starting with claim 1, there are three subclaims here. (1A) People's behavior is sensitive to differences in elasticity; (1B) there are mental processes specific to elasticity inference, i.e., not falling out of general learning mechanisms; and, implicitly, (1C) people infer elasticity naturally as they go about their daily lives. The results clearly support 1A. However, 1B and 1C are not well supported.

      (1B) The data cannot support the "distinct cognitive construct" claim because the task is too simple to dissociate elasticity inference from more general learning processes (also raised by Reviewer 1). The key behavioral signature for elasticity inference (vs. generic controllability inference) is the transfer across ticket numbers, illustrated in Fig 4. However, this pattern is also predicted by a standard Bayesian learner equipped with an intuitive causal model of the task. Each ticket gives you another chance to board and the agent infers the probability that each attempt succeeds. Crucially, this logic is not at all specific to elasticity or even control. An identical model could be applied to inferring the bias of a coin from observations of whether any of N tosses were heads-a task that is formally identical to this one (at least, the intuitive model of the task; see first minor comment).

      Importantly, this point cannot be addressed by showing that the author's model fits data better than this or any other specific Bayesian model. It is not a question of whether one particular updating rule explains data better than another. Rather, it is a question of whether the task can distinguish between biases in *elasticity* inference versus biases in probabilistic inference more generally. The present task cannot make this distinction because it does not make separate measurements of the two types of inference. To provide compelling evidence that elasticity inference is a "distinct cognitive construct", one would need to show that there are reliable individual differences in elasticity inference that generalize across contexts but do not generalize to computationally similar types of probabilistic inference (e.g. the coin flipping example).

      (1C) The implicit claim that people infer elasticity outside of the experimental task is undermined by the experimental design. The authors explicitly tell people about the two notions of control as part of the training phase: "To reinforce participants' understanding of how elasticity and controllability were manifested in each planet, [participants] were informed of the planet type they had visited after every 15 trips."

      In the revisions, the authors seem to go back and forth on whether they are claiming that people infer elasticity without instruction (I won't quote it here). I'll just note that the examples they provide in the most recent rebuttal are all cases in which one never receives explicit labels about elasticity. If people only infer elasticity when it is explicitly labeled, I struggle to see its relevance for understanding human cognition and behavior.

      Psychopathology

      Finally, I turn to claim 2, that "overestimation of elasticity is associated with elevated psychopathology involving an impaired sense of control." The CCA analysis is in principle unable to support this claim. As the authors correctly note in their latest rebuttal, the CCA does show that "there is a relationship between psychopathology traits and task parameters". The lesion analysis further shows that "elasticity bias specifically contributes to this relationship" (and similarly for the Sense of Agency scale). Crucially, however, this does *not* imply that there is a relationship between those two variables. The most direct test of that relationship is the simple correlation, which the authors report only in a supplemental figure: there is no relationship (r=0.03). Although it is of course possible that there is a relationship that is obscured by confounding variables, the paper provides no evidence-statistical or otherwise-that such a relationship exists.

      Minor comments

      The statistical structure of the task is inconsistent with the framing. In the framing, participants can make either one or two second boarding attempts (jumps) by purchasing extra tickets. The additional attempt(s) will thus succeed with probability p for one ticket and 2p - p^2 for two tickets; the p^2 captures the fact that you only take the second attempt if you fail on the first. A consequence of this is buying more tickets has diminishing returns. In contrast, in the task, participants always jumped twice after purchasing two tickets, and the probability of success with two tickets was exactly double that with one ticket. Thus, if participants are applying an intuitive causal model to the task, the researcher could infer "biases" in elasticity inference that are probably better characterized as effective use of prior information (encoded in the causal model).

      The model is heuristically defined and does not reflect Bayesian updating. For example, it over-estimates maximum control by not using losses with less than 3 tickets (intuitively, the inference here depends on what your beliefs about elasticity). Including forced three-ticket trials at the beginning of each round makes this less of an issue; but if you want to remove those trials, you might need to adjust the model. The need to introduce the modified model with kappa is likely another symptom of the heuristic nature of the model updating equations.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Developing consistent and reliable biomarkers is critically important for developing new pharmacological therapies in autism spectrum disorders (ASDs). Altered sensory perception is one of the hallmarks of autism and has been recently added to DSM-5 as one of the core symptoms of autism. Touch is one of the fundamental sensory modalities, yet it is currently understudied. Furthermore, there seems to be a discrepancy between different studies from different groups focusing on tactile discrimination. It is not clear if this discrepancy can be explained by different experimental setups, inconsistent terminology, or the heterogeneity of sensory processing alterations in ASDs. The authors aim to investigate the interplay between tactile discrimination and cognitive processes during perceptual decisions. They have developed a forepaw-based 2-alternative choice task for mice and investigated tactile perception and learning in Fmr1-/y mice

      Strengths:

      There are several strengths of this task: translational relevance to human psychophysical protocols, including controlled vibrotactile stimulation. In addition to the experimental setup, there are also several interesting findings: Fmr1-/y mice demonstrated choice consistency bias, which may result in impaired perceptual learning, and enhanced tactile discrimination in low-salience conditions, as well as attentional deficits with increased cognitive load. The increase in the error rates for low salience stimuli is interesting. These observations, together with the behavioral design, may have a promising translational potential and, if confirmed in humans, may be potentially used as biomarkers in ASD.

      Weaknesses:

      Some weaknesses are related to the lack of the original raster plots and density plots of licks under different conditions, learning rate vs time, and evaluation of the learning rate at different stages of learning. Overall, these data would help to answer the question of whether there are differences in learning strategies or neural circuit compensation in Fmr1-/y mice. It is also not clear if reversal learning is impaired in Fmr1-/y mice.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Shaikh and Assisi addresses a timely and important question related to the neural circuit mechanisms underlying spatial representations during navigation. Concretely, they present a model of the medial entorhinal cortex (MEC) with biophysically detailed conductance-based stellate cells that can perform path integration and reveal two potential mechanisms underlying two forms of predictive coding by grid cells in the MEC. One mechanism uses HCN channels to explain predictive coding in MEC layer II grid cells equivalent to ~5% of the diameter of a grid field, and the other uses asymmetric connections between interneurons and stellate cells, resulting in a ~25% predictive bias of layer III grid cells. The methods and model are technically sound, and the model is expected to be useful for computational neuroscientists studying the neural mechanisms of spatial navigation.

      Strengths:

      One strength of the model is its use of conductance-based neuron models of stellate cells and interneurons, adding important biophysical constraints and details to existing continuous attractor network models of grid cells. The model fills a gap in the literature by providing mechanisms for predictive coding constrained by biophysical properties of stellate cells and simplified network topology.

      Weaknesses:

      A weakness of the model is that the neural network is relatively small (five sheets with 71 × 71 neurons each), and the 2-D toroidal topology is further simplified to a 1-D ring attractor consisting of three rings with 192 neurons each. The model incorporates biophysical detail at the single-neuron level, but not at the network level. For example, it includes only stellate cells and a generic interneuron type, and does not implement data-driven connectivity patterns.

      The restricted network size and the limited experimental knowledge about connectivity among stellate cells, principal cells, and different interneuron types in the MEC could be addressed in more detail. Moreover, the manuscript lacks a thorough discussion of assumptions common to most continuous attractor network (CAN) models of grid cells, such as the use of "hand-crafted" connections between direction-sensitive conjunctive grid cells and network cells to drive attractor shifts. Including such a discussion would strengthen the manuscript. This is especially relevant given the authors' explicit claim that they have revealed two mechanisms underlying the emergence of a predictive code in the MEC. In this reviewer's view, the work demonstrates a potential mechanism, but one that requires experimental verification. The significance of the model would thus be increased by providing more experimentally testable predictions of the model.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study provides the Drosophila community with a large collection of new split-Gal4 descending neuron genetic lines. They extend previous efforts to characterize and identify genetic lines for this important class of neurons by providing images of descending neurons and a metric for genetic lines based on specificity and consistency. Their discussion highlights several applications of this collection, for example, to understand the function of new descending neurons through optogenetic and/or physiological characterization. They also helpfully discuss caveats, encouraging users of this collection to validate expression patterns and to be careful when interpreting optogenetic experimental results, considering potential off-target labeling in the lines. Overall, members of the Drosophila community interested in understanding the function of descending neurons and their role in behavior will find this a helpful resource.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors extend the previous genetic access of descending neurons in Drosophila to over 800 split-Gal4 lines and 190 cell types (nearly half of the known population of descending neurons). The authors update and at times correct the previous identification of descending neurons from a previous, large-scale analysis. The authors extend and, at times, correct previous efforts at characterizing these neurons.

      (2) Clear images of descending neurons labeled by new genetic lines are presented in the main figure papers for reference.

      (3) This study classifies lines labeling descending neurons using a quality score to indicate specificity and consistency. They provide this for the entire set of genetic lines, a valuable assessment for researchers interested in targeting these neurons for optogenetic or physiological characterization.

      Weaknesses:

      Although this paper represents a substantial effort and useful contribution to the Drosophila community, a few weaknesses, primarily regarding the specificity and reliability of genetic lines, remain:

      (1) The authors state that optogenetic activation of DN types using the new split-GAL4 lines is expected to reliably activate the target neurons with virtually no off-target effects in the rest of the central nervous system. More data supporting this conclusion, including both qualitative and quantitative anatomical evidence, would strengthen this claim.

      (2) The authors do recommend that researchers using these lines examine expression patterns themselves to evaluate line cleanliness and consistency, but some analysis by the authors would be useful, for example, providing guidelines for best practices to perform this evaluation.

      (3) Changes in expression patterns after several generations are noted by the authors, weakening confidence somewhat in the long-term usefulness of this collection of genetic lines.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors were trying to validate SARS-CoV-2 Mac1 as a drug discovery target and by extension other viral macrodomains.

      Strengths:

      The medicinal chemistry and structure based optimization is exemplary. Macrodomains and ADPribosyl hydrolases have the reputation for being undruggable, yet the authors managed to optimize hits from a fragment screen using structure based approaches and fragment linking to make a 20nM inhibitor as a tool compound to validate the target.<br /> In addition, the in vivo work is also a strength. The ability to reduce the viral count at a rate comparable to nirmatrelvir is impressive. Tracking the cytokine expression levels also supports much of the genetic data and mechanism of action for macrodomains.

      Weaknesses:

      The main compound AVI-4206, while being very potent and selective is not appreciably orally bioavailable. The fact that they have to use high doses of the compound IP to see in vivo effects may lead to questions regarding off target effects. The authors acknowledge this and point it out as a potential avenue for further optimization.

      The cellular models are not as predictive of antiviral activity as one would expect. However, the authors had enough chutzpah to test the compound in vivo knowing that cellular models might not be an accurate representation of a living system with a fully functional immune system all of which is most likely needed in an antiviral response to test the importance of Mac1 as a target.

      Comments on revisions:

      All previous suggestions were addressed. I am satisfied with the author's modifications.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mirkovic et al explore the cause underlying development of aneuploidy during aging. This paper provides a compelling insight into the basis of chromosome missegregation in aged cells, tying this phenomenon to the established Nuclear Pore Complex architecture remodeling that occurs with aging across a large span of diverse organisms. The authors first establish that aged mother cells exhibit aberrant error correction during mitosis. As extrachromosomal rDNA circles (ERCs) are known to increase with age and lead to NPC dysfunction that can result in leakage of unspliced pre-mRNAs, Mirkovic et al search for intron-containing genes in yeast that may be underlying chromosome missegregation, identifying three genes in the aurora B-dependent error correction pathway: MCM21, NBL1, and GLC7. Interestingly, intron-less mutants in these genes suppress chromosome loss in aged cells, with a significant impact observed when all three introns were deleted (3x∆i). The 3x∆i mutant also suppresses the increased chromosome loss resulting from nuclear basket destabilization in a mlp1∆ mutant. The authors then directly test if aged cells do exhibit aberrant mRNA export, using RNA FISH to identify that old cells indeed leak intron-containing pre-mRNA into the cytoplasm, as well as a reporter assay to demonstrate translation of leaked pre-mRNA, and that this is suppressed in cells producing less ERCs. Mutants causing increased pre-mRNA leakage are sufficient to induce chromosome missegregation, which is suppressed by the 3x∆i.

      Strengths:

      The finding that deleting the introns of 3 genes in the Aurora B pathway can suppress age-related chromosome missegregation is highly compelling. Additionally, the rationale behind the various experiments in this paper is well-reasoned and clearly explained.

      Weaknesses:

      My main concerns have been thoroughly addressed by the authors.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Shimagaki et al. investigate the virus-antibody coevolutionary processes that drive the development of broadly neutralizing antibodies (bnAbs). The study's primary goal is to characterize the evolutionary dynamics of HIV-1 within hosts that accompany the emergence of bnAbs, with a particular focus on inferring the landscape of selective pressures shaping viral evolution. To assess the generality of these evolutionary patterns, the study extends its analysis to rhesus macaques (RMs) infected with simian-human immunodeficiency viruses (SHIV) incorporating HIV-1 Env proteins derived from two human individuals.

      Strengths:

      A key strength of the study is its rigorous assessment of the similarity in evolutionary trajectories between humans and macaques. This cross-species comparison is particularly compelling, as it quantitatively establishes a shared pattern of viral evolution using a sophisticated inference method. The finding that similar selective pressures operate in both species adds robustness to the study's conclusions and suggests broader biological relevance. In the revised version, the Authors included a simple but clear explanation of the statistical method for inferring the model's parameters in the main text. Moreover, I find the potential implications of the methodology absent in the original submission very interesting.

      Conclusions:

      Overall, the study presents a compelling analysis of HIV-1 evolution and its parallels in SHIV-infected macaques.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Gazal et al present convincing evidence supporting a new model of MPS formation where a gap-and-patch MPS pattern coalesces laterally to give rise to a lattice covering the entire axon shaft.

      Strengths:

      (1) This is a very interesting study that supports a change in paradigm in the model of MPS lattice formation.

      (2) Knowledge on MPS organization is mainly derived from studies using rat hippocampal neurons. In the current manuscript, Gazal et al use human IPS-derived motor neurons, a highly relevant neuron type, to further the current knowledge on MPS biology.

      (3) The quality of the images provided, specifically of those involving super-resolution, is of a high standard. This adequately supports the conclusions of the authors.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The main concern raised by the manuscript is the assumption that staudosporine-induced gap and patch formation recapitulates the physiological assembly of gaps and patches of betaII-spectrin.

      (2) One technical challenge that limits a more compelling support of the new model of MPS formation is that fixed neurons are imaged, which precludes the observation of patch coalescence.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mou and Ji investigated neuro-computational mechanisms behind observational spatial learning in rats and reported several signs of functional coupling between the ACC and CA1 at the single neuron level. Using multi-site tetrode recording, they found that ACC cells encoding a path in a maze were activated while a rat observed another rat taking that path. This activation was also correlated with the activation of CA1 cells encoding the same path and facilitated their replay during sharp-wave ripples (SWRs) before the recording rat ran on the maze by itself. These activity patterns were associated with correct path choice during self-running and were absent in control conditions where the recording rat did not learn the correct choice through observations. Based on these findings, the authors argue that ACC cells capture the critical information during observation to organize hippocampal cell activity for subsequent spatial decisions.

      Strengths:

      The authors used multiple outcome measures to build a strong case for path-specific spike coordination between ACC and CA1 cells. The analyses were conducted carefully, and proper control measures were used to establish the statistical significance of the detected effects. The authors also demonstrated tight correlations between the spike coordination patterns and the successful use of observed information for future decisions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) As evidence for the activation of path information in the ACC during observation, the authors showed positive correlations between firing rates during observation and those during self-running. This argument will be solidified if the authors use a decoding approach to demonstrate the activation of path-selective ACC ensemble activity patterns during observation. This approach will also open the door to uncovering how the activation of ACC path representation is related to the moment-to-moment position of the demonstrator rat and whether it is coupled with the timing of SWRs.

      (2) The authors argued that the ACC biases the content of awake replay in CA1 during SWRs in the observation period. The reviewer wonders if a similar bias also occurs during SWRs in the self-run period (i.e., water consumption after the correct choice). This analysis will help test whether the biased replay occurs due to the need to convert observed information into future choices.

      (3) Although the authors demonstrated the necessity of the ACC for the task, it remains to be determined whether firing coordination between the ACC and CA1 during observation is necessary for the correct path choice during self-runs. Some discussion on this point, along with future direction, would be beneficial for readers.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors fully addressed my recommendations. I do not have any further comments.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a method to address class imbalance in T cell receptor (TCR)-epitope binding datasets by generating synthetic positive binding examples using generative models, specifically BERT-based architectures and Restricted Boltzmann Machines (RBMs). They hypothesize that improving class balance can enhance model performance in predicting TCR-peptide binding.

      Strengths:

      (1) Interesting biological as well as technical topic.

      (2) Solid technical foundations.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Fundamental Biological Oversight:

      While the computational strategy of augmenting positive samples via generative models is technically interesting, the manuscript falls short in addressing key biological considerations. Specifically, the authors simulate and evaluate only CDR3β-peptide binding interactions. However, antigen recognition by T cells involves both the α- and β-chains of the TCR. The omission of CDR3α undermines the biological realism and limits the generalizability of the findings.

      (2) Validation of Simulated Data:

      The central claim of the manuscript is that simulated positive examples improve predictive performance. However, there is no rigorous validation of the biological plausibility or realism of the generated TCR sequences. Without independent evaluation (e.g., testing whether synthetic TCR-peptide pairs are truly binding), it remains unclear whether the performance gains are biologically meaningful or merely reflect artifacts of the generation process.

      (3) Risk of Bias and Overfitting:

      Training and evaluating models with generated data introduces a risk of circularity and bias. The observed improvements may not reflect better generalization to real-world TCR-epitope interactions but could instead arise from overfitting to synthetic patterns. Additional testing on independent, biologically validated datasets would help clarify this point.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Guin et al. use a CRISPR KO screen of ~1000 candidates in two human cell lines, along with high-throughput image analysis, to demonstrate that orderly progression through mitosis shapes centromere organization. They identify ~50 genes that perturb centromere clustering when depleted in both RPE1 and HCT116 cells and validate many of these hits using RNAi. They then use auxin-mediated acute depletion of four factors (NCAPH2, KI67, SPC24, and NUF2) to demonstrate that their effects on centromere clustering require passage through mitosis. They further suggest that the lack of these factors during mitosis leads to the disorganization of centromeres on the mitotic spindle, and these effects persist in the subsequent interphase. Overall, the manuscript is clear, well-written, the experiments performed are appropriate, and the data are interpreted accurately. In my opinion, the main strength of this manuscript is the discovery of several hits associated with altered centromere organization. These hits will serve as a solid foundation for future work investigating genome organization in human cells. On the other hand, how the changes in centromere organization relate to other aspects of interphase genome architecture (A/B compartments, chromosome territories, etc) remains unclear and represents the main shortcoming of this manuscript.

      Comments:

      (1) Given the authors' suggestion that disorderly mitotic progression underlies the changes in centromere clustering in the subsequent interphase, I think it would be beneficial to showcase examples of disorderly mitosis in the AID samples and perhaps even quantify the misalignment on the metaphase plate.

      (2) I don't quite agree with the description that centromeres cluster into chromocenters (p4 para 2, p17 para 1, and other instances in the manuscript). To the best of my knowledge, chromocenters primarily consist of clustered pericentromeric heterochromatin, while the centromeres are studded on the chromocenter surface. This has been beautifully demonstrated in mouse cells (Guenatri et al., JCB, 2004), but it is true in other systems like flies and plants as well.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a technically impressive dataset showing that repeated excitation or restraint stress internalises somatodendritic α2A adrenergic autoreceptors (α2A ARs) in locus coeruleus (LC) neurons. Loss of these receptors weakens GIRK-dependent autoinhibition, raises neuronal excitability, and is accompanied by higher MAO A, DOPEGAL, AEP, and tau N368 levels. The work combines rigorous whole-cell electrophysiology with barbadin-based trafficking assays, qPCR, Western blotting, and immunohistochemistry. The final schematic is appealing and, in principle, could explain early LC hyperactivity followed by degeneration in ageing and Alzheimer's disease.

      Strengths:

      - Multi-level approach - The study integrates electrophysiology, pharmacology, mRNA quantification, and protein-level analysis.

      -Use of barbadin to block β-arrestin/AP-2-dependent internalisation is both technically precise and mechanistically informative

      -Well-executed electrophysiology

      -translation relevance

      -converges to a model that peers discussed (scientists can only discuss models - not data!)

      Weaknesses:

      Nevertheless, the manuscript currently reads as a sequence of discrete experiments rather than a single causal chain.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The manuscript investigated the kinetics of molecule transport across interfaces in phase-separated mixtures. Through the development of a theoretical approach for a binary mixture in a sharp interface limit, the authors found that interface resistance leads to a slowdown in interfacial movement. Subsequently, they extended this approach to multiple molecular species (incorporating both labeled and unlabeled molecules) and continuous transport models. Finally, they proposed experimental settings in vitro and commented on the necessary optical resolution to detect signatures of interfacial kinetics associated with resistance.

      The investigation of transport kinetics across biomolecular condensate interfaces holds significant relevance for understanding cellular function and dysfunction mechanisms; thus, the topic is important and timely. However, the current manuscript presentation requires improvement. Firstly, the inclusion of numerous equations in the main text substantially compromises readability, and relocation of a part of the formulae and derivations to the Appendix would be more appropriate. Secondly, the manuscript would benefit from more comprehensive comparisons with existing theoretical studies on molecular transport kinetics. The text should also be written to be more approachable for a general readership. Modifications and sufficient responses to the specific points outlined below are recommended.

      (1) The authors introduced a theoretical framework to study the kinetics of molecules across an interface between two coexisting liquid phases and found that interface resistance leads to a slowdown in interfacial movement in a binary mixture and a decelerated molecule exchange between labeled and unlabeled molecules across the phase boundary. However, these findings appear rather expected. The work would be strengthened by a more thorough discussion of the kinetics of molecule transport across interfaces (such as the physical origin of the interface resistance and its specific impact on transport kinetics).

      (2) The formulae in the manuscript should be checked and corrected. Notably, Equation 10 contains "\phi_2\ln\phi_2" while Eq. 11b shows "n^{-1}\ln\phi_2", suggesting a missing factor of "n^{-1}". Similarly, Equation 18 obtained from Equation 11: the logarithmic term in Eq.11a is "n^{-1}\ln phi_1-\ln(1-\phi)" but the pre-exponential factor in Equation 18a is just "\phi_1/(1-\phi*)", where is "n^{-1}"? Additionally, there is a unit inconsistency in Equation 36, where the unit of \rho (s/m) does not match that of the right-hand side expression (s/m^2).

      (3) The authors stated that the numerical solutions are obtained using a custom finite difference scheme implemented in MATLAB in the Appendix. The description of numerical methods is insufficiently detailed and needs to be expanded, including specific equations or models used to obtain specific figures, the introduction of initial and boundary conditions, the choices of parameters and their reasons in terms of the biology.

      (4) The authors claimed that their framework naturally extends to multiple molecular species, but only showed the situation of labeled and unlabeled molecules across a phase boundary. How about three or more molecular species? Does this framework still work? This should be added to strengthen the manuscript and confirm the framework's general applicability.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this delightful study, the authors use local indentation of the cell surface combined with out-of-focus microscopy to measure the rates of pressure spread in the cell and to argue that the results can be explained with the poroelastic model. Osmotic shock that decreases cytoskeletal mesh size supports this notion. Experiments with water injection and water suction further support it, and also, together with a mechanical model and elegant measurements of decreasing fluorescence in the cell 'flashed' by external flow, demonstrate that the membrane is permeable, and that steady flow and pressure gradient can exist in a cell with water source/sink in different locations. Use of blebs as indicators of the internal pressure further supports the notion of differential cytoplasmic pressure.

      Strengths:

      The study is very imaginative, interesting, novel and important.

      Weaknesses: I have two broad critical comments:

      (1) I sense that the authors are correct that the best explanation of their results is the passive poroelastic model. Yet, to be thorough, they have to try to explain the experiments with other models and show why their explanation is parsimonious. For example, one potential explanation could be some mechanosensitive mechanism that does not involve cytoplasmic flow; another could be viscoelastic cytoskeletal mesh, again not involving poroelasticity. I can imagine more possibilities. Basically, be more thorough in the critical evaluation of your results. Besides, discuss potential effect of significant heterogeneity of the cell.

      (2) The study is rich in biophysics but a bit light on chemical/genetic perturbations. It could be good to use low levels of chemical inhibitors for, for example, Arp2/3, PI3K, myosin etc, and see the effect and try to interpret it. Another interesting question - how adhesive strength affects the results. A different interesting avenue - one can perturb aquaporins. Etc. At least one perturbation experiment would be good.

      Comments on revisions: I am satisfied with the revisions

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their article "Range geography and temperature variability explain cross-continental convergence in range and phenology shifts in a model insect taxon" the authors rigorously investigate the spatial and temporal trends in the occurrence of odonate species and their potential drivers. Specifically, they examine whether species shift their geographic ranges poleward or alter their phenology to cope with changing conditions. Leveraging opportunistic observations of European and North American odonates, they find that species showing significant range shifts also exhibited shifts to earlier emergence. Considering a broad range of potential predictors, their results reveal that geographical factors, but not functional traits, are associated with these shifts.

      Strengths:

      The article addresses an important topic in ecology and conservation that is particularly timely in the face of reports of substantial insects declines in North America and Europe over the past decades. Through data integration the authors leverage the rich natural history record for odonates, broadening the taxonomic scope of analyses of temporal trends in phenology and distribution. The combination of phenological and range shifts in one framework presents an elegant way to reconcile previous findings and informs about the drivers of biodiversity loss.

      Weaknesses:

      To better understand whether species shifting both their ranges and phenology are more successful, or as stated here are 'clear winners', and hence whether those that do neither are more vulnerable would require integrating population trends alongside the discussed response. The ~10% species that have not shifted their distribution or phenology might have not declined in abundance, if they have rapidly adapted to local changes in climatic conditions (i.e. they might show a plastic response). These species might be the real 'winners', while species that have recently shifted their ranges or phenology may eventually reach hard limits. The authors are discussing this limitation but might want to adapt their wording, given the potential for misinterpretation. The finding that species with more northern ranges showed lesser northward shifts would speak to the fact that some species have already reached such a geographical range limit.

      Achievements and impact:

      The results support broad differences in the response of odonate species to climate change, and the prediction that range geography and temperature seasonality are more important predictors of these changes than functional traits. Simultaneously addressing range and phenological shifts highlights that most species exhibit coupled responses but also identifies a significant portion of species that do not respond in these ways that are of critical conservation concern. These results are important for improving forecasts of species' responses to climate change and identifying species of particularly conservation concern. Although not exhaustive regarding abundance trends, the study presents an important step towards a general framework for investigating the drivers of multifaceted species responses.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using three strains of mice that are founders of the Diversity Outbred Population of mice, this paper attempts to identify key genetic drivers of obesity and metabolic dysfunction. Through a series of in-depth phenotyping experiments, the authors describe substantial differences in the propensity of these strains to develop obesity and complications associated with obesity. The key here was the careful selection of these strains, as they mostly spanned the spectrum of minor susceptibility (C57BL/6J), major susceptibility (NZO/HILtJ), and complete resistance to diet-induced obesity (CAST/EiJ). This was done in the setting of both a normal diet and a high-fat diet. These studies identified that one of the most transcriptionally activated tissues in this setting across the strains was adipose tissue. Furthermore, a critical pathway in adipose tissue that inferred protection against obesity in the CAST strain was related to immune infiltration. Subsequently, the authors extended their studies into this phenotype using their existing access to the vast array of genetic information from the DO datasets. From this analysis, it was identified that a key region on Chr19 had a significant influence on this phenotype, and subsequent work investigated the potentially causal genes. Overall, this study encompasses an impressive amount of in vivo and genetic work and identifies some new gene regulators associated with obesity complications, which warrant further investigation.

      Strengths:

      This study engages multiple mouse lines with diet intervention, as well as powerful genetic mapping tools to isolate genetic drivers of various obesity related phenotypes. The animal studies are thorough and well performed, and they also include detailed omics analysis of several tissues. Subsequent genetic mapping uses some of the world's most powerful preclinical genetic approaches, and findings identify some novel genes associated with obesity.

      Weaknesses:

      These mouse lines and hybrid genetic screens in this paper have been used for some years now to map similar phenotypes, so in that sense, the approach is not overly novel. Moreover, the most compelling and exciting part of the study, in this reviewer's opinion, is the DO mapping of the immune phenotype in adipose tissue. In some ways, the authors could have potentially come to this same conclusion without the need to perform the mouse studies in the three different strains (other than the nice storytelling of finding the phenotype initially in CAST). Likewise, with this being the most novel aspect of the study, it was a shame that the genes identified at Chr19 were not investigated in more detail in the manuscript, other than just some associative outcomes in mice and humans. It would have been pleasing to see some attempt to validate one of these genes in a mouse model, linking it to either obesity or immune phenotypes in WAT.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work aims to understand how cells repair damage to the plasma membrane (PM). This is important, as failure to do so will result in cell lysis and death. Therefore, this is an important fundamental question with broad implications for all eukaryotic cells. Despite this importance, there are relatively few proteins known to contribute to this repair process. This study expands the number of experimentally validated PM from 8 to 80. Further, they use precise laser-induced damage of the PM/cell wall and use live-cell imaging to track the recruitment of repair proteins to these damage sites. They focus on repair proteins that are involved in either exocytosis or clathrin-mediated endocytosis (CME) to understand how these membrane remodeling processes contribute to PM repair. Through these experiments, they find that while exocytosis and CME both occur at the sites of PM damage, exocytosis predominates in the early stages of repairs, while CME predominates in the later stages of repairs. Lastly, they propose that CME is responsible for diverting repair proteins localized to the growing bud cell to the site of PM damage.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is very well written, and the experiments presented flow logically. The use of laser-induced damage and live-cell imaging to validate the proteome-wide screen using SDS-induced damage strengthens the role of the identified candidates in PM/cell wall repair.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Could the authors estimate the fraction of their candidates that are associated with cell wall repair versus plasma membrane repair? Understanding how many of these proteins may be associated with the repair of the cell wall or PM may be useful for thinking about how these results are relevant to systems that do or do not have a cell wall. Perhaps this is already in their GO analysis, but I don't see it mentioned in the manuscript.

      (2) Do the authors identify actin cable-associated proteins or formin regulators associated with sites of PM damage? Prior work from the senior author (reference 26) shows that the formin Bnr1 relocalizes to sites of PM damage, so it would be interesting if Bnr1 and its regulators (e.g., Bud14, Smy1, etc) are recruited to these sites as well. These may play a role in directing PM repair proteins (see more below).

      (3) Do the authors suspect that actin cables play a role in the relocalization of material from the bud tip to PM damage sites? They mention that TMD proteins are secretory vesicle cargo (lines 134-143) and that Myo2 localizes to damage sites. Together, this suggests a possible role for cable-based transport of repair proteins. While this may be the focus of future work, some additional discussion of the role of cables would strengthen their proposed mechanism (steps 3 and 4 in Figure 7).

      (4) Lines 248-249: I find the rationale for using an inducible Gal promoter here unclear. Some clarification is needed.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Ioakeimidis and colleagues studied microstructural abnormalities in N=56 Huntington's disease (HD) patients compared to N=57 normative controls. The authors used a powerful MRI Connectom scanner and applied the SANDI model to estimate the soma size, neurite size, soma density, and extracellular fraction in key subcortical nuclei related to HD. In the striatum, they found decreased soma density and increased soma size, which also seemed to become more pronounced in advanced HD individuals in the final exploratory analyses. The authors conducted important analyses to find whether the SANDI measures correlate with clinical scores (i.e., QMotor) and whether the variance of the striatal volume is explained by the SANDI measures. They found a relationship between SANDI measures for both.

      Strengths:

      The study is both innovative and of high interest for the HD community. The authors provide a rich pool of statistical analyses and results that anticipate the questions that may emerge in the HD research community. Statistics are carefully chosen and image processing is done with state-of-the-art methods and tools. The sample size gives sufficient credibility to the findings. Altogether, I think this study sets a milestone in the attempts of the HD community to understand neuropathological processes with non-invasive methods, and extends the current knowledge of microstructural anomalies identified in HD with diffusion MRI. More importantly, the newly identified anomalies in soma size and soma density open new avenues for studying these biological effects further and perhaps developing these biomarkers for use in clinical trials.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) An important question is whether the SANDI measures, which require an expensive scanner and elaborate processing, are better biomarkers than the more traditional DTI measures. Can the authors compare the effect size of FA/MD with SANDI measures? In some of the plots and tables, FA/MD seem to have comparable, if not higher, correlations with QMotor or CAP scores. On the same vein, it is unclear whether DTI measures were included in hierarchical stepwise regression. I wonder if the stepwise models may have picked up FA/MD instead of SANDI measures if they are given a chance. Overall, I hope the authors can discuss their findings also in this light of cost vs. benefit of adopting SANDI in future studies, which is an important topic for clinical trials.

      (2) Similar to the above point, it is very important to consider how strong the biomarking signal is from SANDI measures compared to the good old striatal volume. Some plots seem to indicate that volumes still have the highest correlation with QMotor and the highest effect size in group comparisons. It would be helpful for the community to know where the new SANDI measures stand compared to the most typically used volumes in terms of effect size.

      (3) The diffusion measures are inevitably correlated to some degree. Please provide a correlation matrix in the supplementary material, including all DWI measures, to enable readers to better understand how similar SANDI measures are to each other or vs. other DTI measures. Perhaps adding volumes to this correlation matrix may also be a good future reference.

      (4) ISS stages:

      a) The online ISS calculator requires cut-offs derived from the longitudinal Freesurfer pipeline, while the authors do not have longitudinal data. Thus, the ISS classification might be inaccurate to some degree if the authors used the FS cross-sectional pipeline. Please review this issue and see if updated cut-offs should be used to classify participants.

      b) Were there really no participants with ISS 0 among the 56 HD individuals? Please clarify in the manuscript.

      (5) A note on terminology that might be confusing to some readers. According to the creators of ISS, the ISS stages are created for research only; they are not used or applied in the clinic. On the other hand, the terms "premanifest" and "manifest" have a clinical meaning, typically based on the diagnostic confidence level. The assignment of ISS0-1 to premanifest and ISS2-3 to manifest may create some non-trivial confusion, if not opposition, in some segments of the HD community. The authors can keep their current terminology, but will need to at least clarify to the reader that this assignment is speculative, does not fully match the clinically-based categories, and should not be confused with similarly named groups in the previous literature.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The melibiose permease from Salmonella enterica serovar Typhimurium (MelBSt) is a member of the Major Facilitator Superfamily (MFS). It catalyzes the symport of a galactopyranoside with Na⁺, H⁺, or Li⁺, and serves as a prototype model system for investigating cation-coupled transport mechanisms. In cation-coupled symporters, a coupling cation typically moves down its electrochemical gradient to drive the uphill transport of a primary substrate; however, the precise role and molecular contribution of the cation in substrate binding and translocation remain unclear. In a prior study, the authors showed that the binding affinity for melibiose is increased in the presence of Na+ by about 8-fold, but the molecular basis for the cooperative mechanism remains unclear. The objective of this study was to better understand the allosteric coupling between the Na+ and melibiose binding sites. To verify the sugar-recognition specific determinants, the authors solved the outward-facing crystal structures of a uniport mutant D59C with four sugar ligands containing different numbers of monosaccharide units (α-NPG, melibiose, raffinose, or α-MG). The structure with α-NPG bound has improved resolution (2.7 Å) compared to a previously published structure and to those with other sugars. These structures show that the specificity is clearly directed toward the galactosyl moiety. However, the increased affinity for α-NPG involves its hydrophobic phenyl group, positioned at 4 Å-distance from the phenyl group of Tyr26 forms a strong stacking interaction. Moreover, a water molecule bound to OH-4 in the structure with α-NPG was proposed to contribute to the sugar recognition and appears on the pathway between the two specificity-determining pockets. Next, the authors analyzed by hydrogen-to-deuterium exchange coupled to mass spectrometry (HDX-MS) the changes in structural dynamics of the transporter induced by melibiose, Na+, or both. The data support the conclusion that the binding of the coupling cation at a remote location stabilizes the sugar-binding residues to switch to a higher-affinity state. Therefore, the coupling cation in this symporter was proposed to be an allosteric activator.

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript is generally well written.

      (2) This study builds on the authors' accumulated knowledge of the melibiose permease and integrates structural and HDX-MS analyses to better understand the communication between the sodium ion and sugar binding sites. A high sequence coverage was obtained for the HDX-MS data (86-87%), which is high for a membrane protein.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) I am not sure that the resolution of the structure (2.7 Å) is sufficiently high to unambiguously establish the presence of a water molecule bound to OH-4 of the α-NPG sugar. In Figure 2, the density for water 1 is not obvious to me, although it is indeed plausible that water mediates the interaction between OH4/OH6 and the residues Q372 and T373.

      (2) Site-directed mutagenesis could help strengthen the conclusions of the authors. Would the mutation(s) of Q372 and/or T373 support the water hypothesis by decreasing the affinity for sugars? Mutations of Thr 121, Arg 295, combined with functional and/or HDX-MS analyses, may also help support some of the claims of the authors regarding the allosteric communication between the two substrate-binding sites.

      (3) The main conclusion of the authors is that the binding of the coupling cation stabilizes those dynamic sidechains in the sugar-binding pocket, leading to a high-affinity state. This is visible when comparing panels c and a from Figure S5. However, there is both increased protection (blue, near the sugar) and decreased protection in other areas (red). The latter was less commented, could the increased flexibility in these red regions facilitate the transition between inward- and outward-facing conformations? The HDX changes induced by the different ligands were compared to the apo form (see Figure S5). It might be worth it for data presentation to also analyze the deuterium uptake difference by comparing the conditions sodium ion+melibiose vs melibiose alone. It would make the effect of Na+ on the structural dynamics of the melibiose-bound transporter more visible. Similarly, the deuterium uptake difference between sodium ion+melibiose vs sodium ion alone could be analyzed too, in order to plot the effect of melibiose on the Na+-bound transporter.

      (4) For non-specialists, it would be beneficial to better introduce and explain the choice of using D59C for the structural analyses.

      (5) In Figure 5a, deuterium changes are plotted as a function of peptide ID number. It is hardly informative without making it clearer which regions it corresponds to. Only one peptide is indicated (213-226), I would recommend indicating more of them in areas where deuterium changes are substantial.

      (6) From prior work of the authors, melibiose binding also substantially increases the affinity of the sodium ion. Can the authors interpret this observation based on the HDX data?

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Kern et al. critically assess the sensitivity of temporally delayed linear modelling (TDLM), a relatively new method used to detect memory replay in humans via MEG. While TDLM has recently gained traction and been used to report many exciting links between replay and behavior in humans, Kern et al. were unable to detect replay during a post-learning rest period. To determine whether this null result reflected an actual absence of replay or sensitivity of the method, the authors ran a simulation: synthetic replay events were inserted into a control dataset, and TDLM was used to decode them, varying both replay density and its correlation with behavior. The results revealed that TDLM could only reliably detect replay at unrealistically (not-physiological) high replay densities, and the authors were unable to induce strong behavior correlations. These findings highlight important limitations of TDLM, particularly for detecting replay over extended, minutes-long time periods.

      Strengths:

      Overall, I think this is an extremely important paper, given the growing use of TDLM to report exciting relationships between replay and behavior in humans. I found the text clear, the results compelling, and the critique of TDLM quite fair: it is not that this method can never be applied, but just that it has limits in its sensitivity to detect replay during minutes-long periods. Further, I greatly appreciated the authors' efforts to describe ways to improve TDLM: developing better decoders and applying them to smaller time windows.

      The power of this paper comes from the simulation, whereby the authors inserted replay events and attempted to detect them using TDLM. Regarding their first study, there are many alternative explanations or possible analysis strategies that the authors do not discuss; however, none of these are relevant if, under conditions where it is synthetically inserted, replay cannot be detected.

      Additionally, the authors are relatively clear about which parameters they chose, why they chose them, and how well they match previous literature (they seem well matched).

      Finally, I found the application of TDLM to a baseline period particularly important, as it demonstrated that there are fluctuations in sequenceness in control conditions (where no replay would be expected); it is important to contrast/calculate the difference between control (pre-resting state) and target (post-resting state) sequenceness values.

      Weaknesses:

      While I found this paper compelling, I was left with a series of questions.

      (1) I am still left wondering why other studies were able to detect replay using this method. My takeaway from this paper is that large time windows lead to high significance thresholds/required replay density, making it extremely challenging to detect replay at physiological levels during resting periods. While it is true that some previous studies applying TDLM used smaller time windows (e.g., Kern's previous paper detected replay in 1500ms windows), others, including Liu et al. (2019), successfully detected replay during a 5-minute resting period. Why do the authors believe others have nevertheless been able to detect replay during multi-minute time windows?

      For example, some studies using TDLM report evidence of sequenceness as a contrast between evidence of forwards (f) versus backwards (b) sequenceness; sequenceness was defined as ZfΔt - ZbΔt (where Z refers to the sequence alignment coefficient for a transition matrix at a specific time lag). This use case is not discussed in the present paper, despite its prevalence in the literature. If the same logic were applied to the data in this study, would significant sequenceness have been uncovered? Whether it would or not, I believe this point is important for understanding methodological differences between this paper and others.

      (2) Relatedly, while the authors note that smaller time windows are necessary for TDLM to succeed, a more precise description of the appropriate window size would greatly improve the utility of this paper. As it stands, the discussion feels incomplete without this information, as providing explicit guidance on optimal window sizes would help future researchers apply TDLM effectively. Under what window size range can physiological levels of replay actually be detected using TDLM? Or, is there some scaling factor that should be considered, in terms of window size and significance threshold/replay density? If the authors are unable to provide a concrete recommendation, they could add information about time windows used in previous studies (perhaps, is 1500ms as used in their previous paper a good recommendation?).

      (3) In their simulation, the authors define a replay event as a single transition from one item to another (example: A to B). However, in rodents, replay often traverses more than a single transition (example: A to B to C, even to D and E). Observing multistep sequences increases confidence that true replay is present. How does sequence length impact the authors' conclusions? Similarly, can the authors comment on how the length of the inserted events impacts TDLM sensitivity, if at all?

      For example, regarding sequence length, is it possible that TDLM would detect multiple parts of a longer sequence independently, meaning that the high density needed to detect replay is actually not quite so dense? (example: if 20 four-step sequences (A to B to C to D to E) were sampled by TDLM such that it recorded each transition separately, that would lead to a density of 80 events/min).

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Borghi and colleagues present results from 4 experiments aimed at investigating the effects of dual γtACS and iTBS stimulation of the precuneus on behavioral and neural markers of memory formation. In their first experiment (n = 20), they find that a 3-minute offline (i.e., prior to task completion) stimulation that combines both techniques leads to superior memory recall performance in an associative memory task immediately after learning associations between pictures of faces, names, and occupation, as well as after a 15-minute delay, compared to iTBS alone (+ tACS sham) or no stimulation (sham for both iTBS and tACS). Performance in a second task probing short-term memory was unaffected by the stimulation condition. In a second experiment (n = 10), they show that these effects persist over 24 hours and up to a full week after initial stimulation. A third (n = 14) and fourth (n = 16) experiment were conducted to investigate neural effects of the stimulation protocol. The authors report that, once again, only combined iTBS and γtACS increases gamma oscillatory activity and neural excitability (as measured by concurrent TMS-EEG) specific to the stimulated area at the precuneus compared to a control region, as well as precuneus-hippocampus functional connectivity (measured by resting state MRI), which seemed to be associated with structural white matter integrity of the bilateral middle longitudinal fasciculus (measured by DTI).

      Strengths:

      Combining non-invasive brain stimulation techniques is a novel, potentially very powerful method to maximize the effects of these kinds of interventions that are usually well-tolerated and thus accepted by patients and healthy participants. It is also very impressive that the stimulation-induced improvements in memory performance resulted from a short (3 min) intervention protocol. If the effects reported here turn out to be as clinically meaningful and generalizable across populations as implied, this approach could represent a promising avenue for treatment of impaired memory functions in many conditions.

      Methodologically, this study is expertly done! I don't see any serious issues with the technical setup in any of the experiments. It is also very commendable that the authors conceptually replicated the behavioral effects of experiment 1 in experiment 2 and then conducted two additional experiments to probe the neural mechanisms associated with these effects. This certainly increases the value of the study and the confidence in the results considerably.

      The authors used a within-subject approach in their experiments, which increases statistical power and allows for stronger inferences about the tested effects. They also used to individualize stimulation locations and intensities, which should further optimize the signal-to-noise ratio.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript by Shen, Yeung, and colleagues, the authors generate an improved and expanded Mosaic analysis by gRNA-induced crossing-over (MAGIC) toolkit for use in making mosaic clones in Drosophila. This is a clever method by which mitotic clones can be induced in dividing cells by using CRISPR/Cas9 to generate double-strand breaks at specific locations that induce crossing over at those locations. This is conceptually similar to previous mosaic methods in flies that utilized FRT sites that had been inserted near centromeres along with heat-shock inducible FLPase. The advantage of the MAGIC system is that it can be used along with chromosomes lacking FRT sites already introduced, such as those found in many deficiency collections or in EMS mutant lines. It may also be simpler to implement than FRT-based mosaic systems. There are two flavors of the MAGIC system: nMAGIC and pMAGIC. In nMAGIC, the main constituents are a transgene insertion that contains gRNAs that target DNA near the centromere, along with a fluorescent marker. In pMAGIC, the main constituents are a transgenic insertion that contains gRNAs that target DNA near the centromere, along with ubiquitous expression of GAL80. As such, nMAGIC can be used to generate clones that are not labelled, whereas pMAGIC (along with a GAL4 line and UAS-marker) can be used much like MARCM to positively label a clone of cells. This manuscript introduces MAGIC transgenic reagents that allow all 4 chromosomes to be targeted. They demonstrate its use in a variety of tissues, including with mutants not compatible with current FLP/FRT methods, and also show it works well in tissues that prove challenging for FLP/FRT mosaic analyses (such as motor neurons). They further demonstrate that it can be used to generate mosaic clones in non-melanogaster hybrid tissues. Overall, this work represents a valuable improvement to the MAGIC method that should promote even more widespread adoption of this powerful genetic technique.

      Strengths:

      (1) Improves the design of the gRNA-marker by updating the gRNA backbone and also the markers used. GAL80 now includes a DE region that reduces the perdurance of the protein and thus better labeling of pMAGIC clones. The data presented to demonstrate these improvements is rigorous and of high quality.

      (2) Introduces a toolkit that now covers all chromosome arms in Drosophila. In addition, the efficiency of 3 target different sites is characterized for each chromosome arm (e.g., 3 different gRNA-Marker combinations), which demonstrate differences in efficiency. This could be useful to titrate how many clones an experimenter might want (e.g., lower efficiency combinations might prove advantageous).

      (3) The manuscript is well written and easy to follow. The authors achieved their aims of creating and demonstrating MAGIC reagents suitable for mosaic analysis of any Drosophila chromosome arm.

      (4) The MAGIC method is a valuable addition to the Drosophila genetics toolkit, and the new reagents described in this manuscript should allow it to become more widely adopted.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The MAGIC method might not be well known to most readers, and the manuscript could have benefited from schematics introducing the technique.

      (2) Traditional mosaic analyses using the FLP/FRT system have strongly utilized heat-shock FLPase for inducible temporal control over mitotic clones, as well as a way to titrate how many clones are induced (e.g., shorter heat shocks will induce fewer clones). This has proven highly valuable, especially for developmental studies. A heat-shock Cas9 is available, and it would have been beneficial to determine the efficiency of inducing MAGIC clones using this Cas9 source.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Leshem et al have generated a transcriptional cell atlas of the human outflow tract at two developmental timepoints and its adult valvular derivatives. This carefully performed study provides a useful resource for the study of known genes implicated in outflow tract defects and potentially also for discovering new disease genes. The authors reveal neural crest and mesodermal contributions to different outflow tract components and show that GATA6, known to play a role in arterial valve development, controls a set of genes expressed in endocardium-derived cells during valve development. Interestingly, the results suggest lineage persistence of expression of certain genes through to the adult timepoint, a main new finding of this study.

      The following points should be addressed to reinforce the conclusions and emphasize the novel features of this study.

      (1) It would be helpful to clarify how these new findings confirm or diverge from what is known from analysis of neural crest and mesodermal lineage contributions to different cell populations in the mouse heart. Did the authors identify any human-specific populations of cells, such as the LGR5 population reported by Sahara et al?

      (2) The authors should clarify in the introduction and results that they consider the endocardium to be on the SHF trajectory as indicated in Figure S4C. Please add a reference for this point.

      (3) The GATA6 results are interesting and support this experimental approach. The paper would be reinforced if the authors could provide any functional validation (in addition to their GATA6 genomic occupancy data) that the designated target genes are regulated by GATA6. This might involve looking at mutant mouse embryos or cultured cells. Do the authors consider that GATA6 may regulate the endocardial to mesenchymal transition during the early stages of valve development? Or the valve interstitial cell versus fibroblast fate choice?

      (4) Do the new findings reveal whether human valves have a direct SHF to VIC trajectory (ie, without transiting through endocardium) as has been recently shown in the murine non-coronary valve leaflet? Relevant to this point, Figure 5E appears to show contributions to a single adult aortic valve leaflet - this should be explained, or corrected.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Sumegi et al. use calcium imaging in head-fixed mice to test whether new place fields tend to emerge due to events that resemble behavioral time scale plasticity (BTSP) or other mechanisms. An impressive dataset was amassed (163 sessions from 45 mice with 500-1000 neurons per sample) to study spontaneous emergence of new place fields in area CA1 that had the signature of BTSP. The authors observed that place fields could emerge due to BTSP and non-BTSP-like mechanisms. Interestingly, when non-BTSP mechanisms seemed to generate a place field, this tended to occur on a trial with a spontaneous reset in neural coding (a remapping event). Novelty seemed to upregulate non-BTSP events relative to BTSP events. Finally, large calcium transients (presumed plateau potentials) were not sufficient to generate a place field.

      Strengths:

      I found this manuscript to be exceptionally well written, well powered, and timely given the outstanding debate and confusion surrounding whether all place fields must arise from BTSP event. Working at the same institute, Albert Lee (e.g. Epszstein et al., 2011 - which should be cited) and Jeff Magee (e.g. Bittner et al., 2017) showed contradictory results for how place fields arise. These accounts have not fully been put toe-to-toe and reconciled in the literature. This manuscript addresses this gap and shows that both accounts are correct - place fields can emerge due to a pre-existing map and due to BTSP.

      Weaknesses:

      I find only three significant areas for improvement in the present study:

      First, can it be concluded that non-BTSP events occur exclusively due to a global remapping event, as stated in the manuscript "these PFF surges included a high fraction of both non-BTSP- and BTSP-like PFF events, and were associated with global remapping of the CA1 representation"? Global remapping has a precise definition that involves quantifying the stability of all place fields recorded. Without a color scale bar in Figure 3D (which should be added), we cannot know whether the overall representations were independent before and after the spontaneous reset. It would be good to know if some neurons are able to maintain place coding (more often than expected by chance), suggestive of a partial-remapping phenomenon.

      Second, BTSP has a flip side that involves weakening of existing place fields when a novel field emerges. Was this observed in the present study? Presumably place fields can disappear due to this bidirectional-BTSP or due to global remapping. For a full comparison of the two phenomena, the disappearance of place fields must also be assessed.

      Finally, it would be good to know if place fields differ according to how they are born. For example, are there differences in reliability, width, peak rate, out of field firing, etc for those that arise due BTSP vs non-BTSP.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have mostly addressed my feedback. Compelling evidence for a fundamental observation.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors tackle an important problem: defining the topological changes that occur during tumorigenesis. To study this, they use an established stepwise cell model of breast cancer. A strength of their study is a careful, robust differential analysis of topological features across each cell state, which is presented clearly and rigorously. They define changes in compartmentalization, TAD structure, and chromatin looping. Intriguingly, when the authors integrate differential gene expression with chromatin looping, they see that most differentially regulated genes are not involved in loop changes, suggesting that changes in promoter or enhancer chromatin marks may play a bigger role in regulating transcription than differential loops. The differential topology analysis and its integration with transcription is very well done- one of the best versions of this I have read in the 3D genome field! However, the paper is framed largely as a cancer biology study, and it teaches us much less about this. I am worried that some of the trends for each topologic feature are not going to be consistent across the pre-malignant-malignant-metastatic spectrum and would like the authors to soften some of their claims a bit regarding how this clarifies our understanding of cancer evolution.

      Weaknesses:

      Major Concerns:

      (1) The integration of gene expression and chromatin loops is intriguing. The authors' differential analysis, however, omits consideration of genes that are on and simply further upregulated versus genes that transition on/off or off/on. It would be nice to see the authors break out looping patterns for these two different patterns of regulation, as it may be instructive regarding the rules for how EP loops govern transcription.

      (2) Given the paucity of differential loops at the majority of genes whose expression changes, the authors should examine chromatin subcompartments, as these may associate more with differential transcription.

      (3) The authors could push their TAD analysis further by integrating it with transcription. Can they look at genes and their enhancers that span these altered boundaries to see if these shifts impact transcription?

      (4) The progression of cancer critically goes from a benign -> pre-malignant -> malignant -> metastatic series of steps. The AT1 line is described as 'premalignant' and thus the authors' series omits a malignant line. While I think adding such a sample is an unreasonable request at this point (as it would have had to have been studied in 'batch' with these other samples), the authors should acknowledge that they omit this step and spend some time discussing the genetic, morphologic, and phenotypic features for their 3 conditions. The images in Figure 1S aren't particularly useful- they don't tell the reader that these cells are malignant/benign. The karyotypic data are intriguing but not fully analyzed, so it is hard to know what true phenotype these cells represent. For example, malignant means DCIS/invasive carcinoma - so then what does this pre-malignant cell model represent? The described alteration in the AT1 line is a Ras oncogene, so in some sense, the transition to this line really is just +/- Ras. The authors could spend some time thinking about the effects of Ras specifically on the 3D genome.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper seeks to identify underlying mechanisms contributing to memory deficits observed in Alzheimer's disease (AD) mouse models. By understanding these mechanisms, they hope to uncover insights into subtle cognitive changes early in AD to inform interventions for early-stage decline.

      Strengths:

      The paper provides a comprehensive exploration of memory deficits in an AD mouse model, covering early and late stages of the disease. The experimental design was robust, confirming age-dependent increases in Aβ plaque accumulation in the AD model mice and using multiple behavior tasks that collectively highlighted difficulties in maintaining multiple competing memory cues, with deficits most pronounced in older mice.

      In the fear acquisition, extinction, and reinstatement task, AD model mice exhibited a significantly higher fear response after acquisition compared to controls, as well as a greater drop in fear response during reinstatement. These findings suggest that AD mice struggle to retain the fear memory associated with the conditioned stimulus, with the group differences being more pronounced in the older mice.

      In the reversal Barnes maze task, the AD model mice displayed a tendency to explore the maze perimeter rather than the two potential target holes, indicating a failure to integrate multiple memory cues into their strategy. This contrasted with the control mice, which used the more confirmatory strategy of focusing on the two target holes. Despite this, the AD mice were quicker to reach the target hole, suggesting that their impairments were specific to memory retrieval rather than basic task performance.

      The authors strengthened their findings by analyzing their data with a leading computational model, which describes how animals balance competing memories. They found that AD mice showed somewhat of a contradiction: a tendency to both treat trials as more alike than they are (lower α) and similar stimuli as more distinct than they are (lower σx) compared to controls.

      Weaknesses:

      While conceptually solid, the model struggles to fit the data and to support the key hypothesis about AD mice's inability to retain competing memories. These issues are evident in Figure 3:

      (1) The model misses trends in the data, including the gradual learning of fear in all groups during acquisition, the absence of a fear response at the start of the experiment, and the faster return of fear during reinstatement compared to the gradual learning of fear during acquisition. It also underestimates the increase in fear at the start of day 2 of extinction, particularly in controls.

      (2) The model explains the higher fear response in controls during reinstatement largely through a stronger association to the context formed during the unsignaled shock phase, rather than to any memory of the conditioned stimulus from acquisition (as seen in Figure 3C). In the experiment, however, this memory does seem to be important for explaining the higher fear response in controls during reinstatement (as seen in Author Response Figure 3). The model does show a necessary condition for memory retrieval, which is that controls rely more on the latent causes from acquisition. But this alone is not sufficient, since the associations within that cause may have been overwritten during extinction. The Rescorla-Wagner model illustrates this point: it too uses the latent cause from acquisition (as it only ever uses a single cause across phases) but does not retain the original stimulus-shock memory, updating and overwriting it continuously. Similarly, the latent cause model may reuse a cause from acquisition without preserving its original stimulus-shock association.

      These issues lead to potential overinterpretation of the model parameters. The differences in α and σx are being used to make claims about cognitive processes (e.g., overgeneralization vs. over differentiation), but the model itself does not appear to capture these processes accurately.

      The authors could benefit from a model that better matches the data and captures the retention and retrieval of fear memories across phases. While they explored alternatives, including the Rescorla-Wagner model and a latent state model, these showed no meaningful improvement in fit. This highlights a broader issue: these models are well-motivated but may not fully capture observed behavior.

      Conclusion:

      Overall, the data support the authors' hypothesis that AD model mice struggle to retain competing memories, with the effect becoming more pronounced with age. While I believe the right computational model could highlight these differences, the current models fall short in doing so.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Kamal L. Nahas et al. demonstrated that pUL16, pUL21, pUL34, VP16, and pUS3 are involved in the egress of the capsids from the nucleous, since mutant viruses ΔpUL16, ΔpUL21, ΔUL34, ΔVP16, and ΔUS3 HSV-1 show nuclear egress attenuation determined by measuring the nuclear:cytoplasmic ratio of the capsids, the dfParental, or the mutants. Then, they showed that gM-mCherry+ endomembrane association and capsid clustering were different in pUL11, pUL51, gE, gK, and VP16 mutants. Furthermore, the 3D view of cytoplasmic budding events suggests an envelopment mechanism where capsid budding into spherical/ellipsoidal vesicles drives the envelopment.

      Strengths:

      The authors employed both structured illumination microscopy and cellular ultrastructure analysis to examine the same infected cells, using cryo-soft-X-ray tomography to capture images. This combination, set here for the first time, enabled the authors to obtain holistic data regarding a biological process, as a viral assembly. Using this approach, the researchers studied various stages of HSV-1 assembly. For this, they constructed a dual-fluorescently labelled recombinant virus, consisting of eYFP-tagged capsids and mCherry-tagged envelopes, allowing for the independent identification of both unenveloped and enveloped particles. They then constructed nine mutants, each targeting a single viral protein known to be involved in nuclear egress and envelopment in the cytoplasm, using this dual-fluorescent as the parental one. The experimental setting, both the microscopic and the virological, is robust and well-controlled. The manuscript is well-written, and the data generated is robust and consistent with previous observations made in the field.

      I congratulate the authors. The work is robust, and I personally highlight the way they managed to include others' results merged among their own, providing a complete view of the story.

      Comments on the latest version:

      I reviewed the responses and the updated manuscript, and I agree with the reviewer's #1 words: "The manuscript was already strong, but with the addition of the summary table and the separated images, it is now excellent."

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors seek to determine the underlying traits that support the exceptional capacity of Aspergillus oryzae to secrete enzymes and heterologous proteins. To do so, they leverage the availability of multiple domesticated isolates of A. oryzae along with other Aspergillus species to perform comparative imaging and genomic analysis.

      Strengths:

      The strength of this study lies in the use of multifaceted approaches to identify significant differences in hyphal morphology that correlate with enzyme secretion, which is then followed by the use of genomics to identify candidate functions that underlie these differences.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors addressed all suggestions satisfactorily.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors have satisfactorily addressed my inquiries. However, I had to look quite hard to find where they responded to my final comment regarding the potential role of Arpc2 post-fusion during myofiber growth and/or maintenance, which I eventually located on page 7. I would appreciate it if the authors could state this point more explicitly, perhaps by adding a sentence such as "However, we cannot rule out the possibility that Arpc2 may also play a role in....." to improve clarity of communication.

      While I understood from the original version that this issue falls beyond the immediate scope of the study, I believe it is important to adopt a more cautious and rigorous interpretative framework, especially given the widespread use of this experimental approach. In particular, when a gene could potentially have additional roles in myofibers, it may be helpful to explicitly acknowledge that possibility. Even if Arpc2 may not necessarily be one of them, such roles cannot be fully excluded without direct testing.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Mondal et al. use computational modeling to investigate how activity-dependent shifts in voltage-dependent (in)activation curves can complement changes in ion channel conductance to support homeostatic plasticity. While it is well established that the voltage-dependent properties of ion channels influence neuronal excitability, their potential role in homeostatic regulation, alongside conductance changes, has remained largely unexplored. The results presented here demonstrate that activity-dependent regulation of voltage dependence can interact with conductance plasticity to enable neurons to attain and maintain target activity patterns, in this case, intrinsic bursting. Notably, the timescale of these voltage-dependent shifts influences the final steady-state configuration of the model, shaping both channel parameters and activity features such as burst period and duration. A major conclusion of the study is that altering this timescale can seamlessly modulate a neuron's intrinsic properties, which the authors suggest may be a mechanism for adaptation to perturbations.

      While this conclusion is largely well-supported, additional analyses could help clarify its scope. For instance, the effects of timescale alterations are clearly demonstrated when the model transitions from an initial state that does not meet the target activity pattern to a new stable state. However, Fig. 6 and the accompanying discussion appear to suggest that changing the timescale alone is sufficient to shift neuronal activity more generally. It would be helpful to clarify that this effect primarily applies during periods of adaptation, such as neurodevelopment or in response to perturbations, and not necessarily once the system has reached a stable, steady state. As currently presented, the simulations do not test whether modifying the timescale can influence activity after the model has stabilized. In such conditions, changes in timescale are unlikely to affect network dynamics unless they somehow alter the stability of the solution, which is not shown here. That said, it seems plausible that real neurons experience ongoing small perturbations which, in conjunction with changes in timescale, could allow gradual shifts toward new solutions. This possibility is not discussed but could be a fruitful direction for future work.

      Editor's note: The authors have adequately addressed the concerns raised in the public reviews above, as well as the previous recommendations, and revised the manuscript where necessary.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This study is a part of the ongoing series of rigorous work from this group exploring neural coding deficits in the auditory nerve, and dissociating the effects of cochlear synaptopathy from other age-related deficits. They have previously shown no evidence of phase-locking deficits in the remaining auditory nerve fibers in quiet-aged gerbils. Here, they study the effects of aging on the perception and neural coding of temporal fine structure cues in the same Mongolian gerbil model.

      They measure TFS coding in the auditory nerve using the TFS1 task which uses a combination of harmonic and tone-shifted inharmonic tones which differ primarily in their TFS cues (and not the envelope). They then follow this up with a behavioral paradigm using the TFS1 task in these gerbils. They test young normal hearing gerbils, aged gerbils, and young gerbils with cochlear synaptopathy induced using the neurotoxin ouabain to mimic synapse losses seen with age.

      In the behavioral paradigm, they find that aging is associated with decreased performance compared to the young gerbils, whereas young gerbils with similar levels of synapse loss do not show these deficits. When looking at the auditory nerve responses, they find no differences in neural coding of TFS cues across any of the groups. However, aged gerbils show an increase in the representation of periodicity envelope cues (around f0) compared to young gerbils or those with induced synapse loss. The authors hence conclude that synapse loss by itself doesn't seem to be important for distinguishing TFS cues, and rather the behavioral deficits with age are likely having to do with the misrepresented envelope cues instead.

      The manuscript is well written, and the data presented are robust. Some of the points below will need to be considered while interpreting the results of the study, in its current form. These considerations are addressable if deemed necessary, with some additional analysis in future versions of the manuscript.

      Spontaneous rates - Figure S2 shows no differences in median spontaneous rates across groups. But taking the median glosses over some of the nuances there. Ouabain (in the Bourien study) famously affects low spont rates first, and at a higher degree than median or high spont rates. It seems to be the case (qualitatively) in figure S2 as well, with almost no units in the low spont region in the ouabain group, compared to the other groups. Looking at distributions within each spont rate category and comparing differences across the groups might reveal some of the underlying causes for these changes. Given that overall, the study reports that low-SR fibers had a higher ENV/TFS log-z-ratio, the distribution of these fibers across groups may reveal specific effects of TFS coding by group.

      [Update: The revised manuscript has addressed these issues]

      Threshold shifts - It is unclear from the current version if the older gerbils have changes in hearing thresholds, and whether those changes may be affecting behavioral thresholds. The behavioral stimuli appear to have been presented at a fixed sound level for both young and aged gerbils, similar to the single unit recordings. Hence, age-related differences in behavior may have been due to changes in relative sensation level. Approaches such as using hearing thresholds as covariates in the analysis will help explore if older gerbils still show behavioral deficits.

      [Update: The issue of threshold shifts with aging gerbils is still unresolved in my opinion. From the revised manuscript, it appears that aged gerbils have a 36dB shift in thresholds. While the revised manuscript provides convincing evidence that these threshold shifts do not affect the auditory nerve tuning properties, the behavioral paradigm was still presented at the same sound level for young and aged animals. But a potential 36 dB change in sensation level may affect behavioral results. The authors may consider adding thresholds as covariates in analyses or present any evidence that behavioral thresholds are plateaued along that 30dB range].

      Task learning in aged gerbils - It is unclear if the aged gerbils really learn the task well in two of the three TFS1 test conditions. The d' of 1 which is usually used as the criterion for learning was not reached in even the easiest condition for aged gerbils in all but one condition for the aged gerbils (Fig. 5H) and in that condition, there doesn't seem to be any age-related deficits in behavioral performance (Fig. 6B). Hence dissociating the inability to learn the task from the inability to perceive TFS 1 cues in those animals becomes challenging.

      [Update: The revised manuscript sufficiently addresses these issues, with the caveat of hearing threshold changes affecting behavioral thresholds mentioned above].

      Increased representation of periodicity envelope in the AN - the mechanisms for increased representation of periodicity envelope cues is unclear. The authors point to some potential central mechanisms but given that these are recordings from the auditory nerve what central mechanisms these may be is unclear. If the authors are suggesting some form of efferent modulation only at the f0 frequency, no evidence for this is presented. It appears more likely that the enhancement may be due to outer hair cell dysfunction (widened tuning, distorted tonotopy). Given this increased envelope coding, the potential change in sensation level for the behavior (from the comment above), and no change in neural coding of TFS cues across any of the groups, a simpler interpretation may be -TFS coding is not affected in remaining auditory nerve fibers after age-related or ouabain induced synapse loss, but behavioral performance is affected by altered outer hair cell dysfunction with age.

      [Update: The revised manuscript has addressed these issues]

      Emerging evidence seems to suggest that cochlear synaptopathy and/or TFS encoding abilities might be reflected in listening effort rather than behavioral performance. Measuring some proxy of listening effort in these gerbils (like reaction time) to see if that has changed with synapse loss, especially in the young animals with induced synaptopathy, would make an interesting addition to explore perceptual deficits of TFS coding with synapse loss.

      [Update: The revised manuscript has addressed these issues]

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Submitted to the Tools and Resources series, this study reports on the use of a single-domain antibody targeting the nucleoporin Nup84 to probe and track NPCs in budding yeast. The authors demonstrate their ability to rapidly label or pull down NPCs by inducing the expression of a tagged version of the nanobody (Figure 1).

      Strengths:

      This tool's main strength is its versatility as an inexpensive, easy-to-set-up alternative to metabolic labelling or optical switching. This same rationale could, in principle, be applied to the study of other multiprotein complexes using similar strategies, provided that single-chain antibodies are available.

      Weaknesses:

      This approach has no inherent weaknesses, but it would be useful for the authors to verify that their pulse labelling strategy can also be used to detect assembly intermediates, structural variants, or damaged NPCs.

      Overall, the data clearly show that Nup84 nanobodies are a valuable tool for imaging NPC dynamics and investigating their interactomes through affinity purification.

    1. Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      The manuscript reports on a large-scale study correlating genomic architecture with splicing complexity over almost 1,500 species. We still know relatively little about alternative splicing functional consequences and evolution, and thus, the study is relevant and timely. The methodology relies on annotations from NCBI for high-quality genomes and a main metric proposed by the authors and named Alternative Splicing Ratio (ASR). It quantifies the level of redundancy of each coding nucleotide in the annotated isoforms.

      According to the authors' response to the first reviewers' comments, the present version of the manuscript seems to be a profoundly revised version compared to the original submission. I did not have access to the reviewers' comments.

      Although the study addresses an important question and the authors have visibly made an important effort to make their claims more statistically robust, I have a number of major concerns regarding the methodology and its presentation.

      (1) A large part of the manuscript is speculative and vague. For instance, the Discussion is very long (almost longer than the Results section) and the items discussed are sometimes not in direct connection with the present work. I would suggest merging the last 2 paragraphs, for instance, since the before last paragraph is essentially a review of the literature without direct connection to the present work.

      (2) The Methods section lacks clarity and precision. A large part is devoted to explaining the biases in the data without any reference or quantification. The definition of ASR is very confusing. It is first defined in equation 2, with a different name, and then again in the next subsection from a different perspective on lines 512-518. Why build matrices of co-occurrences if these are, in practice, never used? It seems the authors exploit only the trace. A major revision, if I understood correctly, was the correction/normalisation of the ASR metric. This normalisation is not explained. The authors argue that they will write another paper about it, I do not think this is acceptable for the publication of the present manuscript. Furthermore, there is no information about the technical details of the implementation: which packages did the authors use?

      (3) Could the authors motivate why they do not directly focus on the MC permutation test? They motivate the use of permutations because the data contains extreme outliers and are non normal in most cases. Hence, it seems the Welch's ANOVA is not adapted. "To further validate our findings, we also conducted<br /> 148 a Monte Carlo permutation test, which supported the conclusions (see Methods)." Where is the comparison shown? I did not see any report of the results for the non-permuted version of the Welch's ANOVA.

      (4) What are the assumptions for the Phylogenetic Generalized Least Squares? Which evolution model was chosen and why? What is the impact of changing the model? Could the authors define more precisely (e.g. with equations) what is lambda? Is it estimated or fixed?

      (5) I think the authors could improve their account of recent literature on the topic. For instance, the paper https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.93629.3, published in the same journal last year, should be discussed. It perfectly fits in the scope of the subsection "Evidence for the adaptive role of alternative splicing". Methods and findings reported in https://doi.org/10.1186/s13059-021-02441-9 and https://www.genome.org/cgi/doi/10.1101/gr.274696.120 directly concern the assessment of AS evolutionary conservation across long evolutionary times and/or across many species. These aspects are mentioned in the introduction on p.3. but without pointing to such works. Can we really qualify a work published in 2011 as "recent" (line 348-350)?

      The generated data and codes are available on Zenodo, which is a good point for reproducibility and knowledge sharing with the community.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Su et al. sought to understand how the opportunistic pathogen Staphylococcus aureus responds to multiple selection pressures during infection. Specifically, the authors were interested in how the host environment and antibiotic exposure impact the evolution of both virulence and antibiotic resistance in S. aureus. To accomplish this, the authors performed an evolution experiment where S. aureus was fed to Caenorhabditis elegans as a model system to study the host environment and then either subjected to the antibiotic oxacillin or not. Additionally, the authors investigated the difference in evolution between an antibiotic-resistant strain, MRSA, and an isogenic susceptible strain, MSSA. They found that MRSA strains evolved in both antibiotic and host conditions became more virulent, and that strains evolved outside these conditions lost virulence. Looking at the strains evolved in just antibiotic conditions, the authors found that S. aureus maintained its ability to lyse blood cells. Mutations in codY, gdpP, and pbpA were found to be associated with increased virulence. Additionally, these mutations identified in these experiments were found in S. aureus strains isolated from human infections.

      Strengths:

      The data are well-presented, thorough, and are an important addition to the understanding of how certain pathogens might adapt to different selective pressures in complex environments.

      Weaknesses:

      There are a few clarifications that could be made to better understand and contextualize the results. Primarily, when comparing the number of mutations and selection across conditions in an evolution experiment, information about population sizes is important to be able to calculate the mutation supply and number of generations throughout the experiment. These calculations can be difficult in vivo, but since several steps in the methodology require plating and regrowth, those population sizes could be determined. There was also no mention of how the authors controlled the inoculation density of bacteria introduced to each host. This would need to be known to calculate the generation time within the host. These caveats should be addressed in the manuscript.

      Another concern is the number of generations the populations of S. aureus spent either with relaxed selection in rich media or under antibiotic pressure in between the host exposure periods. It is probable then that the majority of mutations were selected for in these intervening periods between host infection. Again, a more detailed understanding of population sizes would contribute to the understanding of which phase of the experiment contributed to the mutation profile observed.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study aimed to investigate pseudouridylation across various RNA species in multiple bacterial strains using an optimized BID-seq approach. It examined both conserved and divergent modification patterns, the potential functional roles of pseudouridylation, and its dynamic regulation across different growth conditions.

      Strengths:

      The authors optimized the BID-seq method and applied this important technique to bacterial systems, identifying multiple pseudouridylation sites across different species. They investigated the distribution of these modifications, associated sequence motifs, their dynamics across growth phases, and potential functional roles. These data are of great interest to researchers focused on understanding the significance of RNA modifications, particularly mRNA modifications, in bacteria.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The reliability of BID-seq data is questionable due to a lack of experimental validations.

      (2) The manuscript is not well-written, and the presented work shows a major lack of scientific rigor, as several key pieces of information are missing.

      (3) The manuscript's organization requires significant improvement, and numerous instances of missing or inconsistent information make it difficult to understand the key objectives and conclusions of the study.

      (4) The rationale for selecting specific bacterial species is not clearly explained, and the manuscript lacks a systematic comparison of pseudouridylation among these species.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a well-done study. It shows, in a comprehensive manner, that Sp5 and Sp8 play essential roles in maintaining the complicated positive feedback circuitry needed for specification of neuromesodermal competent progenitors (NMCs) in caudal mesodermal development in murine embryos.

      Strengths:

      The developmental genetics, transcriptomic, and genomic survey of TF binding are all satisfactory and make a compelling story. The CRISPR deletion of the Wnt3a downstream enhancer clearly demonstrates that it plays an important role in the positive feedback circuit.

      Weaknesses:

      My only concerns are some of the language surrounding the mechanistic interpretation of the Wnt3a downstream enhancer and the relationship between TCF and TLE binding.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      It has been a long time since I enjoyed reviewing a paper as much as this one. In it, the authors generate an unprecedented view of the aboral organ of a 5-day-old ctenophore. They proceed to derive numerous insights by reconstructing the populations and connections of cell types, with up to 150 connections from the main Q1-4 neuron.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the analysis are the sophisticated imaging methods used, the labor-intensive reconstruction of individual neurons and organelles, and especially the mapping of synapses. The synaptic connections to and from the main coordinating neurons allow the authors to create a polarized network diagram for these components of the aboral organ. These connections give insight into the potential functions of the major neurons. This also gives some unexpected results, particularly the lack of connections from the balancer system to the coordinating system.

      Weaknesses:

      There were no significant weaknesses in the paper - only a slate of interesting unanswered questions to motivate future studies.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors build on a recent computational model of planning, the "value-guided construal" framework by Ho et al. (2022), which proposes that people plan by constructing simple models of a task, such as by attending to a subset of obstacles in a maze. They analyze both published experimental data and new experimental data from a task in which participants report attention to objects in mazes. The authors find that attention to objects is affected by spatial proximity to other objects (i.e., attentional overspill) as well as whether relevant objects are lateralized to the same hemifield. To account for these results, the authors propose a "spotlight-VGC" model, in which, after calculating attention scores based on the original VGC model, attention to objects is enhanced based on distance. They find that this model better explains participant responses when objects are lateralized to different hemifields. These results demonstrate complex interactions between filtering of task-relevant information and more classical signatures of attentional selection.

      Strengths:

      (1) The paper builds on existing modeling work in a novel manner and integrates classic results on attention into the computational framework.

      (2) The authors report new and extensive analyses of existing data that shed light on additional sources of systematic variability in responses related to attentional spillover effects

      (3) They collect new data using new stimuli in the original paradigm that directly test predictions related to the lateralization of task-relevant information, including eye tracking data that allows them to control for possible confounds.

      (4) The extended model (spotlight-VGC) provides a formal account of these new results.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The spotlight-VGC model has a free parameter - the "width" of the attentional spotlight. This seems to have been fixed to be 3 squares. It would be good if the authors could describe a more principled procedure for selecting the width so that others can use the model in other contexts.

      (2) Have the authors considered other ways in which factors such as attentional spillover and lateralization could be incorporated into the model? The spotlight-VGC model, as presented, involves first computing VGC predictions and only afterwards computing spillover. This seems psychologically implausible, since it supposes that the "optimal" representation is first formed and then it gets corrupted. Is there a way to integrate these biases directly into the VGC framework, perhaps as a prior on construals? The authors gesture towards this when they talk about "inductive biases", but this is not formalized.

      (3) Can the authors rule out that the lateralization effects are the result of memory biases since the main measure used is a self-report of attention?

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zhu et al. set out to elucidate how the moral emotions of guilt and shame emerge from specific cognitive antecedents - harm and responsibility - and how these emotions subsequently drive compensatory behavior. Consistent with their prediction derived from functionalist theories of emotion, their behavioral findings indicate that guilt is more influenced by harm, whereas shame is more influenced by responsibility. In line with previous research, their results also demonstrate that guilt has a stronger facilitating effect on compensatory behavior than shame. Furthermore, computational modeling and neuroimaging results suggest that individuals integrate harm and responsibility information into a composite representation of the individual's share of the harm caused. Brain areas such as the striatum, insula, temporoparietal junction, lateral prefrontal cortex, and cingulate cortex were implicated in distinct stages of the processing of guilt and/or shame. In general, this work makes an important contribution to the field of moral emotions. Its impact could be further enhanced by clarifying methodological details, offering a more nuanced interpretation of the findings, and discussing their potential practical implications in greater depth.

      Strengths:

      First, this work conceptualizes guilt and shame as processes unfolding across distinct stages (cognitive appraisal, emotional experience, and behavioral response) and investigates the psychological and neural characteristics associated with their transitions from one stage to the next.

      Second, the well-designed experiment effectively manipulates harm and responsibility - two critical antecedents of guilt and shame.

      Third, the findings deepen our understanding of the mechanisms underlying guilt and shame beyond what has been established in previous research.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Over the course of the task, participants may gradually become aware of their high error rate in the dot estimation task. This could lead them to discount their own judgments and become inclined to rely on the choices of other deciders. It is unclear whether participants in the experiment had the opportunity to observe or inquire about others' choices. This point is important, as the compensatory decision-making process may differ depending on whether choices are made independently or influenced by external input.

      (2) Given the inherent complexity of human decision-making, it is crucial to acknowledge that, although the authors compared eight candidate models, other plausible alternatives may exist. As such, caution is warranted when interpreting the computational modeling results.

      (3) I do not agree with the authors' claim that "computational modeling results indicated that individuals integrate harm and responsibility in the form of a quotient" (i.e., harm/responsibility). Rather, the findings appear to suggest that individuals may form a composite representation of the harm attributable to each individual (i.e., harm/the number of people involved). The explanation of the modeling results ought to be precise.

      (4) Many studies have reported positive associations between trait gratitude, social value orientation, and altruistic behavior. It would be helpful if the authors could provide an explanation about why this study failed to replicate these associations.

      (5) As the authors noted, guilt and shame are closely linked to various psychiatric disorders. It would be valuable to discuss whether this study has any implications for understanding or even informing the treatment of these disorders.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This study is a follow-up to a recent study of synaptic development based on a powerful data set that combines anterograde labeling, immunofluorescence labeling of synaptic proteins, and STORM imaging (Cell Reports, 2023). Specifically, they use anti-Vglut2 label to determine the size of the presynaptic structure (which they describe as the vesicle pool size), anti-Bassoon to label active zones with the resolution to count them, and anti-Homer to identify postsynaptic densities. Their previous study compared the detailed synaptic structure across the development of synapses made with contra-projecting vs. ipsi-projecting RGCs and compared this developmental profile with a mouse model with reduced retinal waves. In this study, they produce a new detailed analysis on the same data set in which they classify synapses into "multi-active zone" vs. "single-active zone" synapses and assess the number and spacing of these synapses. The authors use measurements to make conclusions about the role of retinal waves in the generation of same-eye synaptic clusters. The authors interpret these results as providing insight into how neural activity drives synapse maturation, the strength of their conclusions is not directly tested by their analysis.

      Strengths:

      This is a fantastic data set for describing the structural details of synapse development in a part of the brain undergoing activity-dependent synaptic rearrangements. The fact that they can differentiate the eye of origin is what makes this data set unique over previous structural work. The addition of example images from the EM dataset provides confidence in their categorization scheme.

      Weaknesses:

      Though the descriptions of single vs multi-active zone synapses are important and represent a significant advance, the authors continue to make unsupported conclusions regarding the biological processes driving these changes. Although this revision includes additional information about the populations tested and the tests conducted, the authors do not address the issue raised by previous reviews. Specifically, they provide no assessment of what effect size represents a biologically meaningful result. For example, a more appropriate title is "The distribution of eye-specific single vs multi-active zone is altered in mice with reduced spontaneous activity" rather than concluding that this difference in clustering is somehow related to synaptic competition. Of course, the authors are free to speculate, but many of the conclusions of the paper are not supported by their results.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The present manuscript investigates and proposes different mechanisms for the effects of two therapeutic approaches - cognitive distancing technique and use of antidepressants - on subjective ratings of happiness, confidence, and task engagement, and on the influence of such subjective experiences on choice behavior. Both approaches were found to link to changes in affective state dynamics in a choice task, specifically reduced drift (cognitive distancing) and increased baseline (antidepressant use). Results also suggest that cognitive distancing may reduce the weighing of recent expected values in the happiness model, while antidepressant use may reduce forgetting of choices and outcomes.

      Strengths:

      This is a timely topic and a significant contribution to ongoing efforts to improve our mechanistic understanding of psychopathology and devise effective novel interventions. The relevance of the manuscript's central question is clear, and the links to previous literature and the broader field of computational psychiatry are well established. The modelling approaches are thoughtful and rigorously tested, with appropriate model checks and persuasive evidence that modelling complements the theoretical argument and empirical findings.

      Weaknesses:

      Some vagueness and lack of clarity in theoretical mechanisms and interpretation of results leave outstanding questions regarding (a) the specific links drawn between affective biases, therapies aimed at mitigating them, and mental health function, and (b) the structure and assumptions of the modelling, and how they support the manuscript's central claims. Broadly, I do not fully understand the distinction between how choice behavior vs. affect are impacted separately or together by cognitive distancing. Clarification on this point is needed, possibly through a more explicit proposal of a mechanism (or several alternative mechanisms?) in the introduction and more explicit interpretation of the modelling results in the context of the cyclical choice-affect mechanism.

      (1) Theoretical framework and proposed mechanisms

      The link between affective biases and negative thinking patterns is a bit unclear. The authors seem to make a causal claim that "affective biases are precipitated and maintained by negative thinking patterns", but it is unclear what precisely these negative patterns are; earlier in the same paragraph, they state that affective biases "cause low mood" and possibly shift choices toward those that maintain low mood. So the directionality of the mechanism here is unclear - possibly explaining a bit more of the cyclic nature of this mechanism, and maybe clarifying what "negative thinking patterns" refer to will be helpful.

      More generally, this link between affect and choices, especially given the modelling results later on, should be clarified further. What is the mechanism by which these two impact each other? How do the models of choice and affect ratings in the RL task test this mechanism? I'm not quite sure the paper answers these questions clearly right now.

      The authors also seem to implicitly make the claim that symptoms of mental ill-health are at least in part related to choice behavior. I find this a persuasive claim generally; however, it is understated and undersupported in the introduction, to the point where a reader may need to rely on significant prior knowledge to understand why mitigating the impact of affective biases on choice behavior would make sense as the target of therapeutic interventions. This is a core tenet of the paper, and it would be beneficial to clarify this earlier on.

      It would be helpful to interpret a bit more clearly the findings from 3.4. on decreased drift in all three subjective assessments in the cognitive distancing group. What is the proposed mechanism for this? The discussion mentions that "attenuated declines [...] over time, [add] to our previously reported findings that this psychotherapeutic technique alters aspects of reward learning" - but this is vague and I do not understand, if an explanation for how this happens is offered, what that explanation is. Given the strong correlation of the drift with fatigue, is the explanation that cognitive distancing mitigates affect drift under fatigue? Or is this merely reporting the result without an interpretation around potential mechanisms?

      (Relatedly, aside from possibly explaining the drift parameter, do the fatigue ratings link with choice behavior in any way? Is it possible that the cognitive distancing was helping participants improve choices under fatigue?)

      (2) Task Structure and Modelling

      It is unclear what counted as a "rewarding" vs. "unrewarding" trial in the model. From my understanding of the task description, participants obtained positive or no reward (no losses), and verbal feedback, Correct/Incorrect. But given the probabilistic nature of the task, it follows that even some correct choices likely had unrewarding results. Was the verbal feedback still "Correct" in those cases, but with no points shown? I did not see any discussion on whether it is the #points earned or the verbal feedback that is considered a reward in the model. I am assuming the former, but based on previous literature, likely both play a role; so it would be interesting - and possibly necessary to strengthen the paper's argument - to see a model that assigns value to positive/negative feedback and earned points separately.

      From a theory perspective, it's interesting that the authors chose to assume separate learning rates for rewarding and non-rewarding trials. Why not, for example, separate reward sensitivity parameters? E.g., rather than a scaling parameter on the PE, a parameter modifying the r term inside the PE equation to, perhaps, assign different values to positive and zero points? (While I think overall the math works out similarly at the fitting time, this type of model should be less flexible on scaling the expected value and more flexible on scaling the actual #points / the subjective experience of the obtained verbal feedback, which seems more in line with the theoretical argument made in the introduction). The introduction explicitly states that negative biases "may cause low mood by making outcomes appear less rewarding" - which in modelling equations seems more likely to translate to different reward-perception biases, and not different learning rates. Alternatively, one might incorporate a perseveration parameter (e.g., similar to Collins et al. 2014) that would also accomplish a negative bias. Either of these two mechanisms seems perhaps worth testing out in a model - especially in a model that defines more clearly what rewarding vs. unrewarding may mean to the participant.

      If I understand correctly, the affect ratings models assume that the Q-value and the PE independently impact rating (so they have different weights, w2 and w3), but there is no parameter allowing for different impact for perceived rewarding and unrewarding outcomes? (I may be misreading equations 4-5, but if not, Q-value and PE impact the model via static rather than dynamic parameters.) Given the joint RL-affect fit, this seems to carry the assumption that any perceptual processing differences leading to different subjective perceptions of reward associated with each outcome only impact choice behavior, but not affect? (whereas affect is more broadly impacted, if I'm understanding this correctly, just by the magnitude of the values and PEs?) This is an interesting assumption, and the authors seem to have tested it a bit more in the Supplementary material, as shown in Figure S4. I'm wondering why this was excluded from the main text - it seems like the more flexible model found some potentially interesting differences which may be worth including, especially as they might shed additional insight into the influence of cognitive distancing on the cyclical choice-affect mechanisms proposed.

      Minor comments:

      If fatigue ratings were strongly associated with drift in the best-fitting model (as per page 13), I wonder if it would make sense to use those fatigue ratings as a proxy rather than allow the parameter to vary freely? (This does not in any way detract from the winning model's explanatory power, but if a parameter seems to be strongly explained by a variable we have empirical data for, it's not clear what extra benefit is earned by having that parameter in the model).

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This report describes the development and initial applications of the ARM (Automated Reproducible Mechano-stimulator), a programmable tool that delivers various mechanical stimuli to a select target (most frequently, a rodent hindpaw). Comparisons to traditional testing methods (e.g., experimenter application of stimuli) reveal that the ARM reduces variability in the anatomical targeting, height, velocity, and total time of stimulus application. Given that the ARM can be controlled remotely, this device was also used to assess effects of experimenter presence on reflexive responses to mechanical stimulation. Although not every experimenter had notable sex-dependent effects on animal behavior, use of the ARM never had this effect (for obvious reasons!). Lastly, the ARM was used to stimulate rodent hindpaws while measuring neuronal activity in the basolateral nucleus of the amygdala (BLA), a brain region that is associated with the negative affect of pain. This device, and similar automated devices, will undoubtedly reduce experimenter-related variability in reflexive mechanical behavior tests; this may increase experimental reproducibility between laboratories who are able to invest in this type of technology.

      Strengths:

      Clear examples of variability in experimenter stimulus application are provided and then contrasted with uniform stimulus application that is inherent to the ARM.

      The ARM is able to quickly oscillate between delivery of various mechanical stimuli; this is advantageous for experimental efficiency.

      New additions to the ARM and PAWS platforms have been methodically tested to ensure reproducibility and reliability.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have identified novel dRTA causing SLC4A1 mutations and studied the resulting kAE1 proteins to determine how they cause dRTA. Based on a previous study on mice expressing the dRTA kAE1 R607H variant, the authors hypothesize that kAE1 variants cause an increase in intracellular pH, which disrupts autophagic and degradative flux pathways. The authors clone these new kAE1 variants and study their transport function and subcellular localization in mIMCD cells. The authors show increased abundance of LC3B II in mIMCD cells expressing some of the kAE1 variants, as well as reduced autophagic flux using eGFP-RFP-LC3. These data, as well as the abundance of autophagosomes, serve as the key evidence that these kAE1 mutants disrupt autophagy. Furthermore, the authors demonstrate that decreasing the intracellular pH abrogates the expression of LC3B II in mIMCD cells expressing mutant SLC4A1. Lastly, the authors argue that mitochondrial function, and specifically ATP synthesis, is suppressed in mIMCD cells expressing dRTA variants and that mitochondria are less abundant in AICs from the kidney of R607H kAE1 mice. While the manuscript does reveal some interesting new results about novel dRTA causing kAE1 mutations, the quality of the data to support the hypothesis that these mutations cause a reduction in autophagic flux can be improved. In particular, the precise method of how the western blots and the immunofluorescence data were quantified, with included controls, would enhance the quality of the data and offer more supportive evidence of the authors' conclusions.

      Strengths:

      The authors cloned novel dRTA causing kAE1 mutants into expression vectors to study the subcellular localization and transport properties of the variants. The immunofluorescence images are generally of high quality, and the authors do well to include multiple samples for all of their western blots.

      Weaknesses:

      Inconsistent results are reported for some of the variants. For example, R295H causes intracellular alkalinization but also has no effect on intracellular pH when measured by BCECF. The authors also appear to have performed these in vitro studies on mIMCD cells that were not polarized, and therefore, the localization of kAE1 to the basolateral membrane seems unlikely, based upon images included in the manuscript. Additionally, there is no in vivo work to demonstrate that these kAE1 variants alter intracellular pH, including the R607H mouse, which is available to the authors. The western blots are of varying quality, and it is often unclear which of the bands are being quantified. For example, LAMP1 is reported at 100kDa, the authors show three bands, and it is unclear which one(s) are used to quantify protein abundance. Strikingly, the authors report a nonsensical value for their quantification of LCRB II in Figure 2, where the ratio of LCRB II to total LCRB (I + II) is greater than one. The control experiments with starvation and bafilomyocin are not supportive and significantly reduce enthusiasm for the authors' findings regarding autophagy. There are labeling errors between the manuscript and the figures, which suggest a lack of vigilance in the drafting process.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The response to lysosomal damage is a fast-moving and timely field. Besides repair and degradation pathways, increasing interest has been focusing on damaged-induced signaling. The authors conducted both transcriptomics and proteomics to characterize the cellular response to lysosomal damage. They identify a signaling pathway leading to activation of NFkappaB. Based on this and supported by Western blot and microscopy data, the authors nicely show that TAB2/3 and TAK1 are activated at damaged lysosomes and kick off the pathway to alter gene expression, which induces cytokines and protect from cell death. TAB2/3 activation is proposed to occur through K63 ubiquitin chain formation. Generally, this is a careful and well conducted study that nicely delineates the pathway under lysosomal stress. The "omics" data serves a valuable resource for the field. More work should be invested into how TAB2/3 are activated at the damaged lysosomes, also to increase novelty in light of previous reports.

      Strengths:

      Generally, this is a careful and well-conducted study that nicely delineates how the NFkB pathway is activated under lysosomal stress and modulates cell behavior. The "omics" data serves as a valuable resource for the field.

      Weaknesses:

      While activation of TAB2/3 by K63-linked Ub chains is convincing, more work needs to be done on how they are recruited by distinct damage types to probe relevance for different pathophysiological conditions."

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed much of my criticism. Specifically, they have put (with new experiments) the data on the TAB2/3-TAK1 pathway in perspective to the previously reported LUBAC-mediated activation of NFkB. They also addressed the question about the significance of K63-linked chains for TAB2/3 activation with new complementation experiments (a K63-specific NZF mutant failed to rescue).

      The third point (types of damage as triggers) raises more questions, though. The authors find that, in contrast to LLOMe, GPN or DC661-induced damage does not activate TAK1 (consistent with lower damage levels). However, the authors still observe K63 ubiquitylation. This goes along with their finding that TAB2 is recruited in the absence of any ubiquitylation (blocked by TAK-243). It argues that TAB2 is recruited by an unknown cue (that may be damage-specific) and then activated by K63. The authors need to clarify whether TAB2 is or is not recruited in the GPN/DC661 conditions (in which K63 occurs, but TAK1 is not activated). The point about the effects of other damage types was also raised by reviewer #1 and should be solved. The fact that TAB2 is recruited independently of K63 should also be visualized in the model. The manuscript will then be an important contribution to the field.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study by Bushey et al. adapts and evaluates two newly developed red-shifted optogenetic inhibitors, A1ACR1 and HfACR1, collectively referred to as RubyACRs, for neuronal silencing in Drosophila melanogaster. Traditional optogenetic inhibitors such as GtACR1 and GtACR2 are activated by green (~515 nm) and blue (~470 nm) light, respectively, which poses several limitations in Drosophila. Specifically, shorter-wavelength light suffers from reduced tissue penetration and increased absorption, and is visible to flies, potentially confounding behavioral assays, particularly those involving visual processing. In contrast, RubyACRs are activated by red light (~610-660 nm), which penetrates the cuticle more effectively and thus can be more potent in manipulating fly behavior. In the current manuscript, the authors first demonstrate that both A1ACR1 and HfACR1 can be robustly expressed in fly neurons and are properly trafficked to the plasma membrane. Upon red-light stimulation, both opsins produce strong and sustained hyperpolarization in larval motor neurons, outperforming GtACR1 in both magnitude and temporal dynamics. Next, using two-photon calcium imaging in the visual system, the authors further demonstrate that activation of RubyACRs significantly reduces GCaMP6s signal, indicating that they can reliably inhibit neuronal activity. Importantly, unlike reported in some mammalian studies, RubyACRs do not appear to trigger paradoxical depolarization at axon terminals in the fly visual system, as no evidence of aberrant depolarization is observed in motion-detecting Mi1 neurons.

      In the second part of the manuscript, the authors characterize the effects of RubyACRs on fly behavior (walking, learning, and courtship song). Using the inhibition of genetically labelled neurons that regulate these behaviors, the authors demonstrate that stimulation of RubyACRs leads to potent suppression of locomotion, courtship song, or dopamine-dependent associative learning.

      Strengths:

      Altogether, the experiments conducted in this manuscript demonstrate that RubyACRs are powerful tools for optogenetic inhibition in Drosophila, with advantages in spectral compatibility, behavioral specificity, and potential applications in vivo two-photon calcium imaging.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript is strong, but it can be further improved with a few additional analyses and minor revisions. Especially, a more detailed evaluation of RubyACRs with two-photon excitation will help clarify to what extent these opsins can be simultaneously used together with green GECIs, such as GCaMPs.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript titled "Mycobacterial Metallophosphatase MmpE Acts as a Nucleomodulin to Regulate Host Gene Expression and Promote Intracellular Survival", Chen et al describe biochemical characterisation, localisation and potential functions of the gene using a genetic approach in M. bovis BCG and perform macrophage and mice infections to understand the roles of this potentially secreted protein in the host cell nucleus. The findings demonstrate the role of a secreted phosphatase of M. bovis BCG in shaping the transcriptional profile of infected macrophages, potentially through nuclear localisation and direct binding to transcriptional start sites, thereby regulating the inflammatory response to infection.

      Strengths:

      The authors demonstrate using a transient transfection method that MmpE when expressed as a GFP-tagged protein in HEK293T cells, exhibits nuclear localisation. The authors identify two NLS motifs that together are required for nuclear localisation of the protein. A deletion of the gene in M. bovis BCG results in poorer survival compared to the wild-type parent strain, which is also killed by macrophages. Relative to the WT strain-infected macrophages, macrophages infected with the ∆mmpE strain exhibited differential gene expression. Overexpression of the gene in HEK293T led to occupancy of the transcription start site of several genes, including the Vitamin D Receptor. Expression of VDR in THP1 macrophages was lower in the case of ∆mmpE infection compared to WT infection. This data supports the utility of the overexpression system in identifying potential target loci of MmpE using the HEK293T transfection model. The authors also demonstrate that the protein is a phosphatase, and the phosphatase activity of the protein is partially required for bacterial survival but not for the regulation of the VDR gene expression.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While the motifs can most certainly behave as NLSs, the overexpression of a mycobacterial protein in HEK293T cells can also result in artefacts of nuclear localisation. This is not unprecedented. Therefore, to prove that the protein is indeed secreted from BCG, and is able to elicit transcriptional changes during infection, I recommend that the authors (i) establish that the protein is indeed secreted into the host cell nucleus, and (ii) the NLS mutation prevents its localisation to the nucleus without disrupting its secretion.

      Demonstration that the protein is secreted: Supplementary Figure 3 - Immunoblotting should be performed for a cytosolic protein, also to rule out detection of proteins from lysis of dead cells. Also, for detecting proteins in the secreted fraction, it would be better to use Sauton's media without detergent, and grow the cultures without agitation or with gentle agitation. The method used by the authors is not a recommended protocol for obtaining the secreted fraction of mycobacteria.

      Demonstration that the protein localises to the host cell nucleus upon infection: Perform an infection followed by immunofluorescence to demonstrate that the endogenous protein of BCG can translocate to the host cell nucleus. This should be done for an NLS1-2 mutant expressing cell also.

      (2) In the RNA-seq analysis, the directionality of change of each of the reported pathways is not apparent in the way the data have been presented. For example, are genes in the cytokine-cytokine receptor interaction or TNF signalling pathway expressed more, or less in the ∆mmpE strain?

      (3) Several of these pathways are affected as a result of infection, while others are not induced by BCG infection. For example, BCG infection does not, on its own, produce changes in IL1β levels. As the authors did not compare the uninfected macrophages as a control, it is difficult to interpret whether ∆mmpE induced higher expression than the WT strain, or simply did not induce a gene while the WT strain suppressed expression of a gene. This is particularly important because the strain is attenuated. Does the attenuation have anything to do with the ability of the protein to induce lysosomal pathway genes? Does induction of this pathway lead to attenuation of the strain? Similarly, for pathways that seem to be downregulated in the ∆mmpE strain compared to the WT strain, these might have been induced upon infection with the WT strain but not sufficiently by the ∆mmpE strain due to its attenuation/ lower bacterial burden.

      (4) CHIP-seq should be performed in THP1 macrophages, and not in HEK293T. Overexpression of a nuclear-localised protein in a non-relevant line is likely to lead to several transcriptional changes that do not inform us of the role of the gene as a transcriptional regulator during infection.

      (5) I would not expect to see such large inflammatory reactions persisting 56 days post-infection with M. bovis BCG. Is this something peculiar for an intratracheal infection with 1x107 bacilli? For images of animal tissue, the authors should provide images of the entire lung lobe with the zoomed-in image indicated as an inset.

      (6) For the qRT-PCR based validation, infections should be performed with the MmpE-complemented strain in the same experiments as those for the WT and ∆mmpE strain so that they can be on the same graph, in the main manuscript file. Supplementary Figure 4 has three complementary strains. Again, the absence of the uninfected, WT, and ∆mmpE infected condition makes interpretation of these data very difficult.

      (7) The abstract mentions that MmpE represses the PI3K-Akt-mTOR pathway, which arrests phagosome maturation. There is not enough data in this manuscript in support of this claim. Supplementary Figure 5 does provide qRT-PCR validation of genes of this pathway, but the data do not indicate that higher expression of these pathways, whether by VDR repression or otherwise, is driving the growth restriction of the ∆mmpE strain.

      (8) The relevance of the NLS and the phosphatase activity is not completely clear in the CFU assays and in the gene expression data. Firstly, there needs to be immunoblot data provided for the expression and secretion of the NLS-deficient and phosphatase mutants. Secondly, CFU data in Figure 3A, C, and E must consistently include both the WT and ∆mmpE strain.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors examine the processing stages involved in perceptual decision-making using a new approach to analysing EEG data, combined with a critical stimulus manipulation. This new EEG analysis method enables single-trial estimates of the timing and amplitude of transient changes in EEG time-series, recurrent across trials in a behavioural task. The authors find evidence for three events between stimulus onset and the response in a two-spatial-interval visual discrimination task. By analysing the timing and amplitude of these events in relation to behaviour and the stimulus manipulation, the authors interpret these events as related to separable processing stages for stimulus encoding, attention orientation, and decision (deliberation). This is largely consistent with previous findings from both event-related potentials (across trials) and single-trial estimates using decoding techniques and neural network approaches.

      Strengths:

      This work is not only important for the conceptual advance, but also in promoting this new analysis technique, which will likely prove useful in future research. For the broader picture, this work is an excellent example of the utility of neural measures for mental chronometry.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript would benefit from some conceptual clarifications, which are important for readers to understand this manuscript as a stand-alone work. This includes clearer definitions of Piéron's and Fechner's laws, and a fuller description of the EEG analysis technique. The manuscript, broadly, but the introduction especially, may be improved by clearly delineating the multiple aims of this project: examining the processes for decision-making, obtaining single-trial estimates of meaningful EEG-events, and whether central parietal positivity reflects ramping activity or steps averaged across trials. A fuller discussion of the limitations of the work, in particular, the absence of motor contributions to reaction time, would also be appreciated.

      At times, the novelty of the work is perhaps overstated. Rather, readers may appreciate a more comprehensive discussion of the distinctions between the current work and previous techniques to gauge single-trial estimates of decision-related activity, as well as previous findings concerning distinct processing stages in decision-making. Moreover, a discussion of how the events described in this study might generalise to different decision-making tasks in different contexts (for example, in auditory perception, or even value-based decision-making) would also be appreciated.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a well-designed and insightful behavioural study examining human adaptation to room acoustics, building on prior work by Brandewie & Zahorik. The psychophysical results are convincing and add incremental but meaningful knowledge to our understanding of reverberation learning. However, I find the transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) component to be over-interpreted. The TMS protocol, while interesting, lacks sufficient anatomical specificity and mechanistic explanation to support the strong claims made regarding a unique role of the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex (dlPFC) in this learning process. More cautious interpretation is warranted, especially given the modest statistical effects, the fact that the main TMS result of interest is a null result, the imprecise targeting of dlPFC (which is not validated), and the lack of knowledge about the timescale of TMS effects in relation to the behavioural task. I recommend revising the manuscript to shift emphasis toward the stronger behavioural findings and to present a more measured and transparent discussion of the TMS results and their limitations.

      Strengths:

      (1) Well-designed acoustical stimuli and psychophysical task.

      (2) Comparisons across room combinations are well conducted.

      (3) The virtual acoustic environment is impressive and applied well here.

      (4) A timely study with interesting behavioural results.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Lack of hypotheses, particularly for TMS.

      (2) Lack of evidence for targeting TMS in [brain] space and time.

      (3) The most interesting effect of TMS is a null result compared to a weak statistical effect for "meta adaptation"

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors review published literature and propose that a visual cortical region in the mouse that is widely considered to contain multiple visual areas should be considered a single visual area.

      Strengths:

      The authors point out that relatively new data showing reversals of visual-field sign within known, single visual areas of some species require that a visual field sign change by itself should not be considered evidence for a border between visual areas.

      Weaknesses:

      The existing data are not consistent with the authors' proposal to consolidate multiple mouse areas into a single "V2". This is because the existing definition of a single area is that it cannot have redundant representations of the visual field. The authors ignore this requirement, as well as the data and definitions found in published manuscripts, and make an inaccurate claim that "higher order visual areas in the mouse do not have overlapping representations of the visual field". For quantification of the extent of overlap of representations between 11 mouse visual areas, see Figure 6G of Garrett et al. 2014. [Garrett, M.E., Nauhaus, I., Marshel, J.H., and Callaway, E.M. (2014). Topography and areal organization of mouse visual cortex. The Journal of neuroscience 34, 12587-12600. 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1124-14.2014.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors use calcium recordings from STN to measure STN activity during spontaneous movement and in a multi-stage avoidance paradigm. They also use optogenetic excitation, optogenetic inhibition, and lesion approaches to increase or decrease the activity of STN during the avoidance paradigm. The paper reports a large amount of data and makes many claims, some seem well supported to this Reviewer, others not so much.

      Strengths:

      Well-supported claims include data showing that during spontaneous movements, especially contraversive ones, STN calcium activity is increased using bulk photometry measurements. Single-cell measures back this claim but also show that it is only a modest minority of STN cells that respond strongly, with most showing no response during movement, and a similar number showing smaller inhibitions during movement.

      Similar data during cued active avoidance procedures show that STN calcium activity sharply increases in response to auditory cues, and during cued movements to avoid a footshock. Optogenetic and lesion experiments are consistent with an important role for STN in generating cue-evoked avoidance. And a strength of these results is that multiple bi-directional approaches were used.

      Weaknesses:

      I found the experimental design and presentation convoluted and the results over-interpreted.

      (1) I really don't understand or accept this idea that delayed movement is necessarily indicative of cautious movements. Is the distribution of responses multi-modal in a way that might support this idea, or do the authors simply take a normal distribution and assert that the slower responses represent 'caution'? Even if responses are multi-modal and clearly distinguished by 'type', why should readers think this that delayed responses imply cautious responding instead of say: habituation or sensitization to cue/shock, variability in attention, motivation, or stress; or merely uncertainty which seems plausible given what I understand of the task design where the same mice are repeatedly tested in changing conditions. This relates to a major claim (i.e., in the work's title).

      (2) Related to the last, I'm struggling to understand the rationale for dividing cells into 'types' based the their physiological responses in some experiments (e.g., Figure 7).

      (3) The description and discussion of orienting head movements were not well supported, but were much discussed in the avoidance datasets. The initial speed peaks to cue seem to be the supporting data upon which these claims rest, but nothing here suggests head movement or orientation responses.

      (4) Similar to the last, the authors note in several places, including abstract, the importance of STN in response timing, i.e., particularly when there must be careful or precise timing, but I don't think their data or task design provides a strong basis for this claim.

      (5) I think that other reports show that STN calcium activity is recruited by inescapable foot shock as well. What do these authors see? Is shock, independent of movement, contributing to sharp signals during escapes?

      (6) In particular, and related to the last point, the following work is very relevant and should be cited: https://elifesciences.org/reviewed-preprints/104643#tab-content. Note that the focus of this other paper is on a subset of VGLUT2+ Tac1 neurons in paraSTN, but using VGLUT2-Cre to target STN will target both STN and paraSTN.

      (7) In multiple other instances, claims that were more tangential to the main claims were made without clearly supporting data or statistics. E.g., claim that STN activation is related to translational more than rotational movement; claim that GCaMP and movement responses to auditory cues were small; claims that 'some animals' responded differently without showing individual data.

      (8) In several figures, the number of subjects used was not described. This is necessary. Also necessary is some assessment of the variability across subjects. The only measure of error shown in many figures relates to trial-to-trial or event variability, which is minimal because, in many cases, it appears that hundreds of trials may have been averaged per animal, but this doesn't provide a strong view of biological variability. When bar/line plots are used to display data, I recommend showing individual animals where feasible.

      (9) Can the authors consider the extent to which calcium imaging may be better suited to identify increases compared to decreases and how this may affect the results, particularly related to the GRIN data when similar numbers of cells show responses in both directions (e.g., Figure 3)?

      (10) Raw example traces are not provided.

      (11) The timeline of the spontaneous movement and avoidance sessions was not clear, nor was the number of events or sessions per animal nor how this was set. It is not clear if there was pre-training or habituation, if many or variable sessions were combined per animal, or what the time gaps between sessions were, or if or how any of these parameters might influence interpretation of the results.

      (12) It is not clear if or how the spread of expression outside of the target STN was evaluated, and if or how many mice were excluded due to spread or fiber placements.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors recorded brain responses while participants viewed images and captions. The images and captions were taken from the COCO dataset, so each image has a corresponding caption, and each caption has a corresponding image. This enabled the authors to extract features from either the presented stimulus or the corresponding stimulus in the other modality. The authors trained linear decoders to take brain responses and predict stimulus features. "Modality-specific" decoders were trained on brain responses to either images or captions, while "modality-agnostic" decoders were trained on brain responses to both stimulus modalities. The decoders were evaluated on brain responses while the participants viewed and imagined new stimuli, and prediction performance was quantified using pairwise accuracy. The authors reported the following results:

      (1) Decoders trained on brain responses to both images and captions can predict new brain responses to either modality.

      (2) Decoders trained on brain responses to both images and captions outperform decoders trained on brain responses to a single modality.

      (3) Many cortical regions represent the same concepts in vision and language.

      (4) Decoders trained on brain responses to both images and captions can decode brain responses to imagined scenes.

      Strengths:

      This is an interesting study that addresses important questions about modality-agnostic representations. Previous work has shown that decoders trained on brain responses to one modality can be used to decode brain responses to another modality. The authors build on these findings by collecting a new multimodal dataset and training decoders on brain responses to both modalities.

      To my knowledge, SemReps-8K is the first dataset of brain responses to vision and language where each stimulus item has a corresponding stimulus item in the other modality. This means that brain responses to a stimulus item can be modeled using visual features of the image, linguistic features of the caption, or multimodal features derived from both the image and the caption. The authors also employed a multimodal one-back matching task, which forces the participants to activate modality-agnostic representations. Overall, SemReps-8K is a valuable resource that will help researchers answer more questions about modality-agnostic representations.

      The analyses are also very comprehensive. The authors trained decoders on brain responses to images, captions, and both modalities, and they tested the decoders on brain responses to images, captions, and imagined scenes. They extracted stimulus features using a range of visual, linguistic, and multimodal models. The modeling framework appears rigorous, and the results offer new insights into the relationship between vision, language, and imagery. In particular, the authors found that decoders trained on brain responses to both images and captions were more effective at decoding brain responses to imagined scenes than decoders trained on brain responses to either modality in isolation. The authors also found that imagined scenes can be decoded from a broad network of cortical regions.

      Weaknesses:

      The characterization of "modality-agnostic" and "modality-specific" decoders seems a bit contradictory. There are three major choices when fitting a decoder: the modality of the training stimuli, the modality of the testing stimuli, and the model used to extract stimulus features. However, the authors characterize their decoders based on only the first choice-"modality-specific" decoders were trained on brain responses to either images or captions, while "modality-agnostic" decoders were trained on brain responses to both stimulus modalities. I think that this leads to some instances where the conclusions are inconsistent with the methods and results.

      First, the authors suggest that "modality-specific decoders are not explicitly encouraged to pick up on modality-agnostic features during training" (line 137) while "modality-agnostic decoders may be more likely to leverage representations that are modality-agnostic" (line 140). However, whether a decoder is required to learn modality-agnostic representations depends on both the training responses and the stimulus features. Consider the case where the stimuli are represented using linguistic features of the captions. When you train a "modality-specific" decoder on image responses, the decoder is forced to rely on modality-agnostic information that is shared between the image responses and the caption features. On the other hand, when you train a "modality-agnostic" decoder on both image responses and caption responses, the decoder has access to the modality-specific information that is shared by the caption responses and the caption features, so it is not explicitly required to learn modality-agnostic features. As a result, while the authors show that "modality-agnostic" decoders outperform "modality-specific" decoders in most conditions, I am not convinced that this is because they are forced to learn more modality-agnostic features.

      Second, the authors claim that "modality-specific decoders can be applied only in the modality that they were trained on, while "modality-agnostic decoders can be applied to decode stimuli from multiple modalities, even without knowing a priori the modality the stimulus was presented in" (line 47). While "modality-agnostic" decoders do outperform "modality-specific" decoders in the cross-modality conditions, it is important to note that "modality-specific" decoders still perform better than expected by chance (figure 5). It is also important to note that knowing about the input modality still improves decoding performance even for "modality-agnostic" decoders, since it determines the optimal feature space-it is better to decode brain responses to images using decoders trained on image features, and it is better to decode brain responses to captions using decoders trained on caption features.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary

      This paper investigates how disinformation affects reward learning processes in the context of a two-armed bandit task, where feedback is provided by agents with varying reliability (with lying probability explicitly instructed). They find that people learn more from credible sources, but also deviate systematically from optimal Bayesian learning: They learned from uninformative random feedback, learned more from positive feedback, and updated too quickly from fully credible feedback (especially following low-credibility feedback). Overall, this study highlights how misinformation could distort basic reward learning processes, without appeal to higher order social constructs like identity.

      Strengths

      • The experimental design is simple and well-controlled; in particular, it isolates basic learning processes by abstracting away from social context
      • Modeling and statistics meet or exceed standards of rigor
      • Limitations are acknowledged where appropriate, especially those regarding external validity
      • The comparison model, Bayes with biased credibility estimates, is strong; deviations are much more compelling than e.g. a purely optimal model
      • The conclusions are of substantial interest from both a theoretical and applied perspective

      Weaknesses

      The authors have addressed most of my concerns with the initial submission. However, in my view, evidence for the conclusion that less credible feedback yields a stronger positivity bias remains weak. This is due to two issues.

      Absolute or relative positivity bias?

      The conclusion of greater positivity bias for lower credible feedback (Fig 5) hinges on the specific way in which positivity bias is defined. Specifically, we only see the effect when normalizing the difference in sensitivity to positive vs. negative feedback by the sum. I appreciate that the authors present both and add the caveat whenever they mention the conclusion. However, without an argument that the relative definition is more appropriate, the fact of the matter is that the evidence is equivocal.

      There is also a good reason to think that the absolute definition is more appropriate. As expected, participants learn more from credible feedback. Thus, normalizing by average learning (as in the relative definition) amounts to dividing the absolute difference by increasingly large numbers for more credible feedback. If there is a fixed absolute positivity bias (or something that looks like it), the relative bias will necessarily be lower for more credible feedback. In fact, the authors own results demonstrate this phenomenon (see below). A reduction in relative bias thus provides weak evidence for the claim.

      It is interesting that the discovery study shows evidence of a drop in absolute bias. However, for me, this just raises questions. Why is there a difference? Was one a just a fluke? If so, which one?

      Positivity bias or perseveration?

      Positivity bias and perseveration will both predict a stronger relationship between positive (vs. negative) feedback and future choice. They can thus be confused for each other when inferred from choice data. This potentially calls into question all the results on positivity bias.

      The authors clearly identify this concern in the text and go to considerable lengths to rule it out. However, the new results (in revision 1) show that a perseveration-only model can in fact account for the qualitative pattern in the human data (the CA parameters). This contradicts the current conclusion:

      Critically, however, these analyses also confirmed that perseveration cannot account for our main finding of increased positivity bias, relative to the overall extent of CA, for low-credibility feedback.

      Figure 24c shows that the credibility-CA model does in fact show stronger positivity bias for less credible feedback. The model distribution for credibility 1 is visibly lower than for credibilities 0.5 and 0.75.

      The authors need to be clear that it is the magnitude of the effect that the perseveration-only model cannot account for. Furthermore, they should additionally clarify that this is true only for models fit to data; it is possible that the credibility-CA model could capture the full size of the effect with different parameters (which could fit best if the model was implemented slightly differently).

      The authors could make the new analyses somewhat stronger by using parameters optimized to capture just the pattern in CA parameters (for example by MSE). This would show that the models are in principle incapable of capturing the effect. However, this would be a marginal improvement because the conclusion would still rest on a quantitative difference that depends on specific modeling assumptions.

      New simulations clearly demonstrate the confound in relative bias

      Figure 24 also speaks to the relative vs. absolute question. The model without positivity bias shows a slightly stronger absolute "positivity bias" for the most credible feedback, but a weaker relative bias. This is exactly in line with the logic laid out above. In standard bandit tasks, perseveration can be quite well-captured by a fixed absolute positivity bias, which is roughly what we see in the simulations (I'm not sure what to make of the slight increase; perhaps a useful lead for the authors). However, when we divide by average credit assignment, we now see a reduction. This clearly demonstrates that a reduction in relative bias can emerge without any true differences in positivity bias.

      Given everything above, I think it is unlikely that the present data can provide even "solid" evidence for the claim that positivity bias is greater with less credible feedback. This confound could be quickly ruled out, however, by a study in which feedback is sometimes provided in the absence of a choice. This would empirically isolate positivity bias from choice-related effects, including perseveration.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This manuscript investigates computational mechanisms underlying increased risk-taking behavior in adolescent patients with suicidal thoughts and behaviors. Using a well-established gambling task that incorporates momentary mood ratings and previously established computational modeling approaches, the authors identify particular aspects of choice behavior (which they term approach bias) and mood responsivity (to certain rewards) that differ as a function of suicidality. The authors replicate their findings on both clinical and large-scale non-clinical samples.

      The main problem, however, is that the results do not seem to support a specific conclusion with regard to suicidality. The S+ and S- groups differ substantially in the severity of symptoms, as can be seen by all symptom questionnaires and the baseline and mean mood, where S- is closer to HC than it is to S+. The main analyses control for illness duration and medication but not for symptom severity. The supplementary analysis in Figure S11 is insufficient as it mistakes the absence of evidence (i.e., p > 0.05) for evidence of absence. Therefore, the results do not adequately deconfound suicidality from general symptom severity.

      The second main issue is that the relationship between an increased approach bias and decreased mood response to CR is conceptually unclear. In this respect, it would be natural to test whether mood responses influence subsequent gambling choices. This could be done either within the model by having mood moderate the approach bias or outside the model using model-agnostic analyses.

      Additionally, there is a conceptual inconsistency between the choice and mood findings that partly results from the analytic strategy. The approach bias is implemented in choice as a categorical value-independent effect, whereas the mood responses always scale linearly with the magnitude of outcomes. One way to make the models more conceptually related would be to include a categorical value-independent mood response to choosing to gamble/not to gamble.

      The manuscript requires editing to improve clarity and precision. The use of terms such as "mood" and "approach motivation" is often inaccurate or not sufficiently specific. There are also many grammatical errors throughout the text.

      Claims of clinical relevance should be toned down, given that the findings are based on noisy parameter estimates whose clinical utility for the treatment of an individual patient is doubtful at best.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Chen et al. identify endophilin A1 as a novel component of the inhibitory postsynaptic scaffold. Their data show impaired evoked inhibitory synaptic transmission in CA1 neurons of mice lacking endophilin A1, and an increased susceptibility to seizures. Endophilin can interact with the postsynaptic scaffold protein gephyrin and promotes assembly of the inhibitory postsynaptic element. Endophilin A1 is known to play a role in presynaptic terminals and in dendritic spines, but a role for endophilin A1 at inhibitory postsynaptic densities has not yet been described, providing a valuable addition to the field.

      To investigate the role of endophilin A1 at inhibitory postsynapses, the authors used a broad array of experimental approaches, including tests of seizure susceptibility, electrophysiology, biochemistry, neuronal culture and image analysis. The authors have addressed the remaining concerns in their revision. Taken together, their results expand the synaptic role of endophilin-A1 to include the inhibitory post synaptic element.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This study provides insights into the growth kinetics of a diverse collection of Streptococcus pneumoniae, identifying capsule and lineage differences. It was not able to identify any specific loci from the GWAS that were associated with the growth features. It does provide a useful study linking phenotypic data with large scale genomic population data.

      In the revised version, the authors have addressed the points raised by the reviewers. The authors have provided additional detail in the Introduction and Methods that both improves the general accessibility for the broad readership of eLife, and the ability of other researchers to reproduce the approaches used in this study. They have expanded the Results and Discussion text in some sections to provide greater clarity and accuracy in reporting their data.

      The inclusion of a Data Availability statement was a useful addition and will help ensure the manuscript adheres to eLife's publishing policies.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to develop Channelrhodopsins (ChRs), light-gated ion channels, with high potency and blue action spectra for use in multicolor (multiplex) optogenetics applications. To achieve this, they performed a bioinformatics analysis to identify ChR homologues in several protist species, focusing on ChRs from ancyromonads, which exhibited the highest photocurrents and the most blue-shifted action spectra among the tested candidates. Within the ancyromonad clade, the authors identified two new anion-conducting ChRs and one cation-conducting ChR. These were characterized in detail using a combination of manual and automated patch-clamp electrophysiology, absorption spectroscopy, and flash photolysis. The authors also explored sequence features that may explain the blue-shifted action spectra and differences in ion selectivity among closely related ChRs.

      Strengths:

      A key strength of this study is the high-quality experimental data, which were obtained using well-established techniques such as manual patch-clamp and absorption spectroscopy, complemented by modern automated patch-clamp approaches. These data convincingly support most of the claims. The newly characterized ChRs expand the optogenetics toolkit and will be of significant interest to researchers working with microbial rhodopsins, those developing new optogenetic tools, as well as neuro- and cardioscientists employing optogenetic methods.

      Weaknesses:

      This study does not exhibit major methodological weaknesses.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript from Mudgett et al. explores the relative roles of PID and NPY1 in auxin-dependent floral initiation in Arabidopsis. Micro vectorial auxin flows directed by PIN1 are essential to flower initiation, and loss of PIN1 or two of its regulators, PID and NPY1 (in a yucca-deficient background) phenocopies the pinformed phenotype. This group has previously shown that PID-PIN1 interactions and function are dosage-dependent. The authors pick up this thread by demonstrating that a heterozygote containing a CRISPR deletion of one copy of PIN1 can restore quasi-wild type floral initiation to pid.

      The authors then show that overexpression of NPY1 is sufficient to more or less restore wild-type floral initiation to the pid mutant. The authors claim that this result demonstrates that NPY1 functions downstream of PID, as this ectopic abundance of NPY1 resulted in phosphorylation of PIN1 at sites that differ from sites of action of PID. The authors pursue evidence that PID action via NPY1 is analogous to the mode of action by which phot1/2 act on NPH3 in seedling phototropism. Such a model is supported by the evidence presented herein that the C terminus of NPY1, which has abundant Ser/Thr content, is phosphorylated, and that the deletion of this domain prevents overexpression compensation of the pinformed phenotype.<br /> While the results presented support evidence in the literature that PID acts on NPY1 to regulate PIN1 function, it is also possible that NPY1 overexpression results in limited expansion of phosphorylation targets observed with other AGC kinases. And if the phot model is any indication, there may be other PID targets that modulate PIN1-dependent floral initiation.

      However, overexpression of the NPY1 C-terminal deletion construct resulted in phosphorylation of both PIN1 and PIN2 and agravitropic root growth similar to what is observed in pin2 mutants. This suggests that direct PID phosphorylation of PINs and action via NPY1 can be distinguished by phosphorylation sites and by growth phenotypes.

      Strengths:

      A very important effort that places NPY1 downstream of PID in floral initiation.

      Weaknesses:

      As PID has been shown to act on sites that regulate PIN protein polarity as well as PIN protein function, it would be useful if the authors consider how their results would fit/not fit with a model where combinatorial function of NPY1 and PID regulate PIN1 in a manner similar to the way that PID appears to function combinatorially with D6PK on PIN3.

  2. Aug 2025
    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study explores a molecular mechanism by which C. elegans detects low-quality food through neuron-digestive crosstalk, offering new insights into food quality control systems. Liu and colleagues demonstrated that NSY-1, expressed in AWC neurons, is a key regulator for sensing Staphylococcus saprophyticus (SS), inducing avoidance behavior and shutting down the digestive system via intestinal BCF-1. They further revealed that INS-23, an insulin peptide, interacts with the DAF-2 receptor in the gut to modulate SS digestion. The study uncovers a food quality control system connecting neural and intestinal responses, enabling C. elegans to adapt to environmental challenges.

      Strengths:

      The study employs a genetic screening approach to identify nsy-1 as a critical regulator in detecting food quality and initiating adaptive responses in C. elegans. The use of RNA-seq analysis is particularly noteworthy, as it reveals distinct regulatory pathways involved in food sensing (Figure 4) and digestion of Staphylococcus saprophyticus (Figure 5). The strategic application of both positive and negative data mining enhances the depth of analysis. Importantly, the discovery that C. elegans halts digestion in response to harmful food and employs avoidance behavior highlights a physiological adaptation mechanism.

      Weaknesses:

      Major weaknesses have been addressed.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Hawes et al. combined behavioral, optical imaging, and activity manipulation techniques to investigate the role of striatal patch SPNs in locomotion regulation. Using Sepw1-Cre transgenic mice, they found that patch SPNs encode locomotion deceleration in a light-dark box procedure through optical imaging techniques. Moreover, genetic ablation of patch SPNs increased locomotion speed, while chemogenetic activation of these neurons decreased it. The authors concluded that a subtype of patch striatonigral neurons modulates locomotion speed based on external environmental cues.

      In the revision, the authors have largely addressed my concerns with additional explanation and discussion, although some of the key experiments to strengthen the authors' claim by identifying the function of specific cell populations remain to be conducted due to technical challenges. Nevertheless, the current results remain valuable and interesting to a wide audience in the field.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a novel method to measure passive joint torques - torques due to internal forces other than active muscle contraction - in the fruit fly: genetically inactivating all motor neurons in intact limb acted upon by a gravitational load results in a change in limb configuration; evaluating the moment equilibrium condition about the limb joints then yields a direct estimate of the passive joint torques. Deactivating all motor neurons in an intact standing fly provided two further conclusions: First, because deactivation causes the fly to drop to the floor, the passive joint torques are deemed insufficient to maintain rotational equilibrium against the body weight; using a multi-body-dynamics simulation, the authors estimate that the passive torques would need to be about 40-80 times higher to maintain a typical posture without active muscle action. Second, a delay between the motor neuron inactivation and the onset of the "free fall" motivates the authors to invoke a simple exponential decay model, which is then used to derive a time constant for muscle deactivation, in robust agreement with direct electro-physiological recordings.

      Strengths:

      The experimental design that permits determination of passive joint torques is elegant, effective, novel, and altogether excellent; it permits measurements previously impossible. A careful error analysis is presented, and a spectrum of technically challenging methods, including multi-body dynamics and e-phys, is deployed to further interpret and contextualise the results.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Passive torques are measured, but only some short speculative statements, largely based on previous work, are offered on their functional significance; some of these claims are not well supported by experimental evidence or theoretical arguments. Passive forces are judged as "large" compared to the weight force of the limb, but the arguably more relevant force is the force limb muscles can generate, which, even in equilibrium conditions, is already about two orders of magnitude larger. The conclusion that passive forces are dynamically irrelevant seems natural, but contrasts with the assertion that "passive forces [...] will have a strong influence on limb kinematics". As a result, the functional significance of passive joint torques in the fruit fly, if any, remains unclear, and this ambiguity represents a missed opportunity. We now know the magnitude of passive joint torques - do they matter and for what? Are they helpful, for example, to maintain robust neuronal control, or a mechanical constraint that negatively impacts performance, e.g., because they present a sink for muscle work?

      (2) The work is framed with a scaling argument, but the assumptions that underpin the associated claims are not explicit and can thus not be evaluated. This is problematic because at least some arguments appear to contradict textbook scaling theory or everyday experience. For example, active forces are assumed to scale with limb volume, when every textbook would have them scale with area instead; and the asserted scaling of passive forces involves some hidden assumptions that demand more explicit discussion to alert the reader to associated limitations. Passive forces are said to be important only in small animals, but a quick self-experiment confirms that they are sufficient to stabilize human fingers or ankles against gravity, systems orders of magnitude larger than an insect limb, in seeming contradiction with the alleged dominance of scale. Throughout the manuscript, there are such and similar inaccuracies or ambiguities in the mechanical framing and interpretation, making it hard to fairly evaluate some claims, and rendering others likely incorrect.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript Pinon et al. describe the development of a 3D model of human vasculature within a microchip to study Neisseria meningitidis (Nm)- host interactions and validate it through its comparison to the current gold-standard model consisting of human skin engrafted onto a mouse. There is a pressing need for robust biomimetic models with which to study Nm-host interactions because Nm is a human-specific pathogen for which research has been primarily limited to simple 2D human cell culture assays. Their investigation relies primarily on data derived from microscopy and its quantitative analysis, which support the authors' goal of validating their Vessel-on-Chip (VOC) as a useful tool for studying vascular infections by Nm, and by extension, other pathogens associated with blood vessels.

      Strengths:<br /> • Introduces a novel human in vitro system that promotes control of experimental variables and permits greater quantitative analysis than previous models<br /> • The VOC model is validated by direct comparison to the state-of-the-art human skin graft on mouse model<br /> • The authors make significant efforts to quantify, model, and statistically analyze their data<br /> • The laser ablation approach permits defining custom vascular architecture<br /> • The VOC model permits the addition and/or alteration of cell types and microbes added to the model<br /> • The VOC model permits the establishment of an endothelium developed by shear stress and active infusion of reagents into the system

      Weaknesses:<br /> • The work presented here is mostly descriptive, with little new information that is learned about the biology of Nm or endothelial cells. However, the goal of this study was to establish the VOC model, and the validation presented here is necessary for follow-on studies on Nm pathogenesis and host response.<br /> • The VOC model contains one cell type, human umbilical cord vascular endothelial cells (HUVECs), while true vasculature contains a number of other cell types that associate with and affect the endothelium, such as smooth muscle cells, pericytes, and components of the immune system. These and other shortcomings of the VOC model as it currently stands warrant additional discussion.

      Impact:<br /> The VOC model presented by Pinon et al. is an exciting advancement in the set of tools available to study human pathogens interacting with the vasculature. This manuscript focuses on validating the model, and as such sets the foundation for impactful research in the future. Of particular value is the photoablation technique that permits the custom design of vascular architecture without the use of artificial scaffolding structures described in previously published works.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper investigates changes in brain oscillations in V1 in response to experimentally manipulating visual stimulus features (size, contrast at optimal size) and examines whether these effects are of perceptual relevance. The results reveal prominent stimulus-related theta oscillations in V1 that match in frequency the rhythms of behavioural performance (response speed in detecting targets in the visual display). Phase analyses relate these fluctuations of detection performance more formally to opposite theta phase angles in V1.

      Strengths:

      The non-human primate model provides unique findings on how brain oscillations relate to rhythms in perception (in two rhesus monkeys) that align well with findings from human studies (as occurring in the theta band). However, theta rhythms in humans are typically associated with fronto-parietal activity in the domain of spatial orienting, attentional sampling, while here the focus is on V1. Importantly, microsaccade-controls seem to speak against a spatial orienting/ attentional sampling mechanism to explain the observed effects (at least regarding overt attention).

      Weaknesses:

      This study provides interesting clues on perceptually relevant brain oscillations. Despite the microsaccade-control, I believe it remains an open question whether the V1 rhythmicity is of pure V1 origin, or driven by top-down input, as it is conceivable that specific stimuli capture attention differently (and hence induce specific covert attentional (re)orienting patterns). For perceptually relevant (yet beta) rhythmicity over occipital areas that are top-down generated, see e.g., Veniero et al., 2019.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper demonstrates that membrane depolarization induces a small increase in cell entry into mitosis. Based on previous work from another lab, the authors propose that ERK activation might be involved. They show convincingly using a combination of assays that ERK is activated by membrane depolarization. They show this is Ca2+ independent and is a result of activation of the whole K-Ras/ERK cascade which results from changed dynamics of phosphatidylserine in the plasma membrane that activates K-Ras. Although the activation of the Ras/ERK pathway by membrane depolarization is not new, linking it to an increase in cell proliferation is novel.

      Strengths

      A major strength of the study is the use of different techniques - live imaging with ERK reporters, as well as Western blotting to demonstrate ERK activation as well as different methods for inducing membrane depolarization. They also use a number of different cell lines. Via Western blotting the authors are also able to show that the whole MAPK cascade is activated.

      Weaknesses

      A weakness of the study is the data in Figure 1 showing that membrane depolarization results in an increase of cells entering mitosis. There are very few cells entering mitosis in their sample in any condition. This should be done with many more cells to increase the confidence in the results. The study also lacks a mechanistic link between ERK activation by membrane depolarization and increased cell proliferation.

      The authors did achieve their aims with the caveat that the cell proliferation results could be strengthened. The results, for the most par,t support the conclusions.

      This work suggests that alterations in membrane potential may have more physiological functions than action potential in the neural system as it has an effect on intracellular signalling and potentially cell proliferation.

      In the revised manuscript, the authors have now addressed the issues with Figure 1, and the data presented are much clearer. They did also attempt to pinpoint when in the cell cycle ERK is having its activity, but unfortunately, this was not conclusive.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The tissue regeneration enhancer elements (TREEs) identified in zebrafish have been shown to drive injury-activated temporal-spatial gene expression in mice and large animals. These findings increase the translational potential of findings in zebrafish to mammals. In this manuscript, the authors tested TREEs in combination with different adeno-associated viral (AAV) vectors using in vivo luciferase bioluminescent imaging that allows for longitudinal tracking. The TREE-driven luciferase delivered by a liver de-targeted AAV.cc84 decreased off-target transduction in liver. They further screened an AAV library to identify capsid variants that display enhanced transduction for infarcted myocardium post ischemia reperfusion and myocardial infarction. A new capsid variant, AAV.IR41, was found to show increased transduction post I/R and MI.

      Strengths:

      The authors injected AAV-cargo several days after ischemia/reperfusion (I/R) injury as a clinically relevant approach. Overall, this study is significant in that it identifies new AAV vectors that can be used to deliver promising genes as potential new gene therapies in the future. The manuscript is well-written and the data are also of high quality.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors have addressed my previous concerns.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors seek to determine the underlying traits that support the exceptional capacity of Aspergillus oryzae to secrete enzymes and heterologous proteins. To do so, they leverage the availability of multiple domesticated isolates of A. oryzae along with other Aspergillus species to perform comparative imaging and genomic analysis.

      Strengths:

      The strength of this study lies in the use of multifaceted approaches to identify significant differences in hyphal morphology that correlate with enzyme secretion, which is then followed by the use of genomics to identify candidate functions that underlie these differences.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the image analysis and data interpretation is convincing, the genetic data supporting the author's model is somewhat more speculative and will likely require additional investigation.

      Overall, the authors have achieved their aims in that they are able to clearly document the presence of two distinct hyphal forms in A. oryzae and other Aspergillus species, and to correlate the presence of the thicker rapidly growing form with enhanced enzyme secretion. The image analysis is convincing. The discovery that addition of yeast extract and specific amino acids can stimulate formation of the novel hyphal form is also notable. Although the conclusions are generally supported by the results, this is perhaps less so for the genetic analysis as it remains unclear how direct the role of RseA and the calcium transporters might be in supporting the formation of the thicker hyphae.

      The results presented here will impact the field. The complexity of hyphal morphology and how it affects secretion are not well understood despite the importance of these processes for the fungal lifestyle. In addition, the description of approaches that can be used to facilitate the study of these different hyphal forms (i.e., stimulation using yeast extract or specific animo acids) will benefit future efforts to understand the molecular basis of their formation.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The manuscript is focused on local bulbar mechanisms to solve the flexibility-stability dilemma in contrast to long range interactions documented in other systems (hippocampus-cortex). The network performance is assessed in a perceptual learning task: the network is presented with alternating, similar artificial stimuli (defined as enrichment) and the authors assess its ability to discriminate between these stimuli by comparing the mitral cell representations quantified by Fisher discriminant analysis. The authors use enhancement in discriminability between stimuli as function of the degree of specificity of connectivity in the network to quantify the formation of an odor-specific network structure which as such has memory - they quantify memory as the specificity of that connectivity.

      The focus on neurogenesis, excitability and synaptic connectivity of abGCs is topical, and the authors systematically built their model, clearly stating their assumptions and setting up the questions and answers. In my opinion, the combination of latent dendritic representations, excitability and apoptosis in an age-dependent manner is interesting and as the authors point out leads to experimentally testable hypotheses.

      In the revised manuscript, the authors have systematically addressed my previous concerns. In particular, they now refer to previous work on granule cells-mitral cell interactions more generally, they explain the pros and cons for usage of specificity in connectivity as a proxy for memory capacity, and the biological plausibility of the model.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Fontana et al. sets out to fill a critical gap in our understanding of how individuality in fear responses corresponds to changes in brain activity. Previous work has shown in myriad species that fear behaviors are highly variable, and these variabilities correlate with sex and strain, with epigenetic modifications, and neural activity in specific regions of the brain, such as the amygdala. However, a whole-brain functional assessment of whether activity in different regions of the brain is associated with fear behavior has been difficult to assess, in part due to the large size and opacity of the brain. The Kenney group overcomes these limitations using the zebrafish, together with powerful behavioral and brain imaging approaches pioneered by their lab. To overcome the technical obstacles of delivering a reproducible unconditioned stimulus in water and quantifying nuanced behavioral responses, the authors developed a three-day conditioning paradigm in which fish were repeatedly exposed to CAS in one tank context and to control water in another. Leveraging automated cluster analysis across over 300 individuals from four inbred strains, they identified four distinct memory-recall phenotypes - non-reactive, evaders, evading freezers, and freezers - demonstrating both the robustness of their assay and the influence of genetic background and sex on fear learning. Finally, whole-brain imaging using the AZBA atlas (Kenney et al. eLife) and cfos mapping coupled with multivariate analysis revealed that although all fish reengaged telencephalic regions during recall, high-freezing phenotypes uniquely recruited cerebellar, preglomerular, and pretectal nuclei, whereas mixed evasion-freezing fish showed preferential activation of preoptic and hypothalamic areas - a finding that lays the groundwork for dissecting the distributed neural substrates of associative fear in zebrafish.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the study lie in the use of zeberarish and the innovative behavioral, modeling, and brain imaging tools applied to address this question. The question of how brain-wide activity correlates with variations in fear behavior is fundamental, and arguably, this system is the only system that could be used to address this. The statistics are appropriate, and the study is well reasoned. Overall, I like this manuscript very much and think it adds invaluable information to the field of fear/anxiety.

      Weaknesses:

      I have a few questions and suggestions.

      (1) The three-day contextual fear paradigm, as implemented - one CAS pairing on day 2 followed by a single recall test on day 3 - inevitably conflates acquisition and long-term memory, making it impossible to know whether strains like TU truly recall the association poorly or simply learn it more slowly. For example, given that TU fish extinguish fear faster than AB or TL strains in extended protocols, they may simply require additional or repeated CAS pairings to achieve the same asymptotic performance. To disentangle learning kinetics from recall strength, the assay could be revised to include multiple acquisition trials (e.g., conditioning on two or more consecutive days) with an immediate post-conditioning probe to assess acquisition independent of consolidation, and continuous measurement of freezing and evasive behaviors across each trial to fit learning curves for each strain. Such refinements - even if on a subset of the strains - would reveal whether "non-reactive" phenotypes reflect genuine recall deficits or merely delayed acquisition.

      (2) My second major question is with respect to Figure 3 panel B. This is a complex figure, and I can understand the gist of what the authors are attempting to show, but it is difficult to understand as it is. Can this be represented in a way that is clearer and explained a bit more easily?

      (3) The brain mapping is by far one of the most interesting aspects of this study, and the methods that the group used are interesting. The brain mapping, however, relies on generating "contrasting" groups (Figure 6A), and I was not clear as to how these two groups were formed. Could the authors elaborate a bit?

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The heat shock response (HSR) is an inducible transcriptional program that has provided paradigmatic insight into how stress cues feed information into the control of gene expression. The recent elucidation that the chaperone Hsp70 controls the DNA binding activity of the central HSR transcription factor Hsf1 by direct binding has spurred the question how such a general chaperone obtains specificity. This study has addressed the next logical question, how J-domain proteins execute this task in budding yeast, the leading cell model for studying the HSR. While an involvement and in part overlapping function of general class A and B J-domain proteins, Ydj1 and Sis1 are indicated by the genetic analysis a highly specific role for the class A Apj1 in displacing Hsf1 from the promoters is found unveiling specificity in the system.

      Strengths

      The central strong point of the paper is the identification of class A J-domain protein Apj1 as a specific regulator of the attenuation of the HSR by removing Hsf1 from HSEs at the promoters. The genetic evidence and the ChIP data strongly support this claim. This identification of a specific role for a lowly expressed nuclear J-domain protein changes how the wiring of the HSR should be viewed. It also raises important questions regarding the model of chaperone titration, the concept that a chaperone with limiting availability is involved in a thug of war involving competing interactions with misfolded protein substrates and regulatory interactions with Hsf1. Perhaps Apj1 with its low levels and interactions with misfolded and aggregated proteins in the nucleus is the titrated Hsp70 (co)chaperone that determines the extent of the HSR? This would mean that Apj1 is at the nexus of the chaperone titration mechanism. Although Apj1 is not a highly conserved J domain protein among eukaryotes the strength of the study is that is provides a conceptual framework for what may be required for chaperone titration in other eukaryotes: One or more nuclear J-domain proteins with low nuclear levels that has an affinity for Hsf1 and that can become limiting due to interactions with misfolded Hsp70 proteins. The provides a pathway for how these may be identified using for example ChIP-seq.

      Weakness

      A built-in challenge when studying the mechanism of the HSR is the general role of Hsp70 chaperone system and its J domain proteins. Indeed, a weakness of the study is that it is unclear what of the phenotypic effects have to do with directly recruiting Hsp70 to Hsf1 dependent on a J domain protein and what instead is an indirect effect of protein misfolding caused by the mutation. This interpretation problem is clearly and appropriately dealt with in the manuscript text and in experiments but is of such fundamental nature that it cannot easily be fully ruled out.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, it is established that high fever-like 39{degree sign}C temperatures cause parasite-infected red blood cells to become stickier. It is thought that high temperatures might help the spleen to destroy parasite-infected cells, and they become stickier in order to remain trapped in blood vessels, so they stop passing through the spleen.

      Strengths:

      The strength of this research is that it shows that fever-like temperatures can cause parasite-infected red blood cells to stick to surfaces designed to mimic the walls of small blood vessels. In a natural infection, this would cause parasite-infected red blood cells to stop circulating through the spleen, where the parasites would be destroyed by the immune system. It is thought that fevers could lead to infected red blood cells becoming stiffer and therefore more easily destroyed in the spleen. Parasites respond to fevers by making their red blood cells stickier, so they stop flowing around the body and into the spleen. The experiments here prove that fever temperatures increase the export of Velcro-like sticky proteins onto the surface of the infected red blood cells and are very thorough and convincing.

      Weaknesses:

      A minor weakness of the paper is that the effects of fever on the stiffness of infected red blood cells were not measured. This can be easily done in the laboratory by measuring how the passage of infected red blood cells through a bed of tiny metal balls is delayed under fever-like temperatures.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Chen et al examines the structure of the inactive LRRK2 bound to microtubules using cryo-EM tomography. Mutations in this protein have been shown to be linked to Parkinson's Disease. It is already shown that the active-like conformation of LRRK2 binds to the MT lattice, but this investigation shows that full-length LRRk2 can oligomerize on MTs in its autoinhibited state with different helical parameters than were observed with active-like state. The structural studies suggest that the autoinhibited state is less stable on MTs.

      Strengths:

      The protein of interest is very important biomedically and a novel conformational binding to microtubules in proposed

      The authors have addressed my original critique.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors build and analyze recurrent neural network (RNN) models of brain-computer interface (BCI) multi-task learning, developing a valuable theoretical understanding of learning-related neural population phenomena ("memory traces" and "uniform shifts") that have been reported in recent experimental studies of BCI and motor learning. The authors find that both phenomena emerge in their RNN models, and both correlate in some manner to learning-related behavioral phenomena ("savings" and "forgetting"). The authors also reveal that RNN training details, in particular, incorporating a task-indicating contextual input, can impact these population-level signatures of learning in RNN activity and their relation to those behavioral phenomena.

      Strengths:

      The text is well written, and the figures are clearly composed to convey the core concepts and findings. The RNN studies are elegant in their ability to recapitulate the memory trace and uniform shift phenomena, and further allow evaluations of novel scenarios that were not tested in the original corpus of the modeled animal experiments. The authors assess the sensitivity of their results to multiple approaches to RNN training, including training connectivity within a model of motor cortex, training only an upstream model that provides inputs to the motor cortex model, and providing task-indicating contextual inputs.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) It is unclear to what extent these RNN models operate in regimes relevant to biological neural networks (e.g., motor cortex), even at the neural-population level of abstraction studied here. Can the authors speak to how sensitive their results are to details that might speak to these operating regimes (e.g., signal-to-noise ratios or dimensionality of the RNN activities)?

      (2) The work could be further strengthened by analyses demonstrating a more direct link between the neural population phenomena (memory trace and uniform shift) and the behavioral phenomena (savings, forgetting, etc). While in animal experiments, it can be exceedingly difficult to demonstrate links beyond correlative effects, the promise of a model is the relative tractability of implementing manipulations that might establish something closer to a causal link between phenomena. Is it the case that the memory trace is a task-dependent, mean-preserving rotation of the across-target task-relevant activity space? And that the uniform shift is a translation (non-mean-preserving) of that space? If so, could the authors design regularization schemes that specifically target each of these effects, enabling a more direct test of the functional role the effects play in driving behavioral phenomena?

      Minor Comments:

      The current study is based on BCI learning of center-out tasks, analogous to the Losey et al. task that initially reported the memory trace phenomena. However, a rather different behavioral task - involving arm movements through curl force fields - was employed by the Sun, O'Shea, et al. study that originally reported the uniform shift phenomena. How should readers interpret the current study's findings related to the uniform shift? To what extent might the behavioral implications of the uniform shift depend on the demands of the task, e.g., the biomechanics, day-to-day experiencing of different curl-field perturbations, etc.?

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this well-written manuscript, Unitt and colleagues propose a new, hierarchical nomenclature system for the pathogen Neisseria gonorrhoeae. The proposed nomenclature addresses a longstanding problem in N. gonorrhoeae genomics, namely that the highly recombinant population complicates typing schemes based on only a few loci and that previous typing systems, even those based on the core genome, group strains at only one level of genomic divergence without a system for clustering sequence types together. In this work, the authors have revised the core genome MLST scheme for N. gonorrhoeae and devised life identification numbers (LIN) codes to describe the N. gonorrhoeae population structure.

      Strengths:

      The LIN codes proposed in this manuscript are congruent with previous typing methods for Neisseria gonorrhoeae, like cgMLST groups, Ng-STAR, and NG-MAST. Importantly, they improve upon many of these methods as the LIN codes are also congruent with the phylogeny and represent monophyletic lineages/sublineages.

      The LIN code assignment has been implemented in PubMLST, allowing other researchers to assign LIN codes to new assemblies and put genomes of interest in context with global datasets.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors correctly highlight that cgMLST-based clusters can be fused due to "intermediate isolates" generated through processes like horizontal gene transfer. However, the LIN codes proposed here are also based on single linkage clustering of cgMLST at multiple levels. It is unclear if future recombination or sequencing of previously unsampled diversity within N. gonorrhoeae merges together higher-level clusters, and if so, how this will impact the stability of the nomenclature.

      The authors have defined higher resolution thresholds for the LIN code scheme. However, they do not investigate how these levels correspond to previously identified transmission clusters from genomic epidemiology studies. It would be useful for future users of the scheme to know the relevant LIN code thresholds for these investigations.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Atchou et al. investigates the role of the microtubule cytoskeleton in sporozoites of Plasmodium berghei, including possible functions of microtubule post-translational modifications (tyrosination and polyglutamylation) in the development of sporozoites in the liver. They also assessed the development of sporozoites in the mosquito. Using cell culture models and in vivo infections with parasites that contain tubulin mutants deficient in certain PTMs, they show that may aspects of the life cycle progression are impaired. The main conclusion is that microtubule PTMs play a major role in the differentiation processes of the parasites.

      However, there are a number of major and minor points of criticism that relate to the interpretation of some of the data.

      Comments:

      (1) The first paragraph of "Results" almost suggests that the presence of a subpellicular MT-array in sporozoites is a new discovery. This is not the case, see e.g. the recent publication by Ferreira et al. (Nature Communications, 2023).

      (2) Why were HeLa cells and not hepatocytes (as in Figure 3) used for measuring infection rates of the mutants in Figure 5H and 5L? As I understand, HeLa cells are not natural host cells for invading sporozoites. HeLa cells are epithelial cells derived from a cervical tumour. I am not an expert in Plasmodium biology, but is a HeLa infection an accepted surrogate model for liver stage development?

      (3) The tubulin staining in Figures 1A and 1B is confusing and doesn't seem to make sense. Whereas in 1A the antibody nicely stains host and parasite tubulin, in 1B, only parasite tubulin is visible. If the same antibody and the same host cells have been used, HeLa cytoplasmic microtubules should be visible in 1B. In fact, they should be the predominant antigen. The same applies to Figure 2, where host microtubules are also not visible.

      (4) In Figures 2A and B, the host nuclei appear to have very different sizes in the DMSO controls and in the drug-treated cells. For example, in the 20 µM (-) image (bottom right), the nuclei are much larger than in the DMSO (-) control (top left). If this is the case, expansion microscopy hasn't worked reproducibly, and therefore, quantification of fluorescence is problematic. The scalebar is the same for all panels.

      (5) I don't quite follow the argument that spindles and the LSPMB are dynamic structures (e.g., lines 145, 174). That is a trivial statement for the spindle, as it is always dynamic, but beyond that, it has only been shown that the structure is sensitive to oryzalin. That says little about any "natural" dynamic behaviour. Any microtubule structure can be destroyed by a particular physical or chemical treatment, but that doesn't mean all structures are dynamic. It also depends on the definition of "dynamic" in a particular context, for example, the time scale of dynamic behaviour (changes within seconds, minutes, or hours).

      (6) I am not sure what part in the story EB1 plays. The data are only shown in the Supplements and don't seem to be of particular relevance. EB1 is a ubiquitous protein associated with microtubule plus ends. The statement (line 192) that it "may play a broader role..." is unsubstantiated and cannot be based merely on the observation that it is expressed in a particular life cycle stage.

      (7) Line 196 onwards: The antibody IN105 is better known in the field as polyE. Maybe that should be added in Materials and Methods. Also, the antibody T9028 against tyrosinated tubulin is poorly validated in the literature and rarely used. Usually, researchers in this field use the monoclonal antibody YL1/2. I am not sure why this unusual antibody was chosen in this study. In fact, has its specificity against tyrosinated α-tubulin from Plasmodium berghei ever been shown? The original antigen was human and had the sequence EGEEY. The Plasmodium sequence is YEADY and hence very different. It is stated that the LSPMB is both polyglutamylated and tyrosinated. This is unusual because polyglutamylated microtubules are usually indicative of stable microtubules, whereas tyrosinated microtubules are found on freshly polymerised and dynamic microtubules. However, a co-localisation within the same cell has not been attempted. This is, however, possible since polyE is a rabbit antibody and T9028 is a mouse antibody. I suspect that differences or gradients along the LSPMB would have been noticed. Also, in lines 207/208, it is said that tyrosination disappears after hepatocyte invasion, which is shown in Figure 3. However, in Figure 3A, quite a lot of positive signals for tyrosination are visible in the 54 and 56 hpi panels.

      (8) In line 229, it is stated that tyrosination "has previously been associated with stable microtubule in motility". This statement is not correct. In fact, none of the cited references that apparently support this statement show that this is the case. On the contrary, stable microtubules, such as flagellar axonemes, are almost completely detyrosinated. Therefore, tyrosination is a marker for dynamic microtubules, whereas detyrosinated microtubules are indicative of stable microtubules. This is an established fact, and it is odd that the authors claim the opposite.

      (9) Line 236 onwards: Concerning the generation of tubulin mutants, I think it is necessary to demonstrate successful replacement of the wild-type allele by the mutant allele. I am sure the authors have done this by amplification and subsequent sequencing of the genomic locus using PCR primers outside the plasmid sequences. I suggest including this information, e.g., by displaying the chromatograph trace in a supplementary figure. Or are the sequences displayed in Figure S3B already derived from sequenced genomic DNA? This is not described in the Legend or in Materials and Methods. The left PCR products obtained for Figure S3 B would be a suitable template for sequencing.

      (10) It is also important to be aware of the fact that glutamylation also occurs on β-tubulin. This signal will also be detected by polyE (IN105). Therefore, it is surprising that IN105 immunofluorescence is negative on the C-term Δ cells (Figure S3 D). Is there anything known about confirmed polyglutamylation sites on both α- and β-tubulins in Plasmodium, e.g., by MS? In Toxoplasma, both α- and β-tubulin have been shown to be polyglutamylated.

      (11) Figure S3 is very confusing. In the legend, certain intron deletions are mentioned. How does this relate to posttranslational tubulin modifications? The corresponding section in Results (lines 288-292) is also not very helpful in understanding this.

      (12) Figure 4E doesn't look like brightfield microscopy but like some sort of fluorescent imaging. In Figure 4C, were the control (NoΔ) cells with an integrated cassette, but no mutations, or non-transgenic cells?

      (13) It is difficult to understand why the TyΔ and the CtΔ mutants still show quite a strong signal using the anti-tyrosination antibody. If the mutants have replaced all wild-type alleles, the signal should be completely absent, unless the antibody (see my comment above concerning T9028) cross-reacts with detyrosinated microtubules. Therefore, the quantitation in Figures 5F and 5G is actually indicative of something that shouldn't be like that. The quantitation of 5F is at odds with the microscopy image in 5D. If this image is representative, the anti-Ty staining in TyΔ is as strong as in the control NoΔ.

      (14) The statement that the failure of CtΔ mutants to generate viable sporozoites is due to the lack of microtubule PTMs (lines 295-296) is speculative. The lack of the entire C-terminal tail could have a number of consequences, such as impaired microtubule assembly or failure to recruit and bind associated proteins. This is not necessarily linked to PTMs. Also, it has been shown in yeast that for microtubules to form properly and exquisite regulation (proteostasis) of the ratio between α- and β-tubulin is essential (Wethekam and Moore, 2023). I am not sure, but according to Materials and Methods (line 423), the gene cassettes for replacing the wild-type tubulin gene with the mutant versions contain a selectable marker gene for pyrimethamine selection. Are there qPCR data that show that expression levels of mutant α-tubulin are more or less the same as the wild-type levels?

      (15) In the Discussion, my impression is that two recent studies, the superb Expansion Microscopy study by Bertiaux et al. (2021) and the cryo-EM study by Ferreira et al. (2023), are not sufficiently recognised (although they are cited elsewhere in the manuscript). The latter study includes a detailed description of the microtubule cytoskeleton in sporozoites. However, the present study clearly expands the knowledge about the structure of the cytoskeleton in liver stage parasites and is one of the few studies addressing the distribution and function of microtubule post-translational modifications in Plasmodium.

      (16) I somewhat disagree with the statement of a co-occurrence of polyglutamylated and tyrosinated microtubules. I think the resolution is too low to reach that conclusion. As this is a bold claim, and would be contrary to what is known from other organisms, it would require a more rigorous validation. Given the apparent problems with the anti-Ty antibody (signal in the TyΔ mutant), one should be very cautious with this claim.

      (17) In the Discussion (lines 311 and 377), it is again claimed that tyrosinated microtubules are "a well-known marker of stable microtubules". This statement is completely incorrect, and I am surprised by this serious mistake. A few lines later, the authors say that polyglutamylated is "commonly associated with dynamic microtubule behaviour". Again, this is completely incorrect and is the opposite of what is firmly established in the literature. Polyglutamylation and detyrosination are markers of stable microtubules.

      (18) In line 339, the authors interpret the residual antibody staining after the introduction of the mutant tubulin as a compensatory mechanism. There is no evidence for this. More likely explanations are firstly the quality of the anti-Ty-antibody used (see comment above), and the fact that also β-tubulin carries C-terminal polyglutamylation sites, which haven't been investigated in this study. PTMs on β-tubulin are not compensatory, but normal PTMs, at least in all other organisms where microtubule PTMs have been investigated.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Asthma is a complex disease that includes endogenous epithelial, immune and neural components that respond to environmental stimuli. Small airborne particles with diameters in the range of 2.5 micrometers or less, so-called PM2.5, are thought to contribute to some forms of asthma. These forms of asthma may have neutrophils, eosinophils and macrophages in bronchoalveolar lavage. Here, Wang and colleagues build on a recent model that incorporated PM2.5 which was found to have a neutrophilic component. Wang altered the model to provide an extra kick via the incorporation of ovalbumin. The major strength of this work is that silencing TRPV1-expressing neurons either pharmacologically or genetically, modulated inflammation and the motility of neutrophils. By examining bronchoalveolar lavage fluid, they found not only that levels of a number of cytokines were increased, but also that artemin, a protein that supports neuronal development and function, was elevated, which did not occur in nociceptor- ablated mice. Their data strengthens links between pollutants, immune and neural interactions.

      Comments on revisions:

      The manuscript has been revised extensively, including the addition of new experiments, such as intravital microscopy. Did the comments from the reviewers, manifest by additional experiments and modifying how some of the data was presented, result in any changes in the hypotheses or the interpretation of such?

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Genetically encoded calcium indicators (GECIs) are essential tools in neurobiology and physiology. Technological constraints in targeting and kinetics of previous versions of GECIs have limited their application at the subcellular level. Chen et al. present a set of novel tools that overcome many of these limitations. Through systematic testing in the Drosophila NMJ, they demonstrate improved targeting of GCaMP variants to synaptic compartments and report enhanced brightness and temporal fidelity using members of the GCaMP8 series. These advancements are likely to facilitate more precise investigation of synaptic physiology.

      This is a comprehensive and detailed manuscript that introduces and validates new GECI tools optimized for the study of neurotransmission and neuronal excitability. These tools are likely to be highly impactful across neuroscience subfields. The authors are commended for publicly sharing their imaging software.

      This manuscript could be improved by further testing the GECIs across physiologically relevant ranges of activity, including at high frequency and over long imaging sessions. The authors provide a custom software package (CaFire) for Ca2+ imaging analysis; however, to improve clarity and utility for future users, we recommend providing references to existing Ca2+ imaging tools for context and elaborating on some conceptual and methodological aspects, with more guidance for broader usability. These enhancements would strengthen this already strong manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors use a combination of a head-fixed grooming paradigm, single-photon mesoscale, and wide-field-of-view two-photon calcium imaging to characterize cortical activity patterns during evoked grooming. Previous work has shown that grooming behavior does not require cortex, but that there are neuronal representations of grooming in motor cortex. The authors extend these findings by showing cortex-wide activation patterns at the meso-scale that relate to distinct grooming elements. This activation is strongest at grooming onset, but declines over the course of extended grooming periods. They also find similar activity patterns during licking/drinking behavior. Two-photon imaging further revealed that individual neurons across the cortex are preferentially activated by grooming. While their activity also declines after grooming onset, they remain active throughout grooming periods. This work extends previous findings by revealing that grooming and other subcortically-generated behaviors may be represented not only in motor cortex, but across dorsal cortex, both on the mesoscale and single neuron levels. These findings may lead to further investigation into the role of cortical activity during subcortically generated behaviors.

      Strengths:

      (1) Detailed characterization of grooming behavior in a head-fixed paradigm.

      (2) Combination of single photon mesoscale and two-photon wide field-of-view imaging to characterize grooming (and licking)-related activity across dorsal cortex on multiple levels

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The behavior observed in the head-fixed grooming paradigm only partially resembles spontaneous grooming, lacking typical elements of the syntactic chain, while additionally evoking non-typical behaviors, resembling unilateral reaches, making the interpretation of the observations and their relevance to natural behaviors difficult. Furthermore, the nature of the non-typical movements (which may be cortex-dependent while typical grooming is not) is not explored.

      (2) Two important findings in relation to the neural representations of individual grooming behaviors remain unclear:

      a) The authors state that individual grooming behaviors did not have distinct neuronal representations (except unilateral grooming; Figure 4G) - it remains unclear how this fits with the observation of distinct activation maps during the different grooming behaviors. Should this differential activation not also correspond to distinct activation patterns of 'grooming' neurons across the cortex? Or do they mean that the activity in the 'grooming' neurons is not consistent across grooming instances and therefore no distinct representation can be detected?

      b) The authors state that the 'typical' grooming behaviors do not have consistent activation patterns across animals (Figure 3 and supplements). It remains, therefore, unclear what the averaged activation maps really represent. Furthermore, this observation leaves several open questions: Are the activation patterns consistent in individual animals? Do differences across animals emerge due to differences in their behavior? And most importantly, can the actual behavior be decoded from the activation patterns?

      (3) Multiple statements/conclusions are not supported by quantification of the data, but only by qualitative assessments, e.g.: lines 433-435: "In general, the maximally activated networks involved in licking and unilateral grooming behaviors 'appeared' to be the most consistent across animals compared to the bilateral grooming movements (Figure 3G)."; 436-437: "Averaged cortical activation maps associated with licking and elliptical behaviors were 'qualitatively similar' between evoked and spontaneous sessions, where the water drop was not applied".; 480-482: "The unique explained variance maps for the licking behavior 'differed' in the drinking context compared to the grooming context (Figure 3-figure supplement 3F)." The lack of quantification leaves the significance of these observations unclear.

      (4) It remains unclear what the ongoing activity in 'grooming' neurons represents, since there is no detailed analysis of the relationship between activity and the detailed kinematics of the grooming movements.

      The authors show that neuronal representations of grooming and other subcortical behaviors can be found across dorsal cortex and that these representations are at least to some degree specific to distinct behavioral elements. While this study does not reveal functional insights into the role of cortical representations of subcortically-generated behaviors, it is a step towards more in-depth studies. In the future, it will be important to determine whether these representations are efference copies or sensory-driven, or whether they affect the behavior, and if so, under which circumstances.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study used transcranial direct current stimulation administered using small 'high definition' electrodes to modulate neural activity within the non-human primate prefrontal cortex during both wakefulness and anaesthesia. Functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) was used to assess neuromodulatory effects of stimulation. The authors report on modification of brain dynamics during and following anodal and cathodal stimulation during wakefulness and following anodal stimulation at two intensities (1 mA, 2 mA) during anaesthesia. This study provides some support that prefrontal direct current stimulation can alter neural activity patterns across wakefulness and sedation in monkeys.

      Strengths and Weaknesses:

      A key strength of this work is the use of fMRI-based methods to track changes in brain activity with good spatial precision. Another strength is the exploration of stimulation effects across wakefulness and sedation, which has the potential to provide novel information on the impact of electrical stimulation across states of consciousness. The authors should be commended for undertaking this challenging and important work.

      The lack of a sham stimulation condition is a limitation of the study, as it somewhat restricts the certainty with which the results can be attributed to the active stimulation as opposed to other external factors such as drowsiness or fatigue as a result of the experimental procedure? Nevertheless, I acknowledge the demanding nature of performing this work in non-human primates and that only runs with high fixation rates were included, which should have helped reduce any fatigue-related effects.

      In the anaesthesia condition, the authors investigated the effects of two intensities of stimulation (1 mA and 2 mA). However, it is possible that the initial 1 mA stimulation block might have caused some level of plasticity-related changes in neural activity that could have potentially interfered with the following 2 mA block due to the lack of a sufficient wash-out period. This potentially limits the findings from the 2 mA block as they cannot be interpreted as completely separate to the initial 1 mA stimulation period, given that they were administered consecutively. However, I do acknowledge the author's point that differences between the 1 mA post-stimulation and baseline conditions were not significantly different, which provides some evidence against this possibility.

      The different electrode placement for the two anaesthetised monkeys (i.e., Monkey R: F3/O2 montage, Monkey N: F4/O1 montage) is potentially problematic, as it might have resulted in stimulation over different brain regions. Electric field models of brain current flow for the monkeys would really be needed to understand with reasonable certainty, however, I recognise that these models are generally designed for human studies making their integration into non-human primate studies challenging.

      Finally, the sample size is obviously small. However, I realise this is often a limitation in non-human primate research, which can be both expensive and labour intensive.

      Assessment:

      This manuscript presents some novel insights into the effects of transcranial direct current stimulation on functional brain dynamics in awake and anaesthetised monkeys using MRI-based connectivity indices. Overall, the study presents several interesting and potentially impactful findings regarding stimulation-induced changes in brain activity. There are some limitations, such as the small sample size, lack of a sham stimulation control, and lack of electric field models, which, if included, would have, in my view, further helped improve the rigour of the study. Nevertheless, the manuscript presents several important findings, which warrant further analysis in future work.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors sought to determine, at the level of individual presubiculum pyramidal cells, how allocentric spatial information from retrosplenial cortex was integrated with egocentric information from the anterior thalamic nuclei. Employing a dual opsin optogenetic approach with patch clamp electrophysiology, Richevaux and colleagues found that around three quarters of layer 3 pyramidal cells in presubiculum receive monosynaptic input from both brain regions. While some interesting questions remain (e.g. the role of inhibitory interneurons in gating the information flow and through different layers of presubiculum, this paper provides valuable insights into the microcircuitry of this brain region and the role that it may play in spatial navigation.

      Strengths:

      One of the main strengths of this manuscript was that the dual opsin approach allowed the direct comparison of different inputs within an individual neuron, helping to control for what might otherwise have been an important source of variation. The experiments were well-executed and the data rigorously analysed. The conclusions were appropriate to the experimental questions and were well-supported by the results. These data will help to inform in vivo experiments aimed at understanding the contribution of different brain regions in spatial navigation and could be valuable for computational modelling.

      Weaknesses:

      Some attempts were made to gain mechanistic insights into how inhibitory neurotransmission may affect processing in presubiuclum (e.g. figure 5) but these experiments were a little underpowered and the analysis carried out could have been more comprehensively undertaken, as was done for other experiments in the manuscript.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have addressed all of my comments and I have nothing further to add. Well done for an interesting and valuable contribution!

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a new computational method (OPT) for predicting off-target probe binding in the commercial 10X Xenium spatial transcriptomics platform. They identified 28 genes in the 10x xenium human breast cancer gene panel (280 genes) that are not accurately detected at the single-molecule level. They validated the predicted off-target binding using reference data from single-cell RNA-seq and 3'-sequencing-based Visium RNA-seq. This work provides a practical resource and will serve as a valuable reference for future data interpretation.

      Strengths:

      (1) Provides a toolbox for the community to identify off-target probes.

      (2) Validates the predictions using single-cell RNA-seq and sequencing-based Visium RNA-seq datasets.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Does not apply the OPT method to the most widely used Xenium gene panels (e.g., pan-Human, pan-Mouse panels with ~5,000 genes each).

      (2) Lacks clarity on how the confidence level of off-target predictions is calculated.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Kim, Lognon et al. present an important finding on pro-locomotor effects of optogenetic activation of the A13 region, which they identify as a dopamine-containing area of the medial zona incerta that undergoes profound remodeling in terms of afferent and efferent connectivity after administration of 6-OHDA to the MFB. The authors claim to address a model of PD-related gait dysfunction, a contentious problem that can be difficult to treat by dopaminergic medication or DBS in conventional targets. They make use of an impressive array of technologies to gain insight into the role of A13 remodeling in the 6-OHDA model of PD. The evidence provided is solid and the paper is well written, but there are several general issues that reduce the value of the paper in its current form, and a number of specific, more minor ones. Also some suggestions, that may improve the paper compared to its recent form, come to mind.

      The most fundamental issue that needs to be addressed is the relation of the structural to the behavioral findings. It would be very interesting to see whether the structural heterogeneity in afferent/effects projections induced by 6-OHDA is related to the degree of symptom severity and motor improvement during A13 stimulation.

      The authors provide extensive interrogation of large-scale changes in the organization of the A13 region afferent and efferent distributions. It remains unclear how many animals were included to produce Fig 4 and 5. Fig S5 suggests that only 3 animals were used, is that correct? Please provide details about the heterogeneity between animals. Please provide a table detailing how many animals were used for which experiment. Were the same animals used for several experiments?

      While the authors provide evidence that photoactivation of the A13 is sufficient in driving locomotion in the OFT, this pro-locomotor effect seems to be independent of 6-OHDA induced pathophysiology. Only in the pole test do they find that there seems to be a difference between Sham vs 6-OHDA concerning effects of photoactivation of the A13. Because of these behavioral findings, optogenic activation of A13 may represent a gain of function rather than disease-specific rescue. This needs to be highlighted more explicitly in the title, abstract and conclusion.

      The authors claim that A13 may be a possible target for DBS to treat gait dysfunction. However, the experimental evidence provided (imparticular lack of disease-specific changes in the OFT) seem insufficient to draw such conclusions. It needs to be highlighted that optogenetic activation does not necessarily have the same effects as DBS (see the recent review from Neumann et al. in Brain: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37450573/). This is important because ZI-DBS so far had very mixed clinical effects. The authors should provide plausible reasons for these discrepancies. Is cell-specificity, that only optogenetic interventions can achieve, necessary? Can new forms of cyclic burst DBS achieve similar specificity (Spix et al, Science 2021)? Please comment.

      In a recent study, Jeon et al (Topographic connectivity and cellular profiling reveal detailed input pathways and functionally distinct cell types in the subthalamic nucleus, 2022, Cell Reports) provided evidence on the topographically graded organization of STN afferents and McElvain et al. (Specific populations of basal ganglia output neurons target distinct brain stem areas while collateralizing throughout the diencephalon, 2021, Neuron) have shown similar topographical resolution for SNr efferents. Can a similar topographical organization of efferents and afferents be derived for the A13/ ZI in total?

      In conclusion, this is an interesting study that can be improved taking into consideration the points mentioned above.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to identify the peripheral end-organ origin in the fly's wing of all sensory neurons in the anterior dorsomedial nerve. They reconstruct the neurons and their downstream partners in an electron microscopy volume of a female ventral nerve cord, analyse the resulting connectome, and identify their origin with a review of the literature and imaging of genetic driver lines. While some of the neurons were already known through previous work, the authors expand on the identification and create a near-complete map of the wing mechanosensory neurons at synapse resolution.

      Strengths:

      The authors elegantly combine electron microscopy, neuron morphology, connectomics, and light microscopy methods to bridge the gap between fly wing sensory neuron anatomy and ventral nerve cord morphology. Further, they use EM ultrastructural observations to make predictions on the signaling modality of some of the sensory neurons and thus their function in flight.

      The work is as comprehensive as state-of-the-art methods allow to create a near-complete map of the wing mechanosensory neurons. This work will be of importance to the field of fly connectomics and modelling of fly behavior, as well as a useful resource to the Drosophila research community.

      Through this comprehensive mapping of neurons to the connectome, the authors create a lot of hypotheses on neuronal function, partially already confirmed with the literature and partially to be tested in the future. The authors achieved their aim of mapping the periphery of the fly's wing to axonal projections in the ventral nerve cord, beautifully laying out their results to support their mapping.

      The authors identify the neurons in a previously published connectome of a male fly ventral nerve cord to enable cross-individual analysis of connections. Further, together with their companion paper, Dhawan et al. 2025, describing the haltere sensory neurons in the same EM dataset, they cover the entire mechanosensory space involved in Drosophila flight.

      Weaknesses:

      The connectomic data are only available upon request; the inclusion of a connectivity table of the reconstructed neurons would aid analysis reproducibility and cross-dataset comparisons.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study found that ADF serotonergic neurons have a significant role in extending lifespan mediated by HIF-1, as well as serotonin receptor SER-7 in the GABAergic RIS interneurons. The author focuses on the sufficiency and necessity of components from the central nervous system and how they contribute to aging upon hypoxia.

      Previous work from the lab has identified that the stabilization of HIF-1 in neurons is sufficient to extend lifespan through the serotonin receptor, SER-7, which subsequently activates fmo-2 in the intestine and leads to lifespan extension. Building on this, the author sought to determine which serotonergic neurons are involved and found that serotonin signaling in ADF neurons is required for lifespan extension mediated by HIF-1.

      The author next tested which subset of neurons requires Ser-7 expression to rescue hypoxic response. They found that ser-7 expression in multiple neurons is sufficient to induce fmo-2, with the top candidate being the RIS neuron. Ablation of the RIS neuron did not extend lifespan, suggesting that ser-7 expression in the RIS neuron is required for lifespan extension, positioning it as a key component in the longevity signaling pathway.

      The author also investigated neurotransmitters and found that GABA and tyramine are important components in this circuit. They showed that the tyramine receptor called tyra-3 is required for vhl-1-mediated longevity. Given that tyra-3 is expressed in oxygen- and carbon dioxide-sensing neurons, the author demonstrated that these sensing neurons work downstream of serotonin signaling. Lastly, the author screened neuropeptide/receptor binding pairs and identified NLP-17 as playing a role in hypoxia-mediated longevity.

      Originality and Significance:

      This research is significant in that it uncovers components that are sufficient and necessary for lifespan extension via the hypoxic response. It provides comprehensive data supporting longevity induced by HIF-1-mediated hypoxic response, in conjunction with fmo-2, a longevity gene, as demonstrated in previous work from the lab. Moreover, it provides a number of new transgenic worm tools for C. elegans and aging communities.

      Data and Methodology:

      (1) The experiments were thoroughly conducted, especially the generations of strains using different neuron-type promoters and crossing into mutant strains to demonstrate sufficiency and necessity.

      (2) Some figure legends from the text do not match what the data show. (Figure 6E, F, G).

      (3) The lifespan graph legends are confusing and could use some revamping for better clarification.

      Conclusions:

      This study provides insights into how hypoxic response regulates aging in a cell non-autonomous manner, outlining a potential circuit involving neurons, neurotransmitters, and neuropeptides.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work, the authors aim to improve neural encoding models for naturalistic video stimuli by integrating temporally aligned multimodal features derived from a deep learning model (VALOR) to predict fMRI responses during movie viewing.

      Strengths:

      The major strength of the study lies in its systematic comparison across unimodal and multimodal models using large-scale, high-resolution fMRI datasets. The VALOR model demonstrates improved predictive accuracy and cross-dataset generalization. The model also reveals inherent semantic dimensions of cortical organization and can be used to evaluate the integration timescale of predictive coding.

      This study demonstrates the utility of modern multimodal pretrained models for improving brain encoding in naturalistic contexts. While not conceptually novel, the application is technically sound, and the data and modeling pipeline may serve as a valuable benchmark for future studies.

      Weaknesses:

      The overall framework of using data-driven features derived from pretrained AI models to predict neural response has been well studied and accepted by the field of neuroAI for over a decade. The demonstrated improvements in prediction accuracy, generalization, and semantic mapping are largely attributable to the richer temporal and multimodal representations provided by the VALOR model, not a novel neural modeling framework per se. As such, the work may be viewed as an incremental application of recent advances in multimodal AI to a well-established neural encoding pipeline, rather than a conceptual advance in modeling neural mechanisms.

      Several key claims are overstated or lack sufficient justification:

      (1) Lines 95-96: The authors claim that "cortical areas share a common space," citing references [22-24]. However, these references primarily support the notion that different modalities or representations can be aligned in a common embedding space from a modeling perspective, rather than providing direct evidence that cortical areas themselves are aligned in a shared neural representational space.

      (2) The authors discuss semantic annotation as if it is still a critical component of encoding models. However, recent advances in AI-based encoding methods rely on features derived from large-scale pretrained models (e.g., CLIP, GPT), which automatically capture semantic structure without requiring explicit annotation. While the manuscript does not systematically address this transition, it is important to clarify that the use of such pretrained models is now standard in the field and should not be positioned as an innovation of the present work. Additionally, the citation of Huth et al. (2012, Neuron) to justify the use of WordNet-based annotation omits the important methodological shift in Huth et al. (2016, Nature), which moved away from manual semantic labeling altogether.

      Since the 2012 dataset is used primarily to enable comparison in study 3, the emphasis should not be placed on reiterating the disadvantages of semantic annotation, which have already been addressed in prior work. Instead, the manuscript's strength lies in its direct comparison between data-driven feature representations and semantic annotation based on WordNet categories. The authors should place greater emphasis on analyzing and discussing the differences revealed by these two approaches, rather than focusing mainly on the general advantage of automated semantic mapping.

      (3) The authors use subject-specific encoding models trained on the HCP dataset to predict group-level mean responses in an independent in-house dataset. While this analysis is framed as testing model generalization, it is important to clarify that it is not assessing traditional out-of-distribution (OOD) generalization, where the same subject is tested on novel stimuli, but rather evaluating which encoding model's feature space contains more stimulus-specific and cross-subject-consistent information that can transfer across datasets.

      Within this setup, the finding that VALOR outperforms CLIP, AlexNet, and WordNet is somewhat expected. VALOR encodes rich spatiotemporal information from videos, making it more aligned with movie-based neural responses. CLIP and AlexNet are static image-based models and thus lack temporal context, while WordNet only provides coarse categorical labels with no stimulus-specific detail. Therefore, the results primarily reflect the advantage of temporally-aware features in capturing shared neural dynamics, rather than revealing surprising model generalization. A direct comparison to pure video-based models, such as Video Swin Transformers or other more recent video models, would help strengthen the argument.

      Moreover, while WordNet-based encoding models perform reasonably well within-subject in the HCP dataset, their generalization to group-level responses in the Short Fun Movies (SFM) dataset is markedly poorer. This could indicate that these models capture a considerable amount of subject-specific variance, which fails to translate to consistent group-level activity. This observation highlights the importance of distinguishing between encoding models that capture stimulus-driven representations and those that overfit to individual heterogeneities.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a series of experiments that further investigate the roles of the BLA and PRH in sensory preconditioning, with a particular focus on understanding their differential involvement in the association of S1 and S2 with shock.

      Strengths:

      The motivation for the study is clearly articulated, and the experimental designs are thoughtfully constructed. I especially appreciate the inclusion of Table 1, which makes the designs easy to follow. The results are clearly presented, and the statistical analyses are rigorous. My comments below mainly concern areas where the writing could be improved to help readers more easily grasp the logic behind the experiments.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Lines 56-58: The two previous findings should be more clearly summarized. Specifically, it's unclear whether the "mediated S2-shock" association occurred during Stage 2 or Stage 3. I assume the authors mean Stage 2, but Stage 2 alone would not yet involve "fear of S2," making this expression a bit confusing.

      (2) Line 61: The phrase "Pavlovian fear conditioning" is ambiguous in this context. I assume it refers to S1-shock or S2-shock conditioning. If so, it would be clearer to state this explicitly.

      (3) Regarding the distinction between having or not having Stage 1 S2-S1 pairings, is "novel vs. familiar" the most accurate way to frame this? This terminology could be misleading, especially since one might wonder why S2 couldn't just be presented alone on Stage 1 if novelty is the critical factor. Would "outcome relevance" or "predictability" be more appropriate descriptors? If the authors choose to retain the "novel vs. familiar" framing, I suggest providing a clear explanation of this rationale before introducing the predictions around Line 118.

      (4) Line 121: This statement should refer to S1, not S2.

      (5) Line 124: This one should refer to S2, not S1.

      (6) Additionally, the rationale for Experiment 4 is not introduced before the Results section. While it is understandable that Experiment 4 functions as a follow-up to Experiment 3, it would be helpful to briefly explain the reasoning behind its inclusion.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Krwawicz et al., present evidence that expression of DNMTs in E. coli results in (1) introduction of alkylation damage that is repaired by AlkB; (2) confers hypersensitivity to alkylating agents such as MMS (and exacerbated by loss of AlkB); (3) confers hypersensitivity to oxidative stress (H2O2 exposure); (4) results in a modest increase in ROS in the absence of exogenous H2O2 exposure; and (5) results in the production of oxidation products of 5mC, namely 5hmC and 5fC, leading to cellular toxicity. The findings reported here have interesting implications for the concept that such genotoxic and potentially mutagenic consequences of DNMT expression (resulting in 5mC) could be selectively disadvantageous for certain organisms. The other aspect of this work which is important for understanding the biological endpoints of genotoxic stress is the notion that DNA damage per se somehow induces elevated levels of ROS.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well-written, and the experiments have been carefully executed providing data that support the authors' proposed model presented in Fig. 7 (Discussion, sources of DNA damage due to DNMT expression).

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors have established an informative system relying on expression of DNMTs to gauge the effects of such expression and subsequent induction of 3mC and 5mC on cell survival and sensitivity to an alkylating agent (MMS) and exogenous oxidative stress (H2O2 exposure). The authors state (p4) that Fig. 2 shows that "Cells expressing either M.SssI or M.MpeI showed increased sensitivity to MMS treatment compared to WT C2523, supporting the conclusion that the expression of DNMTs increased the levels of alkylation damage." This is a confusing statement and requires revision as Fig. 2 does ALL cells shown in Fig. 2 are expressing DNMTs and have been treated with MMS. It is the absence of AlkB and the expression of DNMTs that that causes the MMS sensitivity.

      (2) It would be important to know whether the increased sensitivity (toxicity) to DNMT expression and MMS is also accompanied by substantial increases in mutagenicity. The authors should explain in the text why mutation frequencies were not also measured in these experiments.

      (3) Materials and Methods. ROS production monitoring. The "Total Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) Assay Kit" has not been adequately described. Who is the Vendor? What is the nature of the ROS probes employed in this assay? Which specific ROS correspond to "total ROS"?

      (4) The demonstration (Fig. 4) that DNMT expression results in elevated ROS and its further synergistic increase when cells are also exposed to H2O2 is the basis for the authors' discussion of DNA damage-induced increases in cellular ROS. S. cerevisiae does not possess DNMTs/5mC, yet exposure to MMS also results in substantial increases in intracellular ROS (Rowe et al, (2008) Free Rad. Biol. Med. 45:1167-1177. PMC2643028). The authors should be aware of previous studies that have linked DNA damage to intracellular increases in ROS in other organisms and should comment on this in the text.

      Comments for the revised manuscript:

      In this revised manuscript, the authors have satisfactorily addressed the issues raised in the review of the original submission and have significantly improved these studies.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This manuscript presents a study combining molecular dynamics simulations and Hedgehog (Hh) pathway assays to investigate cholesterol translocation pathways to Smoothened (SMO), a G protein-coupled receptor central to Hedgehog signal transduction. The authors identify and characterize two putative cholesterol access routes to the transmembrane domain (TMD) of SMO and propose a model whereby cholesterol traverses through the TMD to the cysteine-rich domain (CRD), which is presented as the primary site of SMO activation.

      The MD simulations and biochemical experiments are carefully executed and provide useful data. However, the manuscript is significantly weakened by a narrow and selective interpretation of the literature, overstatement of certain conclusions, and a lack of appropriate engagement with alternative models that are well-supported by published data-including data from prior work by several of the coauthors of this manuscript. In its current form, the manuscript gives a biased impression of the field and overemphasizes the role of the CRD in cholesterol-mediated SMO activation. Below, I provide specific points where revisions are needed to ensure a more accurate and comprehensive treatment of the biology.

      Major Comments:

      (1) Overstatement of the CRD as the Orthosteric Site of SMO Activation

      The manuscript repeatedly implies or states that the CRD is the orthosteric site of SMO activation, without adequate acknowledgment of alternative models. To give just a few examples (of many in this manuscript):

      a) "PTCH is proposed to modulate the Hh signal by decreasing the ability of membrane cholesterol to access SMO's extracellular cysteine-rich domain (CRD)" (p. 3).

      b) "In recent years there has been a vigorous debate on the orthosteric site of SMO" (p. 3).

      c) "cholesterol must travel through the SMO TMD to reach the orthosteric site in the CRD" (p. 4).

      d) "we observe cholesterol moving along TM6 to the TMD-CRD interface (common pathway, Fig. 1d) to access the orthosteric binding site in the CRD" (p. 6).

      While the second quote in this list at least acknowledges a debate, the surrounding text suggests that this debate has been entirely resolved in favor of the CRD model. This is misleading and not reflective of the views of other investigators in the field (see, for example, a recent comprehensive review from Zhang and Beachy, Nature Reviews Molecular and Cell Biology 2023, which makes the point that both the CRD and 7TM sites are critical for cholesterol activation of SMO as well as PTCH-mediated regulation of SMO-cholesterol interactions).

      In contrast, a large body of literature supports a dual-site model in which both the CRD and the TMD are bona fide cholesterol-binding sites essential for SMO activation. Examples include:

      a) Byrne et al., Nature 2016: point mutation of the CRD cholesterol binding site impairs-but does not abolish-SMO activation by cholesterol (SMO D99A, Y134F, and combination mutants - Fig 3 of the 2016 study).

      b) Myers et al., Dev Cell 2013 and PNAS 2017: CRD deletion mutants retain responsiveness to PTCH regulation and cholesterol mimetics (similar Hh responsiveness of a CRD deletion mutant is also observed in Fig 4 Byrne et al, Nature 2016).

      c) Deshpande et al., Nature 2019: mutation of residues in the TMD cholesterol binding site blocks SMO activation entirely, strongly implicating the TMD as a required site, in contrast to the partial effects of mutating or deleting the CRD site.

      Qi et al., Nature 2019, and Deshpande et al., Nature 2019, both reported cholesterol binding at the TMD site based on high-resolution structural data. Oddly, Deshpande et al., Nature 2019, is not cited in the discussion of TMD binding on p. 3, despite being one of the first papers to describe cholesterol in the TMD site and its necessity for activation (the authors only cite it regarding activation of SMO by synthetic small molecules).

      Kinnebrew et al., Sci Adv 2022 report that CRD deletion abolished PTCH regulation, which is seemingly at odds with several studies above (e.g., Byrne et al, Nature 2016; Myers et al, Dev Cell 2013); but this difference may reflect the use of an N-terminal GFP fusion to SMO in the Kinnebrew et al 2022, which could alter SMO activation properties by sterically hindering activation at the TMD site by cholesterol (but not synthetic SMO agonists like SAG); in contrast, the earlier work by Byrne et al is not subject to this caveat because it used an untagged, unmodified form of SMO.

      Although overexpression of PTCH1 and SMO (wild-type or mutant) has been noted as a caveat in studies of CRD-independent SMO activation by cholesterol, this reviewer points out that several of the studies listed above include experiments with endogenous PTCH1 and low-level SMO expression, demonstrating that SMO can clearly undergo activation by cholesterol (as well as regulation by PTCH1) in a manner that does not require the CRD.

      Recommendation:

      The authors should revise the manuscript to provide a more balanced overview of the field and explicitly acknowledge that the CRD is not the sole activation site. Instead, a dual-site model is more consistent with available structural, mutational, and functional data. In addition, the authors should reframe their interpretation of their MD studies to reflect this broader and more accurate view of how cholesterol binds and activates SMO.

      (2) Bias in Presentation of Translocation Pathways

      The manuscript presents the model of cholesterol translocation through SMO to the CRD as the predominant (if not sole) mechanism of activation. Statements such as: "Cholesterol traverses SMO to ultimately reach the CRD binding site" (p. 6) suggest an exclusivity that is not supported by prior literature in the field. Indeed, the authors' own MD data presented here demonstrate more stable cholesterol binding at the TMD than at the CRD (p 17), and binding of cholesterol to the TMD site is essential for SMO activation. As such, it is appropriate to acknowledge that cholesterol may activate SMO by translocating through the TM5/6 tunnel, then binding to the TMD site, as this is a likely route of SMO activation in addition to the CRD translocation route they highlight in their discussion.

      The authors describe two possible translocation pathways (Pathway 1: TM2/3 entry to TMD; Pathway 2: TM5/6 entry and direct CRD transfer), but do not sufficiently acknowledge that their own empirical data support Pathway 2 as more relevant. Indeed, because their experimental data suggest Pathway 2 is more strongly linked to SMO activation, this pathway should be weighted more heavily in the authors' discussion. In addition, Pathway 2 is linked to cholesterol binding to both the TMD and CRD sites (the former because the TMD binding site is at the terminus of the hydrophobic tunnel, the latter via the translocation pathway described in the present manuscript), so it is appropriate that Pathway 2 figure more prominently than Pathway 1 into the authors' discussion.

      The authors also claim that "there is no experimental structure with cholesterol in the inner leaflet region of SMO TMD" (p 16). However, a structural study of apo-SMO from the Manglik and Cheng labs (Zhang et al., Nat Comm, 2022) identified a cholesterol molecule docked at the TM5/6 interface and also proposed a "squeezing" mechanism by which cholesterol could enter the TM5/6 pocket from the membrane. The authors do not take this SMO conformation into account in their models, nor do they discuss the possibility that conformational dynamics at the TM5/6 interface could facilitate cholesterol flipping and translocation into the hydrophobic conduit, even though both possibilities have precedent in the 2022 empirical cryoEM structural analysis.

      Recommendation:

      The authors should avoid oversimplification of the SMO cholesterol activation process, either by tempering these claims or broadening their discussion to better reflect the complexity and multiplicity of cholesterol access and activation routes for SMO, and consider the 2022 apo-SMO cryoEM structure in their analysis of the TM5/6 translocation pathway.

      (3) Alternative Possibility: Direct Membrane Access to CRD

      The possibility that the CRD extracts cholesterol directly from the membrane outer leaflet is not considered. While the crystal structures place the CRD in a stable pose above the membrane, multiple cryo-EM studies suggest that the CRD is dynamic and adopts a variety of conformations, raising the possibility that the stability of the CRD in the crystal structures is a result of crystal packing and that the CRD may be far more dynamic under more physiological conditions.

      Recommendation:

      The authors should explicitly acknowledge and evaluate this potential mechanism and, if feasible, assess its plausibility through MD simulations.

      (4) Inconsistent Framing of Study Scope and Limitations

      The discussion contains some contradictory and misleading language. For example, the authors state that "In this study we only focused on the cholesterol movement from the membrane to CRD binding site." and then several sentences later state that "We outline the entire translocation mechanism from a kinetic and thermodynamic perspective.". These statements are at odds. The former appropriately (albeit briefly) notes the limited scope of the modeling, while the latter overstates the generality of the findings.

      In addition, the authors' narrow focus on the CRD site constitutes a major caveat to the entire work. It should be acknowledged much earlier in the manuscript, preferably in the introduction, rather than mentioned as an aside in the penultimate paragraph of the conclusion.

      Recommendation:<br /> The authors should clarify the scope of the study and expand the discussion of its limitations. They should explicitly acknowledge that the study models one of several cholesterol access routes and that the findings do not rule out alternative pathways.

      Summary:

      This study has the potential to make a useful contribution to our understanding of cholesterol translocation and SMO activation. However, in its current form, the manuscript presents an overly narrow and, at times, misleading view of the literature and biological models; as such, it is not nearly as impactful as it could be. I strongly encourage the authors to revise the manuscript to include:

      (1) A more balanced discussion of the CRD vs. TMD binding sites.

      (2) Acknowledgment of alternative cholesterol access pathways.

      (3) More comprehensive citation of prior structural and functional studies.

      (4) Clarification of assumptions and scope.

      Of note, the above suggestions require little to no additional MD simulations or experimental studies, but would significantly enhance the rigor and impact of the work.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study addresses the role of MIRO1 in vascular smooth muscle cell proliferation, proposing a link between MIRO1 loss and altered growth due to disrupted mitochondrial dynamics and function. While the findings are potentially useful for understanding the importance of mitochondrial positioning and function in this specific cell type within health and disease contexts, the evidence presented appears incomplete, with key bioenergetic and mechanistic claims lacking adequate support.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study focuses on an important regulatory protein, MIRO1, and its role in vascular smooth muscle cell (VSMC) proliferation, a relatively underexplored context.

      (2) It explores the link between smooth muscle cell growth, mitochondrial dynamics, and bioenergetics, which is a potentially significant area for both basic and translational biology.

      (3) The use of both in vivo and in vitro systems provides a potentially useful experimental framework to interrogate MIRO1 function in this context.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The central claim that MIRO1 loss impairs mitochondrial bioenergetics is not convincingly demonstrated, with only modest changes in respiratory parameters and no direct evidence of functional respiratory chain deficiency.

      (2) The proposed link between MIRO1 and respiratory supercomplex assembly or function is speculative, lacking mechanistic detail and supported by incomplete or inconsistent biochemical data.

      (3) Key mitochondrial assays are either insufficiently controlled or poorly interpreted, undermining the strength of the conclusions regarding oxidative phosphorylation.

      (4) The study does not adequately assess mitochondrial content or biogenesis, which could confound interpretations of changes in respiratory activity.

      (5) Overall, the evidence for a direct impact of MIRO1 on mitochondrial respiratory function in the experimental setting is weak, and the conclusions overreach the data.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Metabolons are multisubunit complexes that promote the physical association of sequential enzymes within a metabolic pathway. Such complexes are proposed to increase metabolic flux and efficiency by channeling reaction intermediates between enzymes. The TCA cycle enzymes malate dehydrogenase (MDH1) and citrate synthase (CIT1) have been linked to metabolon formation, yet the conditions under which these enzymes interact, and whether such interactions are dynamic in response to metabolic cues, remain unclear, particularly in the native cellular context. This study uses a nanoBIT protein-protein interaction assay to map the dynamic behavior of the MDH1-CIT1 interaction in response to multiple metabolic stimuli and challenges in yeast. Beyond mapping these interactions in real time, the authors also performed GC-MS metabolomics to map whole-cell metabolite alterations across experimental conditions. Finally, the authors use microscale thermophoresis to determine components that alter the MDH1-CIT1 interaction in vitro. Collectively, the authors synthesize their collected data into a model in which the MDH1-CIT1 metabolon dissociates in conditions of low respiratory flux, and is stimulated during conditions of high respiratory flux. While their data largely support these models, some key exceptions are found that suggest this model is likely oversimplified and will require further work to understand the complexities associated with MDH1-CIT1 interaction dynamics. Nonetheless, the authors put forth an interesting and timely toolkit to begin to understand the interaction kinetics and dynamics of key metabolic enzymes that should serve as a platform to begin disentangling these important yet understudied aspects of metabolic regulation.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors address an important question: how do metabolon-associated protein-protein interactions change across altered metabolic conditions?

      (2) The development and validation of the MDH1-CIT1 nanoBIT assay provides an important tool to allow the quantification of this protein-protein interaction in vivo. Importantly, the authors demonstrate that the assay allows kinetic and real time assessment of these protein interactions, which reveal interesting and dynamic behavior across conditions.

      (3) The use of classic biochemical techniques to confirm that pH and various metabolites can alter the MDH1-CIT1 interaction in vitro is rigorous and supports the model put forth by the authors.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Some of the data collected seem to be merely reported rather than synthesized and interpreted for the reader. This is particularly true for data that seem to reflect more complex trends, such as the GC-MS experiments that map metabolites across multiple experiments, or treatments that show somewhat counterintuitive results, such as the antimycin A treatment, which promotes rather than disrupts the MDH1-CIT1 interaction.

      (2) Some of the assertions put forth in the manuscript are not substantiated by the data presented, and the authors are at times overly reliant on previous findings from the literature to support their claims. This is particularly notable for claims about "TCA cycle flux"; the authors do not perform flux analysis anywhere in their study and should be cautious when insinuating correlations between their observations and "flux".

      (3) The manuscript presentation could be improved. For figures, at times, the axes do not have intuitive labels (example, Figure 1A), data points and details about the number of samples analyzed are missing (bar graphs and box plots), and molecular weight markers are not reported on western blots. The authors refer to the figures out of order in the text, which makes the manuscript challenging to navigate as a reader.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a new method for detecting and identifying proline hydroxylation sites within the proteome. This tool utilizes traditional LC-MS technology with optimized parameters, combined with HILIC-based separation techniques. The authors show that they pick up known hydroxy-proline sites and also validate a new site discovered through their pipeline.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript utilizes state-of-the-art mass spectrometric techniques with optimized collision parameters to ensure proper detection of the immonium ions, which is an advance compared to other similar approaches before. The use of synthetic control peptides on the HILIC separation step clearly demonstrates the ability of the method to reliably distinguish hydroxy-proline from oxidized methionine - containing peptides. Using this method, they identify a site on CDCA2, which they go on to validate in vitro and also study its role in regulation of mitotic progression in an associated manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite the authors' claim about the specificity of this method in picking up the intended peptides, there is a good amount of potential false positives that also happen to get picked (owing to the limitations of MS-based readout), and the authors' criteria for downstream filtering of such peptides require further clarification. In the same vein, greater and more diverse cell-based validation approach will be helpful to substantiate the claims regarding enrichment of peptides in the described pathway analyses.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Type II IRES, such as those from encephalomyocarditis virus (EMCV) and foot-and-mouth disease virus (FMDV), mediate cap-independent translation initiation by using the full complement of eukaryotic initiation factors (eIFs), except the cap-binding protein eIF4E. The molecular details of how IRES type II interacts with the ribosome and initiation factors to promote recruitment have remained unclear. Das and Hussain used cryo-electron microscopy to determine the structure of a translation initiation complex assembled on the EMCV IRES. The structure reveals a direct interaction between the IRES and the 40S ribosomal subunit, offering mechanistic insight into how type II IRES elements recruit the ribosome.

      Strengths:

      The structure reveals a direct interaction between the IRES and the 40S ribosomal subunit, offering mechanistic insight into how type II IRES elements recruit the ribosome.

      Weaknesses:

      While this reviewer acknowledges the technical challenges inherent in determining the structure of such a highly flexible complex, the overall resolution remains insufficient to fully support the authors' conclusions, particularly given that cryo-EM is the sole experimental approach presented in the manuscript.

      The study is biologically significant; however, the authors should improve the resolution or include complementary biochemical validation.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Bru et al. investigated how inorganic phosphate (Pi) is buffered in cells using S. cerevisiae as a model. Pi is stored in cells in the form of polyphosphates in acidocalcisomes. In S. cerevisiae, the vacuole, which is the yeast lysosome, also fulfills the function of Pi storage organelle. Therefore, yeast is an ideal system to study Pi storage and mobilization.

      They can recapitulate in their previously established system, using isolated yeast vacuoles, findings from their own and other groups. They integrate the available data and propose a working model of feedback loops to control the level of Pi on the cellular level.

      This is a solid study, in which the biological significance of their findings is not entirely clear. The data analysis and statistical significance need to be improved and included, respectively. The manuscript would have benefited from rigorously testing the model, which would also have increased the impact of the study.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Bhandari, Keglovits, et al. explore the representational structure of task encoding in the lateral prefrontal cortex. Through an impressive fMRI data-collection effort, they compare and contrast neural representations across tasks with different high-level stimulus-response structures. They find that the lateral prefrontal cortex shows enhanced encoding of task-relevant information, but that most of these representations do not generalize across conditions (i.e., have low abstraction). This appears to be driven in part by the representation of task conditions being clustered by the higher-order task properties ('global' representations), with poor generalization across these clusters ('local' representations). Overall, this paper provides an interesting account of how task representations are encoded in the PFC.

      Strengths:

      (1) Impressive dataset, which may provide further opportunities for investigating prefrontal representations.

      (2) Clever task design, allowing the authors to confound several features within a complex paradigm.

      (3) Best-practice analysis for decoding, similarity analyses, and assessments of representational geometry.

      (4) Extensive analyses to quantify the structure of PFC task representations.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The paper would benefit from improved presentational clarity: more scaffolding of design and analysis decisions, clearer grounding to understand the high-level interpretations of the analyses (e.g., context, cluster, abstraction), and better visualizations of the key findings.

      (2) The paper would benefit from stronger theoretical motivation for the experimental design, as well as a refined discussion on the implications of these findings for theories of cognitive control.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors have developed a new Ca indicator conjugated to the peptide, which likely recognizes synaptic ribbons and have measured microdomain Ca near synaptic ribbons at retinal bipolar cells. This interesting approach allows one to measure Ca close to transmitter release sites, which may be relevant for synaptic vesicle fusion and replenishment. Though microdomain Ca at the active zone of ribbon synapses has been measured by Hudspeth and Moser, the new study uses the peptide recognizing synaptic ribbons, potentially measuring the Ca concentration relatively proximal to the release sites.

      Strengths:

      The study is, in principle, technically well done, and the peptide approach is technically interesting, which allows one to image Ca near the particular protein complexes. The approach is potentially applicable to other types of imaging.

      Weaknesses:

      Peptides may not be entirely specific, and genetic approach tagging particular active zone proteins with fluorescent Ca indicator proteins may well be more specific. The readers should be aware of this, when interpreting the results.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper presents a framework for a multilevel agent-based model of the drosophila larva, using a simplified larval body and locomotor equations coupled to oscillators and sensory input. The model itself is built upon significant existing literature, particularly Wystrach, Lagogiannis, and Webb 2016 and Jürgensen et al. 2024. The aim is to generate an easily configurable, well-documented platform for organism-scale behavioral simulation in specific experiments. The authors demonstrate qualitative similarity between in vivo behavioral experiments to calibrated models.

      Strengths:

      The goal is excellent - a system to rapidly run computational experiments that align naturally with behavioral experiments would be well-suited to develop intuitions and cut through hypotheses. The authors provide quantitative descriptions that show that the best-fit parameters in their models produce results that agree with several properties of larval locomotion.

      The description of model calibration in the appendix is clear and explains several aspects of the model better than the main text.

      In addition, the code is well-organized using contemporary Python tooling and the documentation is nicely in progress (although it remains incomplete). However, see notes for difficulties with installation.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) As presented here the modeling itself is described in an unclear fashion and without a particular scientific question. The majority of the effort appears to be calibrating modest extensions of existing models and applying them to very simple experiments. This could be an effective first part of a paper on the software tool, but the paper needs to point to a scientific question or, if it is a tool paper, a gap in the current state of modeling tools needed to address scientific goals. While the manuscript has a good overview of larval behavioral papers, the discussion of modeling is more of an afterthought. However, the paper is a modeling paper and the contribution is to modeling and particularly with this work's minor adaptions of existing models, it is unclear what the principle contribution is intended to be.

      (2) While the models presented do qualitatively agree with experimental data in specific situations, there is no effort to challenge the model assumptions or compare them to alternative models. Simply because the data is consistent in a small number of simple experiments does not mean that the models are correct. Moreover, given the highly empirical nature of the modeling, I wonder what results are largely the model putting out what was put in, particularly with regards to kinematic results like frequency and body length or the effect of learning simply changing the sensory gain constant. It is difficult to imagine how at this level of empirical modeling, it would appear quite difficult to integrate the type of cell-type-specific perturbation or functional observation that is common in larval experiments.

      (3) The central framing of a "layered control architecture" does not have a significant impact on the work presented here and the paper would do better with less emphasis on it. Given the limited empirical models, there are only so many parameters where different components can influence one another, and as best as I can tell from the paper there is only chemotaxis and modulation of a chemotactic gain constant that are incorporated so far. However, since these are empirical functions it says little about how the layers are actually controlled by the nervous system - indeed, the larval nervous system appears to have many levels of local and long-range module of circuits at both the sensory and motor layers. It is not clear how this aspect would contribute beyond the well-appreciated concept of a relatively finite set of behavioral primitives in an insect brain, particularly for the fly larva. What would be a contradictory model and how would the authors differentiate between that and the one they currently propose? If focusing only on olfactory learning and chemotaxis, how does the current framing add to the existing understanding?

      (4) The paper uses experimental data to calibrate the models, however, the experiments are not described at all in the text.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work provides graphical tools for reconstructing the detailed anatomy of a nervous system from a series of sections imaged by electron microscopy. Contact between neuronal processes can direct outgrowth and is necessary for connectivity, thus function. A bioinformatic approach is used to group neurons according to shared features (e.g., contact, synapses) in a hierarchy of "relatedness" that can be interrogated at each step. In this work, Koonze et al analyze vEM data sets for the C. elegans nerve ring (NR), a dense fascicle of processes from181 neurons. In a bioinformatic approach, the clustering algorithm Diffusion Condensation (DC) groups neurons according to similar cell biological features in iterations that remove chunks of differences in feature data with each step ultimately merging all NR neurons in one cluster. DC results are displayed with C-Phate a 3D visualization tool to produce a trajectory that can be interrogated for cell identities and other features at each iterative step. In previous work by these authors, this approach was utilized to identify subgroups of neuronal processes or "strata" in the NR that can be grouped by physical contact and connectivity. Here they expand their analysis to include a series of available vEM data sets across C. elegans larval development. This approach suggests that strata initially established during embryonic development are largely preserved in the adult. Importantly, exceptions involving stage specific-specific reorganization of neuronal placement in specific strata were also detected. A case study featured in the paper demonstrates the utility of this approach for visualizing the integration of newly generated neurons into the existing NR anatomy. Visualization tools used in this work are publicly available at NeuroSCAN.

      Strengths:

      A web-based app, NeuroSCAN, that individual researchers can use to interrogate the structure and organization of the C. elegans nerve ring across development.

      Weaknesses:

      minor revisions

      Comments on Revisions:

      The authors have satisfactorily addressed my critiques.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In the present study, the authors describe the development of new tools and imaging strategies to assess the concomitant development of excitatory and inhibitory synapses in dissociated neuron cultures. To this end, they generate fluorescently tagged constructs of excitatory and inhibitory synapse marker proteins using either conventional overexpression or CRISPR-based strategies. They then image these marker proteins over a timespan of 15 hours to assess synaptic dynamics at different developmental timepoints. Based on their data, they conclude that excitatory and inhibitory synapse development occur in concert to maintain a functional balance despite individual synapse turnover.

      Overall, this study addresses an interesting question, i.e., the interplay between the development of excitatory and inhibitory synapses, which has important implications, particularly for neurodevelopmental disorders in which the balance of excitation and inhibition is disrupted. The experiments are technically solid and well-executed, and the individual images are highly compelling.

      However, a number of aspects remain to be addressed in order for the study to support the claims made by the authors. First, the novelty aspect of the development of the fluorescently tagged synaptic proteins is unclear, since reporters of this nature are in routine use in many labs. Second, the analysis of the acquired images often seems incomplete, with only example images but no quantification shown, or the distinction between spatial and temporal dynamics appearing unclear. Third, given this incomplete analysis, the interpretations of the authors are not always convincingly supported by the data presented. In conclusion, substantial improvements are required to render the main messages of the study clear and compelling.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This paper investigates invariance to natural background noise in the auditory cortex of ferrets and humans. The authors first replicate, in ferrets, a finding from human neuroimaging showing that invariance to background noise increases along the cortical hierarchy (i.e. from primary to non-primary auditory cortex). Next, the authors ask whether this pattern of invariance could be explained by differences in tuning to low-level acoustic features across primary and non-primary regions. The authors conclude that this tuning can explain the spatial organization of background invariance in ferrets, but not in humans. The conclusions of the paper are well supported by the data.

      The paper is very straightforwardly written, with a generally clear presentation including well-designed and visually appealing figures. Not only does this paper provide an important replication in a non-human animal model commonly used in auditory neuroscience, but also it extends the original findings in three ways. First, the authors reveal a more fine-grained gradient of background invariance by showing that background invariance increases across primary, secondary and tertiary cortical regions. Second, the authors address a potential mechanism that might underlie this pattern of invariance by considering whether differences in tuning to frequency and spectrotemporal modulations across regions could account for the observed pattern of invariance. The spectrotemporal modulation encoding model used here is a well-established approach in auditory neuroscience and seems appropriate for exploring potential mechanisms underlying invariance in auditory cortex, particularly in ferrets. Third, the authors provide a more complete picture of invariance by additionally analyzing foreground invariance, a complementary measure not explored in the original study.

      Comments on author revisions:

      The authors have thoroughly addressed the concerns raised in my initial review.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this revised manuscript, the authors explore how Mtb can infect hepatocytes and create a favorable niche associated with upregulation of the transcription factor PPARγ which presumably allows the bacteria to scavenge lipids from lipid droplets in host cells and upregulate drug-metabolizing enzymes to protect against its elimination. In response to the review, the authors have performed some additional immunostaining of hepatocytes, added more detail to figure legends, added experiments somewhat showing improved colocalization and staining, clarified several points and paragraphs, and updated the referenced literature and discussion.

      The current manuscript provides evidence that human miliary TB patients have infection of hepatocytes with Mtb, with evidence that the bacteria survive at least partially through upregulation of PPARγ, which significantly changes the lipid milieu of the cells. There is also an examination of transcriptomics and lipid metabolism in response to Mtb infection, as well as drug tolerance of Mtb inside hepatocytes. The current manuscript is an improvement over the previous one.

      However, although the manuscript is improved, tissue immunophenotyping of the various cells in the liver remains weak and unconvincing. This is truly a missed opportunity and lessens the rigor of the central findings and conclusions. As pointed out by another reviewer, literature has described different fates of Mtb in the liver. Given the tissue available to the authors, carefully dissecting the various cells that the bacteria are in (esp. hepatocytes versus Kupffer cells) is critical. The authors use only 2 generic markers and do not distinguish among cell types within the tissue slices. A review of the literature shows a variety of both human and mouse antibody markers. In fact, a liver atlas based on immunophenotyping has been published. Likewise, the authors comment on liver granulomas, but this is not justified without immunophenotyping.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an exciting, comprehensive paper that demonstrates the role of GATA4 on OA-like changes in chondrocytes. The authors present elegant reverse translational experiments that justify this mechanism and demonstrate the sufficiency of GATA4 in a mouse model of osteoarthritis (DMM), where GATA4 drove cartilage degeneration and pain in a manner that was significantly worse than DMM alone. This could pave the way for new therapies for OA that account for both structural changes and pain.

      Strengths:

      (1) GATA4 was identified from human chondrocytes.

      (2) IHC and sequencing confirmed GATA4 presence.

      (3) Activation of SMADs is clearly shown in vitro with GATA4 overexpression.

      (4) The role of GATA4 was functionally assessed in vivo using the mouse DMM model, where the authors uncovered that GATA4 worsens OA structure and hyperalgesia in male mice.

      (5) It is interesting that GATA4 is largely known to be found in cardiac cells and to have a role in cardiac repair, metabolism, and inflammation, among other things listed by the authors in the discussion (in liver, lung, pancreas). What could this new knowledge of GATA4 mean for OA as a potentially systemically mediated disease, where cardiac disease and metabolic syndrome are often co-morbid?

      Weaknesses:

      (1) It would be useful to explain why GATA4 was chosen over HIF1a, which was the most differentially expressed.

      (2) In Figure 5, it would be useful to demonstrate the non-surgical or naive limbs to help contextualize OARSI scores and knee hyperalgesia changes.

      (3) While there appear to be GATA4 small molecule inhibitors in various stages of development that could be used to assess the effects in age-related OA, those experiments are out of scope for the current study.

      Comments on revised version:

      I do not have further comments. Thank you for addressing the previously mentioned concerns.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their article "Range geography and temperature variability explain cross-continental convergence in range and phenology shifts in a model insect taxon" the authors rigorously investigate the spatial and temporal trends in the occurrence of odonate species and their potential drivers. Specifically, they examine whether species shift their geographic ranges poleward or alter their phenology to cope with changing conditions. Leveraging opportunistic observations of European and North American odonates, they find that species showing significant range shifts also exhibited shifts to earlier emergence. Considering a broad range of potential predictors, their results reveal that geographical factors, but not functional traits, are associated with these shifts.

      Strengths:

      The article addresses an important topic in ecology and conservation that is particularly timely in the face of reports of substantial insects declines in North America and Europe over the past decades. Through data integration the authors leverage the rich natural history record for odonates, broadening the taxonomic scope of analyses of temporal trends in phenology and distribution. The combination of phenological and range shifts in one framework presents an elegant way to reconcile previous findings and informs about the drivers of biodiversity loss.

      Weaknesses:

      To better understand whether species shifting both their ranges and phenology are more successful, or as stated here are 'clear winners', and hence whether those that do neither are more vulnerable would require integrating population trends alongside the discussed response. The ~10% species that have not shifted their distribution or phenology might have not declined in abundance, if they have rapidly adapted to local changes in climatic conditions (i.e. they might show a plastic response). These species might be the real 'winners', while species that have recently shifted their ranges or phenology may eventually reach hard limits. The authors are discussing this limitation but might want to adapt their wording, given the potential for misinterpretation. The finding that species with more northern ranges showed lesser northward shifts would speak to the fact that some species have already reached such a geographical range limit.

      Achievements and impact:

      The results support broad differences in the response of odonate species to climate change, and the prediction that range geography and temperature seasonality are more important predictors of these changes than functional traits. Simultaneously addressing range and phenological shifts highlights that most species exhibit coupled responses but also identifies a significant portion of species that do not respond in these ways that are of critical conservation concern. These results are important for improving forecasts of species' responses to climate change and identifying species of particularly conservation concern. Although not exhaustive regarding abundance trends, the study presents an important step towards a general framework for investigating the drivers of multifaceted species responses.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Canelo et al. used a combination of mathematical modeling and behavioral experiments to ask how flies orient to visual features and stabilize their gaze. In particular, the authors propose three models of visuomotor control, which lead to specific experimental predictions. With the goal of teasing out the suggested models, the authors design three flight experiments: 1) a bar-background experiment, 2) a looming-background experiment, and 3) a bar-background statistics experiment. The authors claim that: experiment 1 data favor the addition-only and graded EC model; experiment 2 data favor the all-or-none EC model; experiment 3 appears to suggest a graded EC model.

      While the study is interesting, there are major issues with the conceptual framework. In general, there is a major disconnect between model and animal data. The manuscript lacks a statistical framework to support or refute the proposed models. In the end, it is unclear what are the main conclusions of the manuscript and contributions to the field.

      Strengths:

      They ask a significant question related to efference copies during volitional movement.

      The figures are overall clear and salient.

      Weaknesses:

      Comparison of model to fly data:<br /> In general, the manuscript suffers from a lack of quantitative comparisons between proposed models and fly data, which compromises the main findings of the work. While Figure 1-Fig. supplement 1 shows a direct comparison between experiment and model predictions, puzzlingly there is no such quantitative comparison in the main manuscript for the faster moving stimuli. Please overlay model predictions and experimental data and provide statistical comparisons throughout. The 3 proposed models are hypotheses, but there is no statistical framework to reject or support the models/hypotheses. Further, there is a disconnect between the new flight experiments and models. In fact, we do not see the model predictions for the set of experimental conditions tested in Figs. 5-7.

      Concerns about mechanical model: I have several concerns regarding the biomechanics block in Figure 2:

      (1) The inertia coefficient, derived from free flight studies. does not take into account the fact that the center of rotation and center of mass do not align in the magnetic tether (see Bender & Dickinson, 2006 for estimates). This must be corrected using the parallel axis theorem. As the authors compare the model prediction to experimental data in a magnetic tether, it is critical that they revise their analysis.

      (2) According to their chosen inertia and damping constants, they would estimate that the I/C time constant is ~1E-3 ms, which is much much smaller than what has been estimated for yaw turns in the magnetic tether (200 ms; Bender & Dickinson, 2006) or free flight saccades (~17 ms; see Cheng et al., 2010; 10.1242/jeb.038778). The bottom line is that the current model underestimates the influence of inertia in turn manoeuvres, i.e. the aerodynamic damping is cranked up too high relative to yaw inertia. This may explain the mismatch between data and model that the authors posit, "What causes the fly to undershoot the movement of the target object in the magnetically tethered assay? One hypothesis is that strong upward magnetic force or a blunt top end of the steel pin significantly dampens the flies' flight turns."

      Loom response experiment:<br /> As nicely shown by 10.1242/jeb.02369, visual stimulation of looming stimuli in the magnetic tether evokes saccades. Is it the case as well in Fig. 6? Without showing individual trials, it is not possible to know whether this is the case. If indeed saccades are present, then the authors will have to reframe their results given the physiological evidence for saccade-related cancellation signals and the three proposed models.

      Minor comments:

      Missing Equation 13 for saccade model in Methods.

      For the discussion and results related to flight responses to the mismatch between expected and actual visual feedback, which is germane to the proposed models, the authors should integrate a discussion of a recent paper which directly tested this idea through an augmented reality system: 10.1016/j.cub.2023.11.045. In particular, the authors argue that the optomotor response is not particularly flexible because it may not rely on an internal model, as suggested by recent physiological evidence (Fenk et al.). How do these findings relate to the 3 proposed models within your work?

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors used fMRI to determine whether peripherally viewed objects could be decoded from the foveal cortex, even when the objects themselves were never viewed foveally. Specifically, they investigated whether pre-saccadic target attributes (shape, semantic category) could be decoded from the foveal cortex. They found that object shape, but not semantic category, could be decoded, providing evidence that foveal feedback relies on low-mid-level information. The authors claim that this provides evidence for a mechanism underlying visual stability and object recognition across saccades.

      Strengths:

      I think this is another nice demonstration that peripheral information can be decoded from / is processed in the foveal cortex - the methods seem appropriate, and the experiments and analyses are carefully conducted, and the main results seem convincing. The paper itself was very clear and well-written.

      Weaknesses:

      There are a couple of reasons why I think the main theoretical conclusions drawn from the study might not be supported, and why a more thorough investigation might be needed to draw these conclusions.

      (1) The authors used a blocked design, with each object being shown repeatedly in the same block. This meant that the stimulus was entirely predictable on each block, which weakens the authors' claims about this being a predictive mechanism that facilitates object recognition - if the stimulus is 100% predictable, there is no aspect of recognition or discrimination actually being tested. I think to strengthen these claims, an experiment would need to have unpredictable stimuli, and potentially combine behavioural reports with decoding to see whether this mechanism can be linked to facilitating object recognition across saccades.

      (2) Given that foveal feedback has been found in previous studies that don't incorporate saccades, how is this a mechanism that might specifically contribute to stability across saccades, rather than just being a general mechanism that aids the processing/discrimination of peripherally-viewed stimuli? I don't think this paper addresses this point, which would seem to be crucial to differentiate the results from those of previous studies.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This paper used computational modeling of infants' performance in a reversal learning paradigm to identify two subgroups of infants, one that initially learned a bit faster but then perseverated more and failed to switch after the reversal (yellow cluster), and those who sampled more before the switch but then perseverated less/switched better (magenta cluster - though see below for comments about infants' overall weak performance). The authors describe magenta babies as showing a profile of greater cognitive flexibility, which they note in adults is linked to better outcomes and a lower incidence of psychiatric disorder. Indeed, the yellow cluster scored less well on several scales of the Vineland and showed lower surgency on the IBQ than the magenta cluster. The authors argue that this paper paves the way for the field of "infant computational neuropsychiatry."

      In general, I think this is a fun and intriguing paper. That said, I have a number of concerns with how it is currently written.

      First, the role of pupil dilation in the models was really unclear -- I've read it through a few times and came away with different impressions each time. I am now pretty sure the models were only based on infants' behavioural responses (e.g., choice for the correct versus incorrect location) rather than differences in pupil size, but pupil size kept popping up throughout, and so I initially thought the clusters were based on that. The authors should clarify this so other readers are not confused. (One thing that might help is avoiding the word "behaviour" on its own, unless it is further specified as looking behaviour or not, as I assume that some would characterize pupil dilation as a behaviour as well.)

      If clusters were NOT based on pupil size (e.g., reaction to prediction error), why not? Was this attempted, and did no clusters emerge? Did the yellow and magenta group also differ in reaction to prediction error, or not? It seems like the argument that this work will be the basis of infant computational psychiatry would require that there not simply be a link between behaviour in an infant study and other measurements of their functioning - because many other papers to date have demonstrated such relationships, many longitudinally - but instead with the link to something where the neurobiology of the behaviour being studied is better understood. I assume this is why pupil dilation kept coming up, but again, it didn't actually seem to be part of the modelling unless I missed something. That is, although I think that this is a nice finding, currently I think the novelty of the finding, as well as the suggestion that it will start a whole new field, may be overblown. I certainly think the pupillometry data has promise, as does the LUMO data, which the authors alluded to being in the works. But perhaps the implications should be toned down a bit in this paper, until those data are further along.

      My final substantial comment (a few more minimal ones below) is that overall, babies did quite poorly at this task. Even after 9 post-switch trials, the magenta group was still responding at chance, and the yellow group seemed not to switch at all. Infants then all seemed to perform very well again during block 2, which makes it seem like they still had the original contingency in mind. That said, from what I could see, no data was provided about how many babies looked to the original correct first during Block 2. But based on the data, I assume they basically all went back to predicting on the first side, as otherwise their return to high levels of successful trials would not make sense, unless they somehow forgot the entire thing. It would be good to know for sure, and to have that data (specifically, how many babies looked to the original side again at the start of block 2) in the main paper. Given this overall lack of sensitive performance in the paradigm, even despite the cues signaling where the rewarding video would be changing completely (that is, the contingency between cue and outcome did not itself switch, the cues themselves did), it seems odd to discuss things like statistical or even skillful learning alongside these data.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Marantos et al. showed that for some coliphages, the energetic state of the bacterial host cell has a strong impact on whether phage infection is initiated. The authors drew this conclusion from the observation that there are more free phages remaining in the medium after infection of arsenate-azide-treated cells as compared to after infection of untreated cells. These data were analyzed and reported both as ratios of the treated vs. untreated conditions and using a mass-action kinetic model of phage-cell collision in the infection mixture. The data supported the findings that for four phages infecting Escherichia coli bacteria, namely, phages λ, 𝜙80, m13, and T6, the phages are less likely to initiate infection if the host bacteria are energy-depleted. However, for phage T5, the authors found that their infection propensity is not impacted.

      Strengths:

      The data presented by the authors clearly supported the principal conclusion of the study ("Viral commitment to infection depends on host metabolism"). The five phages chosen by the authors represent different viral lifestyles and infection mechanisms, highlighting the potential applicability to other Escherichia coli phages. Finally, the authors successfully used a classic mass-action model of phage-cell collision to interpret their data. The simplicity of their experimental assay, combined with the use of this mathematical model, offers other investigators who study phage-bacterial interactions in other contexts a potentially useful toolkit to examine infection in general, and specifically, the dependence of phage infection on the host's metabolic state.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors isolated and measured the numbers of free phages in the medium after infection of bacteria under different treatments. These measurements were analyzed in two different ways: (1) simply as ratios (corrected/normalized using different controls), and (2) fitted using a simple mathematical model. I have concerns regarding both analyses.

      1.1) For the first method, having different time points at which the sample of each phage is collected critically complicates data interpretation. As one incubates the phage-bacteria mixture for a longer time, more infection occurs, and the number of phages collected from the mixture decreases. Therefore, the different incubation time forfeits the goal of "a systematic and quantitative comparison across different phages [...]" (line 81), just as the authors self-criticized. Conceivably, the authors could have used the shortest measurement time for all phages (i.e., 10 minutes, as for phage λ). Alternatively, the authors could have applied a systematic criterion such as half (or any other fraction) of the latent period of each phage, which would still "maximize the incubation period while ensuring that manipulations were completed before the first infection cycle concluded" (lines 126-127). In my view, the seemingly arbitrary measurement time for each phage renders the entire first analysis very challenging to interpret. It also goes against the author's proposition that the protocol was "standardized" (line 92) or "consistent" (line 200). It is not clear what the readers are supposed to take away from this first analysis, or rather, which evidence, finding, or conclusion the manuscript would lose if the authors only presented the modeling-based analysis.

      1.2) The second method of analysis sought to remove the dependence of the measurements on time. I completely agree with this goal, and the findings extracted from this analysis significantly contributed to the merits of this manuscript. However, the authors achieved this goal using a single time point for each phage to calculate the infection rate (η). As shown in Figure S3, each of the phage depletion curves is anchored by only one data point (note that the P(t)/P(0) = 1 at t = 0 is assumed, not measured). This goes against the typical way this collision model is used in the literature, where a time series is measured and used to fit the model (e.g., DOI 10.1007/978-1-60327-164-6 18, or more recently, PMID 39700139). This practice in the current manuscript reduced the robustness of the inferred η values. This problem is exacerbated by assumptions used by the authors in formulating this model. For instance, the authors used a constant value for the bacterial concentration, B, because "bacterial growth and lysis were negligible" (lines 135-136). However, considering that the bacteria were cultured at 37oC in a very rich medium (first in YT broth, then in 2% glucose), the measurement times of 20, 30, and 55 minutes are most likely one or a few generations of bacterial growth and division.

      Related note: I suggest that one of the panels in Figure S3 should be moved to the main text, since it is critical to the second method of analysis.

      (2) The data were able to distinguish phages that successfully infected bacteria and those that remained free in the medium, and the authors appropriately interpreted the data as such throughout the Results section. However, in the Discussion (starting from the very first sentence, line 172), the authors used terms that include "adsorption" and "entry" more interchangeably (for example, see the three sentences in lines 310-313, for "viral entry efficiency is shaped by [...]", then "adsorption kinetics modeling"). I do not see how the authors' data could distinguish between adsorption (the phage particles attaching to the outside of the cell) and entry (the phage DNA being injected into the cell). Conceivably, any phage particles that irreversibly attach to a cell but do not yet inject their genome into the cell would still be removed from the medium and therefore not quantified. Another example: in lines 189-191, the authors interpreted that "[...] when the bacterium is in a low metabolic state, the phage does not bind irreversibly to the host", but how do the authors eliminate the case of no phage binding (i.e., the reversible step) to begin with? Similarly, in lines 283-293, how do the authors delineate whether energy depletion would increase the k_off term or decrease the k_inj term, because either would result in more free phages in the medium as observed in the data? I believe that the writing of the Discussion, as it stands now, is doing a disservice to the conclusions presented in the Results section.

      (3) The authors presented an argument that performing infection of all five phages in the same condition is an advantage, allowing for comparison across different phages. While this goal is a completely valid one, it is difficult to reconcile that with the fact that different phages require different optimal conditions for successful infection. For instance, phage T5 famously requires Ca2+ for successful infection into the host bacterium (and later successful replication); see PMID 13174489. However, all infections were performed in TMG, which lacks Ca2+. Perhaps the absence of T5 dependence on the host metabolism is because the infection condition used by the authors was not optimal for T5 to begin with? Similar arguments could be made for other phages.

      (4) Whereas the manuscript examined five coliphages, only phage T5 and phage λ were discussed extensively. I believe some discussion points for these two phages need clarification.

      4.1) Phage T5: The data obtained by the authors show that the infection rate of phage T5 is not impacted by the metabolic state of the host cell. Considering that the authors used the terms "infection", "adsorption", and "entry" interchangeably to refer to the irreversible commitment of a phage to a host cell (see point 2), this discussion regarding phage T5 lacks one critical literature context: DNA entry of phage T5 is known to occur in two phases (first-step transfer and second-step transfer). Critically, the second step can only occur if phage proteins encoded by the phage DNA transferred in the first step are expressed (see PMID 10577483 and the cited papers therein). In that context, metabolic poisoning of the host bacteria should have impeded T5 infection. The authors should comment on this point.

      4.2) Phage λ: The experiment using phage λ in this current study shares many resemblances to that in Brown et al. 2022. That feature alone is not a problem, but at many places in the text, the writing is ambiguous as to whether it is discussing the results in Brown et al. 2022 or in the current manuscript. I am giving three examples below, but this is not exhaustive: (i) Lines 67-69, there is no Brown et al. 2022 reference immediately after "a mutant phage variant (λh) could bypass this dependency [...]" (not just in the previous sentence); (ii) Line 228 should clearly say "Our previous findings suggested that phage λ is capable of [...]", since it concerns Brown et al., 2022, not the current study; and (iii) Lines 245-246, there is no Brown et al., 2022 reference immediately after "we observed that a mutant variant [...] even energy-depleted host" (without a reference, it reads like the authors "observed" that finding in this current manuscript).

      Also, regarding phage λ: The discussion between line 230 and line 249 is very interesting, but since it concerns the differences between λ PaPa and Ur-λ, the authors should consider mentioning and discussing a very relevant recent study, PMCID: PMC6312755.

      (5) Control experiments, or references to prior studies, are needed to support that the As/Az treatment at this concentration and duration (at least 10 minutes) is sufficient to deplete the metabolic state of the cell. For instance, this can be shown by impeded or null cell growth, arrested motility (using a standard swimming assay), or a fluorescent reporter for the energetic state of the cell.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a strong and important report that presents a framework for understanding cortical contributions to neonatal respiration. Overall, the authors successfully achieved their goal of linking cortical activity to respiratory drive. Despite the correlational nature of this study, it is a crucial step in establishing a foundation for future work to elucidate the interaction between cortical activity and breathing.

      Strengths:

      (1) The introduction and use of workflows that establish correlational relationships between breathing and brain activity.

      (2) The execution of these workflows in human neonates.

      Weaknesses:

      Interpretations related to causal inference, confounds of sleep and caffeine, and the spatial interpretation of EEG data need to be addressed to ensure that the data appropriately support the conclusions.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the present work, Yinyin Lv et al offer evidence for the therapeutic potential of trained immunity in the context of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). Prior research has demonstrated that innate cells pre-treated (trained) with β-glucan show an enhanced pro-inflammatory response upon a second challenge.

      While an increased immune response can be beneficial and protect against bacterial infections, there is also the risk that it will worsen symptoms in various inflammatory disorders. In the present study, the authors show that mice preconditioned with β-glucan have enhanced resistance to Staphylococcus aureus infection, indicating heightened immune responses.

      The authors demonstrate that β-glucan training of bone marrow hematopoietic progenitors and peripheral monocytes mitigates the pro-inflammatory effects of colitis, with protection extending to naïve recipients of the trained cells.

      Using a dextran sulfate sodium (DSS)-induced model of colitis, β-glucan pre-treatment significantly dampens disease severity. Importantly, the use of Rag1^-/- mice, which lack adaptive immune cells, confirms that the protective effects of β-glucan are mediated by innate immune mechanisms. Further, experiments using Ccr2^-/- mice underline the necessity of monocyte recruitment in mediating this protection, highlighting CCR2 as a key factor in the mobilization of β-glucan-trained monocytes to inflamed tissues. Transcriptomic profiling reveals that β-glucan training upregulates genes associated with pattern recognition, antimicrobial defense, immunomodulation, and interferon signaling pathways, suggesting broad functional reprogramming of the innate immune compartment. In addition, β-glucan training induces a distinct monocyte subpopulation with enhanced activation and phagocytic capacity. These monocytes exhibit an increased ability to infiltrate inflamed colonic tissue and differentiate into macrophages, marked by increased expression of Cx3cr1. Moreover, among these trained monocyte and macrophage subsets, other gene expression signatures are associated with tissue and mucosal repair, suggesting a role in promoting resolution and regeneration following inflammatory insult.

      Strengths:

      (1) Overall, the authors present a mechanistically insightful investigation that advances our understanding of trained immunity in IBD.

      (2) By employing a range of well-characterized murine models, the authors investigate specific mechanisms involved in the effects of β-glucan training.

      (3) Furthermore, the study provides functional evidence that the protection conferred by the trained cells persists within the hematopoietic progenitors and can be transferred to naïve recipients. The integration of transcriptomic profiling allows the identification of changes in key genes and molecular pathways underlying the trained immune phenotype.

      (4) This is an important study that demonstrates that β-glucan-trained innate cells confer protection against colitis and promote mucosal repair, and these findings underscore the potential of harnessing innate immune memory as a therapeutic approach for chronic inflammatory diseases.

      Weaknesses:

      However, FPKM is not ideal for between-sample comparisons due to its within-sample normalization approach. Best practices recommend using raw counts (with DESeq2) for more robust statistical inference.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper by Li et al. describes the crystal structure of a complex of Sld3-Cdc45-binding domain (CBD) with Cdc45 and a model of the dimer of an Sld3-binding protein, Sld7, with two Sld3-CBD-Cdc45 for the tethering. In addition, the authors showed the genetic analysis of the amino acid substitution of residues of Sld3 in the interface with Cdc45 and biochemical analysis of the protein interaction between Sld3 and Cdc45 as well as DNA binding activity of Sld3 to the single-strand DNAs of the ARS sequence.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript is a comprehensive molecular and cell biological characterisation of the effects of P604 hydroxylation by PHD1 on RepoMan, a regulatory subunit of the PPIgamma complex. The identification and molecular characterisation of the hydroxylation site have been written up and deposited in BioRxiv in a separate manuscript. I reviewed the data and came to the conclusion that the hydroxylation site has been identified and characterised to a very high standard by LC-MS, in cells and in vitro reactions. I conclude that we should have no question about the validity of the PHD1-mediated hydroxylation.

      In the context of the presented manuscript, the authors postulate that hydroxylation on P604 by PHD1 leads to the inactivation of the complex, resulting in the retention of pThr3 in H3.

      Strengths:

      Compelling data, characterisation of how P604 hydroxylation is likely to induce the interaction between RepoMan and a phosphatase complex, resulting in loading of RepoMan on Chromatin. Loss of the regulation of the hydroxylation site by PHD1 results in mitotic defects.

      Weaknesses:

      Reliance on a Proline-Alanine mutation in RepoMan to mimic an unhydroxylatable protein. The mutation will introduce structural alterations, and inhibition or knockdown of PHD1 would be necessary to strengthen the data on how hydroxylates regulate chromatin loading and interactions with B56/PP2A.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The manuscript contains a carefully designed fMRI study, using MVPA patter analysis to investigate which high-level associate cortices contain target-related information to guide visual search. A special focus is hereby on so-called 'target-associated' information, that has previously been shown to help in guiding attention during visual search. For this purpose the author trained their participants and made them learn specific target-associations, in order to then test which brain regions may contain neural representations of those learnt associations. They found that at least some of the associations tested were encoded in prefrontal cortex during the cue and delay period.

      The manuscript is very carefully prepared. As far as I can see, the statistical analyses are all sound and the results integrate well with previous findings.

      I have no strong objections against the presented results and their interpretation.

      The authors have addressed all my previous comments and questions in their revision of the text.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Pattern formation is responsible for generating the spatial organization of cells, tissues, and organs during embryogenesis. It operates within a multifactorial system including initial conditions, gene regulatory networks, extracellular signals, mechanical forces, stochastic noise, and environmental inputs. Finally, it ensures the functional anatomy of an organism.

      This study focuses on the one central aspect in pattern formation: how spatial heterogeneity arises from an initial condition and evolves into a more complex or distinct spatial pattern (non-trivial pattern formation, as they termed). The authors made efforts to explore and characterize all possible ways to achieve the pattern formation. They do this by discussing how extracellular signals spread, how individual cells respond to those signals, and how those responses, in turn, modulate signal propagation.

      Finally, their comprehensive analysis summarizes that there are three classes of interactions between extracellular signals and intracellular responses, corresponding to previously known mechanisms that can generate spatial patterns: difference in morphogen concentrations in space, noise-amplification, and Turing pattern.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study adapts CRISPR-based detection toolkit (SHERLOCK assay) using conserved and species-specific targets for the detection of some members of the Trypanosomatidae family of veterinary importance and species-specific assays to differentiate between the six most common animal trypanosomes species responsible for AAT (SHERLOCK4AAT). The assays were able to discriminate between Trypanozoon (T. b. brucei, T. evansi and T. equiperdum), T. congolense (Savanah, Forest Kilifi and Dzanga sangha), T. vivax, T. theileri, T. simiae and T. suis. The design of both broad and species-specific assays was based primarily on sequences of the 18S rRNA, GAPDH (Glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase) and invariant flagellum antigen (IFX) genes for species identification. Most importantly the authors showed varying limit of detection for the different SHERLOCK assays which is somewhat comparable to PCR-derived molecular techniques currently used for detecting animal trypanosomes even though some of these methodologies have used other primers that target genes such as ITS1 and 7SL sRNA.

      The data presented in the study are particularly useful and of significant interest for diagnosis of AAT in affected areas.

      Strengths:

      The assays convincingly allow for the analysis and detection of most trypanosomes in AAT

      Weaknesses:

      Inability for the assay to distinguish T. b. brucei, T. evansi and T. equiperdum using the 18S rRNA gene as well as the IFX gene not achieving the sensitivity requirements for detection of T. vivax. Both T. brucei brucei and T. vivax are the most predominant infective species in animals (in addition to T. congolense), therefore a reliable assay should be able to convincingly detect these to allow for proper use of diagnostic assay.

    1. Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Derkaloustian et al. look at the important topic of what affects fine touch perception. The observations that there may be some level of correlation with instabilities are intriguing. They attempted to characterize different materials by counting the frequency (occurrence #, not of vibration) of instabilities at various speeds and forces of a PDMS slab pulled lengthwise over the material. They then had humans perform the same vertical motion to discriminate between these samples. They correlated the % correct in discrimination with differences in frequency of steady sliding over the design space as well as other traditional parameters such as friction coefficient and roughness.

      The authors pose an interesting hypothesis and make an interesting observation about the occurrences of instability regimes in different materials while in contact with PDMS, which is interesting for the community to see in publication. It should be noted however that the finger is complex, and there are many factors that may be over simplified, and perhaps even incorrect, with the use of the PDMS finger. There are trends, such as the trend of surfaces that are more similar in PDMS friction coefficient being easier to discriminate than those with more different PDMS friction coefficient, that contradict multiple other papers in the literature (Fehlberg et al., 2024; Smith and Scott, 1996). This may be due to the PDMS finger not being representative of the real finger conditions. A measurement of friction and the instabilities with a human finger, or demonstration that the PDMS finger is producing the same results (friction coefficient, instabilities, etc.) as a human finger, is needed.

      Strengths:

      The strength of this paper is in its intriguing hypothesis and important observation that instabilities may contribute to what humans are detecting as differences in these apparently similar samples.

      Weaknesses:

      There is are significant weaknesses in the representativeness of the PDMS finger, the vertical motion, and the speed of sliding to real human exploration. The real finger has multiple layers with different moduli. In fact, the stratum corneum cells, which are the outer layer at the interface and determine the friction, have much higher modulus than PDMS. In addition, the flat contact area can cause shifting of contact points. Both can contribute to making the PDMS finger have much more stick slip than a real finger. In fact, if you look at the regime maps, there is very little space that has steady sliding. This does not represent well human exploration of surfaces. We do not tend to use force and velocity that will cause extensive stick slip (frequent regions of 100% stick slip) and, in fact, the speeds used in the study are on the slow side, which also contributes to more stick slip. At higher speeds and lower forces, all of the materials had steady sliding regions. Further, on these very smooth surfaces, the friction and stiction are more complex and cannot dismiss considerations such as finger material property change with sweat pore occlusion and sweat capillary forces. Also, the vertical motion of both the PDMS finger and the instructed human subjects is not the motion that humans typically use to discriminate between surfaces.

      This all leads to the critical question, why is the friction, normal force, and velocity not measured during the measured human exploration using the real human finger? An alternative would be showing that the PDMS finger reproduces the results of the human finger. I have checked the author's previous papers with this setup and did not find one that showed that the PDMS finger produced the same results as a human finger (Carpenter et al., 2018; Dhong et al., 2018; Nolin et al., 2022, 2021). The reviewer is not asking to do a more detailed psychophysical study with a decision-making model. All that is being asked is to use a human finger for the friction coefficient and instability measurements at typical human forces and speeds, or at least doing these measurements with both for one or two samples to show that the PDMS finger produces the same results as a human finger. The authors posed an extremely interesting hypothesis that humans may alter their speed to feel the instability transition regions. This is something that could be measured with a real finger but is not likely to be correlated accurately enough to match regime boundaries determined with such a simplified artificial finger.

      References

      Carpenter CW, Dhong C, Root NB, Rodriquez D, Abdo EE, Skelil K, Alkhadra MA, Ramírez J, Ramachandran VS, Lipomi DJ. 2018. Human ability to discriminate surface chemistry by touch. Mater Horiz 5:70-77. doi:10.1039/C7MH00800G<br /> Dhong C, Kayser LV, Arroyo R, Shin A, Finn M, Kleinschmidt AT, Lipomi DJ. 2018. Role of fingerprint-inspired relief structures in elastomeric slabs for detecting frictional differences arising from surface monolayers. Soft Matter 14:7483-7491. doi:10.1039/C8SM01233D<br /> Fehlberg M, Monfort E, Saikumar S, Drewing K, Bennewitz R. 2024. Perceptual Constancy in the Speed Dependence of Friction During Active Tactile Exploration. IEEE Transactions on Haptics 17:957-963. doi:10.1109/TOH.2024.3493421<br /> Nolin A, Licht A, Pierson K, Lo C-Y, Kayser LV, Dhong C. 2021. Predicting human touch sensitivity to single atom substitutions in surface monolayers for molecular control in tactile interfaces. Soft Matter 17:5050-5060. doi:10.1039/D1SM00451D<br /> Nolin A, Pierson K, Hlibok R, Lo C-Y, Kayser LV, Dhong C. 2022. Controlling fine touch sensations with polymer tacticity and crystallinity. Soft Matter 18:3928-3940. doi:10.1039/D2SM00264G<br /> Smith AM, Scott SH. 1996. Subjective scaling of smooth surface friction. Journal of Neurophysiology 75:1957-1962. doi:10.1152/jn.1996.75.5.1957

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, authors utilize biophysical modeling to investigate differences in free energies and nucleosomal configuration probability density of CpG islands and nonmethylated regions in the genome. Toward this goal, they develop and apply the cgNA+ coarse-grained model, an extension of their prior molecular modeling framework.

      Strengths:

      The study utilizes biophysical modeling to gain mechanistic insight into nucleosomal occupancy differences in CpG and nonmethylated regions in the genome.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the overall study is interesting, the manuscripts need more clarity in places. Moreover, the rationale and conclusion for some of the analyses are not well described.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript, the authors investigate how glutaminolysis (GLS) and mitochondrial pyruvate import (MPC2) jointly shape B cell fate and the humoral immune response. Using inducible knockout systems and metabolic inhibitors, they uncover a "synthetic auxotrophy": When GLS activity/glutaminolysis is lost together with either GLUT1-mediated glucose uptake or MPC2, B cells fail to upregulate mitochondrial respiration, IL 21/STAT3 and IFN/STAT1 signaling is impaired, and the plasma cell output and antigen-specific antibody titers drop significantly. This work thus demonstrates the promotion of plasma cell differentiation and cytokine signaling through parallel activation of two metabolic pathways. The dataset is technically comprehensive and conceptually novel, but some aspects leave the in vivo and translational significance uncertain.

      Strengths:

      (1) Conceptual novelty: the study goes beyond single-enzyme deletions to reveal conditional metabolic vulnerabilities and fate-deciding mechanisms in B cells.

      (2) Mechanistic depth: the study uncovers a novel "metabolic bottleneck" that impairs mitochondrial respiration and elevates ROS, and directly ties these changes to cytokine-receptor signaling. This is both mechanistically compelling and potentially clinically relevant.

      (3) Breadth of models and methods: inducible genetics, pharmacology, metabolomics, seahorse assay, ELISpot/ELISA, RNA-seq, two immunization models.

      (4) Potential clinical angle: the synergy of CB839 with UK5099 and/or hydroxychloroquine hints at a druggable pathway targeting autoantibody-driven diseases.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Physiological relevance of "synthetic auxotrophy"

      The manuscript demonstrates that GLS loss is only crippling when glucose influx or mitochondrial pyruvate import is concurrently reduced, which the authors name "synthetic auxotrophy". I think it would help readers to clarify the terminology more and add a concise definition of "synthetic auxotrophy" versus "synthetic lethality" early in the manuscript and justify its relevance for B cells.

      While the overall findings, especially the subset specificity and the clinical implications, are generally interesting, the "synthetic auxotrophy" condition feels a little engineered. Therefore, the findings strongly raise the question of the likelihood of such a "double hit" in vivo and whether there are conditions, disease states, or drug regimens that would realistically generate such a "bottleneck". Hence, the authors should document or at least discuss whether GC or inflamed niches naturally show simultaneous downregulation/lack of glutamine and/or pyruvate. The authors should also aim to provide evidence that infections (e.g., influenza), hypoxia, treatments (e.g., rapamycin), or inflammatory diseases like lupus co-limit these pathways.

      It would hence also be beneficial to test the CB839 + UK5099/HCQ combinations in a short, proof-of-concept treatment in vivo, e.g., shortly before and after the booster immunization or in an autoimmune model. Likewise, it may also be insightful to discuss potential effects of existing treatments (especially CB839, HCQ) on human memory B cell or PC pools.

      (2) Cell survival versus differentiation phenotype

      Claims that the phenotypes (e.g., reduced PC numbers) are "independent of death" and are not merely the result of artificial cell stress would benefit from Annexin-V/active-caspase 3 analyses of GC B cells and plasmablasts. Please also show viability curves for inhibitor-treated cells.

      (3) Subset specificity of the metabolic phenotype

      Could the metabolic differences, mitochondrial ROS, and membrane-potential changes shown for activated pan-B cells (Figure 5) also be demonstrated ex vivo for KO mouse-derived GC B cells and plasma cells? This would also be insightful to investigate following NP-immunization (e.g., NP+ GC B cells 10 days after NP-OVA immunization).

      (4) Memory B cell gating strategy

      I am not fully convinced that the memory-B-cell gate in Supplementary Figure 2d is appropriate. The legend implies the population is defined simply as CD19+GL7-CD38+ (or CD19+CD38++?), with no further restriction to NP-binding cells. Such a gate could also capture naïve or recently activated B cells. From the descriptions in the figure and the figure legend, it is hard to verify that the events plotted truly represent memory B cells. Please clarify the full gating hierarchy and, ideally, restrict the MBC gate to NP+CD19+GL7-CD38+ B cells (or add additional markers such as CD80 and CD273). Generally, the manuscript would benefit from a more transparent presentation of gating strategies.

      (5) Deletion efficiency

      mRNA data show residual GLS/MPC2 transcripts (Supplementary Figure 8). Please quantify deletion efficiency in GC B cells and plasmablasts.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Yang et al. characterize the endocytic accessory protein CCDC32, which has implications in cardio-facio-neuro-developmental syndrome (CFNDS). The authors clearly demonstrate that the protein CCDC32 has a role in the early stages of endocytosis, mainly through the interaction with the major endocytic adaptor protein AP2, and they identify regions taking part in this recognition. Through live cell fluorescence imaging and electron microscopy of endocytic pits, the authors characterize the lifetimes of endocytic sites, the formation rate of endocytic sites and pits and the invagination depth, in addition to transferrin receptor (TfnR) uptake experiments. Binding between CCDC32 and CCDC32 mutants to the AP2 alpha appendage domain is assessed by pull down experiments.

      Together, these experiments allow deriving a phenotype of CCDC32 knock-down and CCDC32 mutants within endocytosis, which is a very robust system, in which defects are not so easily detected. A mutation of CCDC32, mimicking CFNDS mutations, is also addressed in this study and shown to have endocytic defects.

      An experimental proof for the resistance of the different CCDC32 mutants to siRNA treatment would have helped to strengthen the conclusions.

      In summary, the authors present a strong combination of techniques, assessing the impact of CCDC32 in clathrin mediated endocytosis and its binding to AP2.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Ono et al describes the application of prime editors to introduce precise genetic changes in the zebrafish model system. Probably the most important observation is that, compared to the "standard" PE2, the prime editor with full nuclease activity appears to be more efficient at introducing insertions into the genome. Although many laboratories around the world have successfully used oligonucleotide-mediated HDR to insert short exogenous sequences such as epitope tags or loxP sites into the zebrafish genome, the method suffers from a high frequency of indels at the edit site. Thus, additional tools are badly needed, making this manuscript very important. Length of the longer reported insertion (+30) is quite close to the range of V5 (14 amino acids) and ALFA (12 amino acids without "spacer" prolines) epitope tags, as well as loxP site (34 nucleotides). Conclusions drawn in the paper are supported by compelling evidence. I only have a few minor comments:

      (1) The logic for introducing two nucleotide changes (at +3 and +10) to change a single amino acid (I378) should be explicitly explained in the main body of the manuscript. It is indeed self-explanatory when looking at Supplementary Figure 1. One way of doing it could be to include Supplementary Figure 1a in Figure 1.

      (2) It is not clear why a 3-nucleotide insertion was used to generate W722X. The human W720X is a single-nucleotide polymorphism, and it should be possible to make a corresponding zebrafish mutant by introducing two nucleotide changes.

      (3) Lines 137-138: T7 Endonuclease assay used in Figure 2d detects all polymorphisms, both precise changes and indels. Thus, if this assay were performed on embryos shown in Figure 1c-d, the overall percentage of modified alleles would be similarly higher for PEn over PE2 (add up precise prime edits and indels). The conclusion in the last sentence of the paragraph is, therefore, incorrect, I believe.

      (4) Use of terminology. "Germline transmission" is typically used to refer to the fraction of F0s transmitting desired changes (or transgenes) to their progeny, while "germline mosaicism" refers to the fraction of F1s with the desired change in the progeny of a given F0. "Germline transmission" in line 217 should be replaced with "germline mosaicism".

      (5) Lines 253-255: The fraction of injected embryos that had mosaic nuclear expression of GFP, indicative of NLS insertion, should be clarified. It should also be clarified whether embryos positive for nuclear GFP were preselected for amplicon sequencing and germline transmission analyses. This is extremely important for extrapolation to scenarios like epitope tagging, where preselection is not possible.

      (6) Statistical analyses. It would be helpful to clarify why different statistical tests are sometimes used to assess seemingly very similar datasets (Figures 1c, 1d, 2b, 2c, 2f).

      (7) Discussion. Since authors suggest that PEn might be especially beneficial for insertion of additional sequences, it is important to stress locus-to-locus variability of success. While the precise +3 insertion was indeed tremendously efficient at both tested loci (ror2 and adgrf3b), +12 addition into adgrf3b was over 10 times less efficient (lines 193-194). In contrast, +30 into smyhc:GFP using the shorter pegRNA was highly efficient again with an average of 8.5% of sequence reads indicating precise integration (line 257, Figure 5c). Longer pegRNA did not work nearly as well (Figure 5c), but was still much better than +12 into adgrf3b. As dangerous as it is to extrapolate from small datasets, perhaps these observations indicate that optimization of RT template and PBS may be needed for each new locus in order to significantly outperform oligonucleotide-mediated HDR? If so, would the cost of ordering several pegRNAs and the effort needed to compare them factor in when deciding which method to use? Reported germline transmission rates for both ror2 W722X (+3, Figure 4a) and smyhc:NLS-GFP (+30, Figure 5f) are tantalizingly high.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the face of emerging antibiotic resistance and slow pace of drug discovery, strategies that can enhance the efficacy of existing clinically used antibiotics are highly sought after. In this manuscript, through genetic manipulation of a model bacterium (Escherichia coli) and clinically isolated and antibiotic resistant strains of concern (Pseudomonas, Burkholderia, Stenotrophomonas), an additional drug target to combat resistance and potentiate existing drugs is put forward. These observations were validated in both pure cultures, mixed bacterial cultures and in worm models. The drug target investigated in this study appears to be broadly relevant to the challenge posed by lactamases enzyme that render lactam antibiotics ineffective in the clinic. The compounds that target this enzyme are being developed already, some of which were tested in this study displaying promising results and potential for further optimization by medicinal chemists.

      Strengths:

      The work is well designed and well executed and targets an urgent area of research with the unprecedented increase in antibiotic resistance.

      Weaknesses:

      The impact of the work can be strengthened by demonstrating increased efficacy of antibiotics in mice models or wound models for Pseudomonas infections. Worm models are relevant, but still distant from investigations in animal models.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Strengths:

      This work focuses on a problem of deep significance: quantifying the structure-tension relationship and underlying mechanism for the mechanosensitive Piezo 1 and 2 channels. Such an objective is challenging for molecular dynamics simulations, due to the relatively large size of each membrane-protein system. Nonetheless, the approach chosen here is based on methodology that is, in principle, established and widely accessible. Therefore, another group of practitioners would likely be able to reproduce these findings with reasonable effort.

      More specifically, while acknowledging the limitations of the MARTINI force field, this work makes a significant improvement compared to previous simulations of Piezo proteins by adopting a range of membrane tensions that includes physiologically relevant values (below 10 mN/m).

      Weaknesses:

      The two main results of this paper are (1) that both channels exhibit a flatter structure compared to cryo-EM measurements, and (2) their estimated force vs. displacement relationship. Although the former correlates at least quantitatively with prior experimental work, the latter relies exclusively on simulation results and model parameters.

      My remaining technical concerns in the revised manuscript are as follows:

      (1) At each membrane tension, all concurrent atomistic simulations were initialized from the same snapshot of a previous CG simulation: in my opinion, it is inaccurate to refer to those atomistic simulations as "independent" from each other (as is done twice in the caption of Figure 3, as well as in the text).

      (2) Continuum mechanics calculations were employed to model the membrane's curvature energetics. The bending modulus, k, was not determined for the specific lipid composition used in this study, but was instead taken from previous MARTINI simulations involving the same primary lipid, POPC. Given that these calculations are intended to describe MARTINI simulations specifically, this approximation may be acceptable. However, it does not account for the increased stiffness observed in POPC/cholesterol mixtures-an effect measured experimentally but not reproduced by the MARTINI model-nor does it reflect the asymmetric conditions, as all referenced simulations involve symmetric bilayers. As a result, the bending energies and forces shown in Figure 5(c,d) are internally consistent within the model, but they probably correspond to real values up to an unknown multiplicative factor.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This is an excellent, very interesting paper. There is a groundbreaking analysis of the data, going from typical picture presentation paradigms to more realistic conditions. I would like to ask the authors to consider a few points in the comments below.

      (1) From Figure 2, I understand that there are 7 neurons responding to the character Summer, but then in line 157, we learn that there are 46. Are the other 39 from other areas (not parahippocampal)? If this is the case, it would be important to see examples of these responses, as one of the main claims is that it is possible to decode as good or better with non-responsive compared to single responsive neurons, which is, in principle, surprising.

      (2) Also in Figure 2, there seem to be relatively very few neurons responding to Summer (1.88%) and to outdoor scenes (1.07%). Is this significant? Isn't it also a bit surprising, particularly for outdoor scenes, considering a previous paper of Mormann showing many outdoor scene responses in this area? It would be nice if the authors could comment on this.

      (3) I was also surprised to see that there are many fewer responses to scene cuts (6.7%) compared to camera cuts (51%) because every scene cut involves a camera cut. Could this have been a result of the much larger number of camera cuts? (A way to test this would be to subsample the camera cuts.)

      (4) Line 201. The analysis of decoding on a per-patient basis is important, but it should be done on a per-session basis - i.e., considering only simultaneously recorded neurons, without any pooling. This is because pooling can overestimate decoding performances (see e.g. Quian Quiroga and Panzeri NRN 2009). If there was only one session per patient, then this should be called 'per-session' rather than 'per-patient' to make it clear that there was no pooling.

      (5) In general, the decoding results are quite interesting, and I was wondering if the authors could give a bit more insight by showing confusion matrices, with the predictions of the appearance of each of the characters, etc. Some of the characters may appear together, so this could be another entry of the decoder (say, predicting person A, B, C, A&B, A&C, B&C, A&B&C). I guess this could also show the power of analyzing the population activity.

      (6) Lines 406-407. The claim that stimulus-selective responses to characters did not account for the decoding of the same character is very surprising. If I understood it correctly, the response criterion the authors used gives 'responsiveness' but not 'selectivity'. So, were people's responses selective (e.g., firing only to Summer) or non-selective (firing to a few characters)? This could explain why they didn't get good decoding results with responsive neurons. Again, it would be nice to see confusion matrices with the decoding of the characters. Another reason for this is that what are labelled as responsive neurons have relatively weak and variable responses.

      (7) Line 455. The claim that 500 neurons drive decoding performance is very subjective. 500 neurons gives a performance of 0.38, and 50 neurons gives 0.33.

      (8) Lines 492-494. I disagree with the claim that "character decoding does not rely on individual cells, as removing neurons that responded strongly to character onset had little impact on performance". I have not seen strong responses to characters in the paper. In particular, the response to Summer in Figure 2 looks very variable and relatively weak. If there are stronger responses to characters, please show them to make a convincing argument. It is fine to argue that you can get information from the population, but in my view, there are no good single-cell responses (perhaps because the actors and the movie were unknown to the subjects) to make this claim. Also, an older paper (Quian Quiroga et al J. Neurophysiol. 2007) showed that the decoding of individual stimuli in a picture presentation paradigm was determined by the responsive neurons and that the non-responsive neurons did not add any information. The results here could be different due to the use of movies instead of picture presentations, but most likely due to the fact that, in the picture presentation paradigm, the pictures were of famous people for which there were strong single neuron responses, unlike with the relatively unknown persons in this paper.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work, Ryan et al. have performed a state-of-the-art full genome CRISP-based screen of iNEurons expressing a teggd version of TDP-43 in order to determine expression modifiers of this protein. Unexpectedly, using this approach the authors have uncovered a previously undescribed role of the BORC complex in affecting the levels of TDP-43 protein, but not mRNA expression. Taken together, these findings represent a very solid piece of work that will certainly be important for the field.

      Strengths:

      BORC is a novel TDP-43 expression modifier that has never been described before and it seemingly acts on regulating protein half life rather than transcriptome level. It has been long known that different labs have reported different half-lives for TDP-43 depending on the experimental system but no work has ever explained these discrepancies. Now, the work of Ryan et al. has for the time identified one of these factors which could account for these differences and play an important role in disease (although this is left to be determined in future studies).

      The genome wide CRISPR screening has demonstrated to yield novel results with high reproducibility and could eventually be used to search for expression modifiers of many other proteins involved in neurodegeneration or other diseases

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors propose a new version of idTracker.ai for animal tracking. Specifically, they apply contrastive learning to embed cropped images of animals into a feature space where clusters correspond to individual animal identities.

      Strengths:

      By doing this, the new software alleviates the requirement for so-called global fragments - segments of the video, in which all entities are visible/detected at the same time - which was necessary in the previous version of the method. In general, the new method reduces the tracking time compared to the previous versions, while also increasing the average accuracy of assigning the identity labels.

      Weaknesses:

      The general impression of the paper is that, in its current form, it is difficult to disentangle the old from the new method and understand the method in detail. The manuscript would benefit from a major reorganization and rewriting of its parts. There are also certain concerns about the accuracy metric and reducing the computational time.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigated the assembly and polar localization of the chemosensory cluster in P. aeruginosa. They discovered that a certain protein (FlhF) is required for the polar localization of the chemosensory cluster while core motor structures are necessary for the assembly of the cluster. They found that flagella and chemosensory clusters always co-localize in the cell; either at the cell pole in wild type cells or randomly-located in the cell in FlhF mutant cells. They hypothesize that this co-localization is required to keep the level of another protein (CheY-P), which controls motor switching, at low levels as the presence of high-levels of this protein (if the flagella and chemosensory clusters were not co-localized) is associated with high-levels of c-di-GMP and cell aggregations.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is clearly-written and straightforward. The authors applied multiple techniques to study the bacterial motility system including fluorescence light microscopy and gene editing. In general, the work enhances our understanding of the subtlety of interaction between the chemosensory cluster and the flagellar motor to regulate cell motility. This work will be of interest to bacteriologists and cell biologists in general.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Mondal et al. use computational modeling to investigate how activity-dependent shifts in voltage-dependent (in)activation curves can complement changes in ion channel conductance to support homeostatic plasticity. While it is well established that the voltage-dependent properties of ion channels influence neuronal excitability, their potential role in homeostatic regulation, alongside conductance changes, has remained largely unexplored. The results presented here demonstrate that activity-dependent regulation of voltage dependence can interact with conductance plasticity to enable neurons to attain and maintain target activity patterns, in this case, intrinsic bursting. Notably, the timescale of these voltage-dependent shifts influences the final steady-state configuration of the model, shaping both channel parameters and activity features such as burst period and duration. A major conclusion of the study is that altering this timescale can seamlessly modulate a neuron's intrinsic properties, which the authors suggest may be a mechanism for adaptation to perturbations.

      While this conclusion is largely well-supported, additional analyses could help clarify its scope. For instance, the effects of timescale alterations are clearly demonstrated when the model transitions from an initial state that does not meet the target activity pattern to a new stable state. However, Fig. 6 and the accompanying discussion appear to suggest that changing the timescale alone is sufficient to shift neuronal activity more generally. It would be helpful to clarify that this effect primarily applies during periods of adaptation, such as neurodevelopment or in response to perturbations, and not necessarily once the system has reached a stable, steady state. As currently presented, the simulations do not test whether modifying the timescale can influence activity after the model has stabilized. In such conditions, changes in timescale are unlikely to affect network dynamics unless they somehow alter the stability of the solution, which is not shown here. That said, it seems plausible that real neurons experience ongoing small perturbations which, in conjunction with changes in timescale, could allow gradual shifts toward new solutions. This possibility is not discussed but could be a fruitful direction for future work.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Review of resubmission: The authors provided a response to the reviews from myself and other reviewers. While some points were made satisfactorily, particularly in clarification of the innervation of cortex to striatum and the effects of input stimulation, many of my points remain unaddressed. In several cases, the authors chose to explain their rationale rather than address the issues at hand. A number of these issues (in fact, the majority) could be addressed simply by toning done the confidence in conclusions, so it was disappointing to see that the authors by and large did not do this. I repeat my concerns below and note whether I find them to have been satisfactorily addressed or not.

      In the manuscript by Klug and colleagues, the investigators use a rabies virus-based methodology to explore potential differences in connectivity from cortical inputs to the dorsal striatum. They report that the connectivity from cortical inputs onto D1 and D2 MSNs differs in terms of their projections onto the opposing cell type, and use these data to infer that there are differences in cross-talk between cortical cells that project to D1 vs. D2 MSNs. Overall, this manuscript adds to the overall body of work indicating that there are differential functions of different striatal pathways which likely arise at least in part by differences in connectivity that have been difficult to resolve due to difficulty in isolating pathways within striatal connectivity, and several interesting and provocative observations were reported. Several different methodologies are used, with partially convergent results, to support their main points.

      However, I have significant technical concerns about the manuscript as presented that make it difficult for me to interpret the results of the experiments. My comments are below.

      Major:<br /> There is generally a large caveat to the rabies studies performed here, which is that both TVA and the ChR2-expressing rabies virus have the same fluorophore. It is thus essentially impossible to determine how many starter cells there are, what the efficiency of tracing is, and which part of the striatum is being sampled in any given experiment. This is a major caveat given the spatial topography of the cortico-striatal projections. Furthermore, the authors make a point in the introduction about previous studies not having explored absolute numbers of inputs, yet this is not at all controlled in this study. It could be that their rabies virus simply replicates better in D1-MSNs than D2-MSNs. No quantifications are done, and these possibilities do not appear to have been considered. Without a greater standardization of the rabies experiments across conditions, it is difficult to interpret the results.

      This is still an issue. The authors point out why they chose various vectors. I can understand why the authors chose the fluorophores etc. that they did, yet the issues I raised previously are still valid. The discussion should mention that this is a potential issue. It does not necessarily invalidate results, but it is an issue. Furthermore, it is possible (in all systems) that rabies replicates better/more efficiently in some cells than others. This is one possible interpretation that has not really been explored in any study. I don't suggest the authors attempt to do that, but it should be raised as a potential interpretation. If the rabies results could mean several different things, the authors owe it to the readership to state all possible interpretations of data.

      The authors claim using a few current clamp optical stimulation experiments that the cortical cells are healthy, but this result was far from comprehensive. For example, membrane resistance, capacitance, general excitability curves, etc are not reported. In Figure S2, some of the conditions look quite different (e.g., S2B, input D2-record D2, the method used yields quite different results that the authors write off as not different). Furthermore, these experiments do not consider the likely sickness and death that occurs in starter cells, as has been reported elsewhere. Health of cells in the circuit is overall a substantial concern that alone could invalidate a large portion, if not all, of the behavioral results. This is a major confound given those neurons are thought to play critical roles in the behaviors being studied. This is a major reason why first-generation rabies viruses have not been used in combination with behavior, but this significant caveat does not appear to have been considered, and controls e.g., uninfected animals, infected with AAV helpers, etc, were not included.

      This issue remains unaddressed. I did not request clarity about experimental design, but rather, raised issues about the potential effects of toxicity. I believe this to be a valid concern that needs to be discussed in the manuscript, especially given what look visually like potential differences in S2.

      The overall purity (e.g., EnvA pseudotyping efficiency) of the RABV prep is not shown. If there was a virus that was not well EnvA-pseudotyped and thus could directly infect cortical (or other) inputs, it would degrade specificity.

      This issue has not been addressed. Viral strain is irrelevant. The quality of the specific preparations used is what matters.

      While most of the study focuses on the cortical inputs, in slice recordings, inputs from the thalamus are not considered, yet likely contribute to the observed results. Related to this, in in vivo optogenetic experiments, technically, if the thalamic or other inputs to the dorsal striatum project to the cortex, their method will not only target cortical neurons but also terminals of other excitatory inputs. If this cannot be ruled it, stating that the authors are able to selectively activate the cortical inputs to one or the other population should be toned down.

      The authors added text to the discussion to address this point. While it largely does what is intended, based on the one study cited, I disagree with the authors' conclusions that it is "clear" that potential contamination from other sites does not play a role. The simplest interpretation is the one the authors state, and there is some supporting evidence to back up that assertion, but to me that falls short of making the point "clear" that there are no other interpretations.

      The statements about specificity of connectivity are not well founded. It may be that in the specific case where they are assessing outside of the area of injections, their conclusions may hold (e.g., excitatory inputs onto D2s have more inputs onto D1s than vice versa). However, how this relates to the actual site of injection is not clear. At face value, if such a connectivity exists, it would suggest that D1-MSNs receive substantially more overall excitatory inputs than D2s. It is thus possible that this observation would not hold over other spatial intervals. This was not explored and thus the conclusions are over-generalized. e.g., the distance from the area of red cells in the striatum to recordings was not quantified, what constituted a high level of cortical labeling was not quantified, etc. Without more rigorous quantification of what was being done, it is difficult to interpret the results.

      Again, the goal here would be to make a statement about this in the discussion to clarify limitations of the study. I don't expect the authors to re-do all of these experiments, but since they are discussing the corticostriatal circuits, which have multiple subdomains, this remains a relevant point. It has not been addressed.

      The results in Figure 3 are not well controlled. The authors show contrasting effects of optogenetic stimulation of D1-MSNs and D2-MSNs in the DMS and DLS, results which are largely consistent with the canon of basal ganglia function. However, when stimulating cortical inputs, stimulating the inputs from D1-MSNs gives the expected results (increased locomotion) while stimulating putative inputs to D2-MSNs had no effect. This is not the same as showing a decrease in locomotion - showing no effect here is not possible to interpret.

      I think that the caveat of showing no clear effects of inputs to D2 stimulation should be pointed out. Yes, I understand that the viruses appeared to express etc., but again it remains possible that the results are driven by a lack of e.g., sufficient ChR2 expression. Aside from a full quantification of the number of cells expressing ChR2, overlap in fiber placement and ChR2 expression (which I don't suggest), this remains a possibility and should be pointed out, as it remains a possibility.

      In the light of their circuit model, the result showing that inputs to D2-MSNs drive ICSS is confusing. How can the authors account for the fact that these cells are not locomotor-activating, stimulation of their putative downstream cells (D2-MSNs) does not drive ICSS, yet the cortical inputs drive ICSS? Is the idea that these inputs somehow also drive D1s? If this is the case, how do D2s get activated, if all of the cortical inputs tested net activate D1s and not D2s? Same with the results in Figure 4 - the inputs and putative downstream cells do not have the same effects. Given potential caveats of differences in viral efficiency, spatial location of injections, and cellular toxicity, I cannot interpret these experiments.

      The explanation the authors provide in their rebuttal makes sense, however this should be included in the discussion of the manuscript, as it is interesting and relevant.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study provides an interesting contribution to our understanding of Cryptovaranoides relationships, which is a matter of intensive debate among researchers. My main concerns are in regard to the wording of some statements, but generally, the discussion and data are well prepared. I would recommend moderate revisions.

      Strengths:

      (1) Detailed analysis of the discussed characters.

      (2) Illustrations of some comparative materials.

      Weaknesses:

      Some parts of the manuscript require clarification and rewording.

      One of the main points of criticism of Whiteside et al. is using characters for phylogenetic considerations that are not included in the phylogenetic analyses therein. The authors call it a "non-trivial substantive methodological flaw" (page 19, line 531). I would step down from such a statement for the reasons listed below:

      (1) Comparative anatomy is not about making phylogenetic analyses. Comparative anatomy is about comparing different taxa in search of characters that are unique and characters that are shared between taxa. This creates an opportunity to assess the level of similarity between the taxa and create preliminary hypotheses about homology. Therefore, comparative anatomy can provide some phylogenetic inferences. That does not mean that tests of congruence are not needed. Such comparisons are the first step that allows creating phylogenetic matrices for analysis, which is the next step of phylogenetic inference. That does not mean that all the papers with new morphological comparisons should end with a new or expanded phylogenetic matrix. Instead, such papers serve as a rationale for future papers that focus on building phylogenetic matrices.

      (2) Phylogenetic matrices are never complete, both in terms of morphological disparity and taxonomic diversity. I don't know if it is even possible to have a complete one, but at least we can say that we are far from that. Criticising a work that did not include all the possibly relevant characters in the phylogenetic analysis is simply unfair. The authors should know that creating/expanding a phylogenetic matrix is a never-ending work, beyond the scope of any paper presenting a new fossil.

      (3) Each additional taxon has the possibility of inducing a rethinking of characters. That includes new characters, new character states, character state reordering, etc. As I said above, it is usually beyond the scope of a paper with a new fossil to accommodate that into the phylogenetic matrix, as it requires not only scoring the newly described taxon but also many that are already scored. Since the digitalization of fossils is still rare, it requires a lot of collection visits that are costly in terms of time.

      (4) If I were to search for a true flaw in the Whiteside et al. paper, I would check if there is a confirmation bias. The mentioned paper should not only search for characters that support Cryptovaranoides affinities with Anguimorpha but also characters that deny that. I am not sure if Whiteside et al. did such an exercise. Anyway, the test of congruence would not solve this issue because by adding only characters that support one hypothesis, we are biasing the results of such a test.

      To sum up, there is nothing wrong with proposing some hypotheses about character homology between different taxa that can be tested in future papers that will include a test of congruence. Lack of such a test makes the whole argumentation weaker in Whiteside et al., but not unacceptable, as the manuscript might suggest. My advice is to step down from such strong statements like "methodological flaw" and "empirical problems" and replace them with "limitations", which I think better describes the situation.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors explored how individual dorsolateral striatum (DLS) spiny projection neurons (SPNs) receive functional input from whisker-related cortical columns. The authors developed and validated a novel slice preparation and method to which they applied rigorous functional mapping and thorough analysis. They found that individual SPNs were driven by sparse, scattered cortical clusters. Interestingly, while the cortical input fields of nearby SPNs had some degree of overlap, connectivity per SPN was largely distinct. Despite sparse, heterogeneous connectivity, topographical organization was identified. The authors lastly compared direct (D1) vs. indirect (D2) pathway cells, concluding that overall connectivity patterns were the same, but D1 cells received stronger input from L6 and D2 cells from L2/3. The paper thoughtfully addresses the question of whether barrel cortex broadly or selectively innervates SPNs. Their results indicate selective input that is loosely topographic. Their work deepens the understanding of how whisker-related somatosensory signals can drive striatal neurons.

      Strengths:

      Overall this is a carefully conducted study, and the major claims are well-supported. The use of a novel ex vivo slice prep that keeps relevant corticostriatal projections intact allows for careful mapping of the barrel cortex to dorsolateral striatum SPNs. Careful reporting of both columnar and layer position, as well as postsynaptic SPN type (D1 or D2) allows the authors to uncover novel details about how the dorsolateral striatum represents whisker-related sensory information.

      Weaknesses:

      Most technical weaknesses have now been addressed in the text.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their study, Shen et al. examine how first- and second-order neurons of early olfactory circuits among invertebrates and vertebrates alike respond to and encode odor identity and concentration. Previously published electrophysiological and imaging data are re-analyzed and complemented with computational simulations. The authors explore multiple potential circuit computations by which odor concentration-dependent increases in first-order neuron responses transform into concentration-invariant responses on average across the second-order neuron population, and report that divisive normalization exceeds subtractive normalization and intraglomerular gain control in accounting for this transformation. The authors then explore how either rate- or timing-based schemes in third-order neurons may decode odor identity and concentration information from such concentration-invariant mean responses across the second-order neuron population. Finally, the results of their study of second-order neurons (invertebrate projection neurons and vertebrate mitral cells) are contrasted with the concentration-variant responses of second-order projection tufted cells in mammals. Overall, through a combination of neural data re-analysis, computational simulation, and conceptual theory, this study provides important new understanding of how aspects of sensory information are encoded through the actions of distinct components of early olfactory circuits.

      Strengths:

      Consideration of multiple evolutionarily disparate olfactory circuits, as well as re-analysis of previously published neural data sets combined with novel simulations guided by those sets, lends considerable robustness to some key findings of this study. In particular, the finding that divisive normalization - with direct inspiration from established circuit components in the form of glomerular layer short-axon cells - accounts more thoroughly for the average concentration invariance of second-order olfactory neurons at a population level than other forms of normalization is compelling. Likewise, demonstration of the required 'crossover' of first-order neuron concentration sensitivity for divisive normalization to achieve such flattening of concentration variance across the second-order population is notable, with simulations providing important insight into experimentally observed patterns of first-order neuron responses. Limited clarity in other aspects of the study, in particular related to the consideration of neural response latencies and enumerated below, temper the overall strength of the study.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While the authors focus on concentration-dependent increases in first-order neuron activity, reflecting the majority of observed responses, recent work from the Imai group shows that odorants can also lead to direct first-order neuron inhibition (i.e., reduction in spontaneous activity), and within this subset, increasing odorant concentration tends to increase the degree of inhibition. Some discussion of these findings and how they may complement divisive normalization to contribute to the diverse second-order neuron concentration-dependence would be of interest and help expand the context of the current results.

      (2) Related to the above point, odorant-evoked inhibition of second-order neurons is widespread in mammalian mitral cells and significantly contributes to the flattened concentration-dependence of mitral cells at the population level. Such responses are clearly seen in Figure 1D. Some discussion of how odorant-evoked mitral cell inhibition may complement divisive normalization, and likewise relate to comparatively lower levels of odorant-evoked inhibition among tufted cells, would further expand the context of the current results. Toward this end, replication of analyses in Figures 1D and E following exclusion of mitral cell inhibitory responses would provide insight into the contribution of such inhibition to the flattening of the mitral cell population concentration dependence.

      (3) The idea of concentration-dependent crossover responses across the first-order population being required for divisive normalization to generate individually diverse concentration response functions across the second-order population is notable. The intuition of the crossover responses is that first-order neurons that respond most sensitively to any particular odorant (i.e., at the lowest concentration) respond with overall lower activity at higher concentrations than other first-order neurons less sensitively tuned to the odorant. Whether this is a consistent, generalizable property of odorant binding and first-order neuron responsiveness is not addressed by the authors, however. Biologically, one mechanism that may support such crossover events is intraglomerular presynaptic/feedback inhibition, which would be expected to increase with increasing first-order neuron activation such that the most-sensitively responding first-order neurons would also recruit the strongest inhibition as concentration increases, enabling other first-order neurons to begin to respond more strongly. Discussion of this and/or other biological mechanisms (e.g., first-order neuron depolarization block) supporting such crossover responses would strengthen these results.

      (4) It is unclear to what degree the latency analysis considered in Figures 4D-H works with the overall framework of divisive normalization, which in Figure 3 we see depends on first-order neuron crossover in concentration response functions. Figure 4D suggests that all first-order neurons respond with the same response amplitude (R in eq. 3), even though this is supposed to be pulled from a distribution. It's possible that Figure 4D is plotting normalized response functions to highlight the difference in latency, but this is not clear from the plot or caption. If response amplitudes are all the same, and the response curves are, as plotted in Figure 4D, identical except for their time to half-max, then it seems somewhat trivial that the resulting second-order neuron activation will follow the same latency ranking, regardless of whether divisive normalization exists or not. However, there is some small jitter in these rankings across concentrations (Figure 4G), suggesting there is some randomness to the simulations. It would be helpful if this were clarified (e.g., by showing a non-normalized Figure 4D, with different response amplitudes), and more broadly, it would be extremely helpful in evaluating the latency coding within the broader framework proposed if the authors clarified whether the simulated first-order neuron response timecourses, when factoring in potentially different amplitudes (R) and averaging across the entire response window, reproduces the concentration response crossovers observed experimentally. In summary, in the present manuscript, it remains unclear if concentration crossovers are captured in the latency simulations, and if not, the authors do not clearly address what impact such variation in response amplitudes across concentrations may have on the latency results. It is further unclear to what degree divisive normalization is necessary for the second-order neurons to establish and maintain their latency ranks across concentrations, or to exhibit concentration-dependent changes in latency.

      (5) How the authors get from Figure 4G to 4H is not clear. Figure 4G shows second-order neuron response latencies across all latencies, with ordering based on their sorted latency to low concentration. This shows that very few neurons appear to change latency ranks going from low to high concentration, with a change in rank appearing as any deviation in a monotonically increasing trend. Focusing on the high concentration points, there appear to be 2 latency ranks switched in the first 10 responding neurons (reflecting the 1 downward dip in the points around neuron 8), rather than the 7 stated in the text. Across the first 50 responding neurons, I see only ~14 potential switches (reflecting the ~7 downward dips in the points around neurons 8, 20, 32, 33, 41, 44, 50), rather than the 32 stated in the text. It is possible that the unaccounted rank changes reflect fairly minute differences in latencies that are not visible in the plot in Figure 4G. This may be clarified by plotting each neuron's latency at low concentration vs. high concentration (i.e., similar to Figure 4H, but plotting absolute latency, not latency rank) to allow assessment of the absolute changes. If such minute differences are not driving latency rank changes in Fig. 4G, then a trend much closer to the unity line would be expected in Figure 4H. Instead, however, there are many massive deviations from unity, even within the first 50 responding neurons plotted in Figure 4G. These deviations include a jump in latency rank from 2 at low concentration to ~48 at high concentration. Such a jump is simply not seen in Figure 4G.

      (6) In the text, the authors state that "Odor identity can be encoded by the set of highest-affinity neurons (which remains invariant across concentrations)." Presumably, this is a restatement of the primacy model and refers to invariance in latency rank (since the authors have not shown that the highest-affinity neurons have invariant response amplitudes across concentration). To what degree this statement holds given the results in Figure 4H, however, which appear to show that some neurons with the earliest latency rank at low concentration jump to much later latency ranks at high concentration, remains unclear. Such changes in latency rank for only a few of the first responding neurons may be negligible for classifying odor identity among a small handful of odorants, but not among 1-2 orders of magnitude more odors, which may feasibly occur in a natural setting. Collectively, these issues with the execution and presentation of the latency analysis make it unclear how robust the latency results are.

      (7) Analysis in Figures 4A-C shows that concentration can be decoded from first-order neurons, second-order neurons, or first-order neurons with divisive normalization imposed (i.e., simulating second-order responses). This does not say that divisive normalization is necessary to encode concentration, however. Therefore, for the authors to say that divisive normalization is "a potential mechanism for generating odor-specific subsets of second-order neurons whose combinatorial activity or whose response latencies represent concentration information" seems too strong a conclusion. Divisive normalization is not generating the concentration information, since that can be decoded just as well from the first-order neurons. Rather, divisive normalization can account for the different population patterns in concentration response functions between first- and second-order neurons without discarding concentration-dependent information.

      (8) Performing the same polar histogram analysis of tufted vs. mitral cell concentration response functions (Figure 5B) provides a compelling new visualization of how these two cell types differ in their concentration variance. The projected importance of tufted cells to navigation, emerging directly through the inverse relationship between average concentration and distance (Figure 5C), is not surprising, and is largely a conceptual analysis rather than new quantitative analysis per se, but nevertheless, this is an important point to make. Another important consideration absent from this section, however, is whether and how divisive normalization may impact tufted cell activity. Previous work from the authors, as well as from Schoppa, Shipley, and Westbrook labs, has compellingly demonstrated that a major circuit mediating divisive normalization of mitral cells (GABA/DAergic short-axon cells) directly targets external tufted cells, and is thus very likely to also influence projection tufted cells. Such analysis would additionally provide substantially more justification for the Discussion statement "we analyzed an additional type of second-order neuron (tufted cells)", which at present instead reflects fairly minimal analysis.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper "The 1000+ mouse project: large-scale spatiotemporal parametrization and modeling of preclinical cancer immunotherapies" is focused on developing a novel methodology for automatic processing of bioluminescence imaging data. It provides quantitative and statistically robust insights into preclinical experiments that will contribute to optimizing cell-based therapies. There is an enormous demand for such methods and approaches that enable the spatiotemporal evaluation of cell monitoring in large cohorts of experimental animals.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is generally well written, and the experiments are scientifically sound. The conclusions reflect the soundness of experimental data. This approach seems to be quite innovative and promising to improve the statistical accuracy of BLI data quantification.

      This methodology can be used as a universal quantification tool for BLI data for in vivo assessment of adoptively transferred cells due to the versatility of the technology.

      Weaknesses:

      No weaknesses were identified by this Reviewer.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a technically impressive data set showing that repeated excitation or restraint stress internalises somatodendritic α2A adrenergic autoreceptors (α2A ARs) in locus coeruleus (LC) neurons. Loss of these receptors weakens GIRK-dependent autoinhibition, raises neuronal excitability, and is accompanied by higher MAO A, DOPEGAL, AEP, and tau N368 levels. The work combines rigorous whole-cell electrophysiology with barbadin-based trafficking assays, qPCR, Western blotting and immunohistochemistry. The final schematic is appealing and in principle, could explain early LC hyperactivity followed by degeneration in ageing and Alzheimer's disease.

      Strengths:

      Multi-level approach - The study integrates electrophysiology, pharmacology, mRNA quantification, and protein-level analysis.

      Use of barbadin to block β-arrestin/AP-2-dependent internalisation is both technically precise and mechanistically informative

      Well-executed electrophysiology

      translation relevance

      converges to a model that peers discussed (scientists can only discuss models - not data!)

      Weaknesses:

      Nevertheless, the manuscript currently reads as a sequence of discrete experiments rather than a single causal chain

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Khanna et al. use a well-conceived and well-executed set of experiments and analyses primarily to document the interaction between neural oscillations in the beta range (here, 13-30 Hz) and recovery of function in an animal model of stroke. Specifically, they show that cortical "beta bursts", or short-term increases in beta power, correlate strikingly with the timeline of behavioral recovery as quantified with a reach-to-grasp task. A key distinction is made between global beta bursts (here, those that synchronize between cortical and subcortical areas) and local bursts (which appear on only a few electrodes). This distinction of global vs. local is shown to be relevant to task performance and movement speed, among other quantities of interest.

      A secondary results section explores the relationship between beta bursts and neuronal firing during the grasp portion of the behavioral task. These results are valuable to include, though mostly unsurprising, with global beta in particular associated with lower mean and variance in spike rates.

      Last, a partial recapitulation of the primary results is offered with a neurologically intact (uninjured) animal. No major contradictions are found with the primary results.

      Highlights of the Discussion section include a thoughtful review of atypical movements executed by individuals with Parkinson's disease or stroke survivors, placing the current results in an appropriate clinical context. Potential physiological mechanisms that could account for the observed results are also discussed effectively.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this is a very interesting paper. The ultimate impact will be enhanced by the authors' choice to analyze beta bursts, which remain a relatively under-explored aspect of neural coding.

      The reach-and-grasp task was also a well-considered choice; the combination of a relatively simple movement (reaching towards a target in the same location each time) and a more complex movement (a skilled object-manipulation grasp) provides an internal control of sorts for data analysis. In addition, the task's two sub-movements provide a differential in terms of their likelihood to be affected by the stroke-like injury: proximal muscles (controlling reach) are likely to be less affected by stroke, while distal muscles (controlling grasp) are highly likely to be affected. Lastly, the requirement of the task to execute an object lift maximizes its difficulty and also the potential translational impact of the results on human injury.

      The above comments about the task exemplify a strength that is more generally evident: a welcome awareness of clinical relevance, which is in evidence several times throughout the Results and Discussion.

      Weaknesses:

      The study's weaknesses are mostly minor and, for the most part, correctable.

      One concern that may not be correctable in this study: the results about the spatial extent of beta activity seem constrained by relatively poor-quality data. It seems half or more of the electrodes are marked as too noisy to provide useful data in Figure 3. If this reflects the wider reality for all analyses, as mentioned, it may not be correctable for the present study. In that case, perhaps some of the experiments or analyses can be revisited or expanded for a future study, when better electrode yields are available.

      Other concerns:

      In some places, there is a lack of clarity in the presentation of the results. This is not serious but should be addressed to aid readers' comprehension.

      Lastly, given the central role of beta oscillations within the study, it would be better for completeness to include even a brief exploration of sustained beta power (rather than bursts), and the modulation of sustained beta (or lack thereof) in the study's areas of concern: behavioral recovery, task performance, etc.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates how phasic and tonic pain modulate behaviour in a free-operant foraging paradigm. The authors apply a computational modeling approach to the behavioural data to quantify the decision value of phasic pain, as well as the degree to which tonic pain reduces motivational vigour. EEG assessments showed, e.g., reduced signal power at alpha and beta frequencies in tonic pain conditions compared to no-tonic-pain conditions, but no association between these neural measures and motivational vigour. The authors conclude that tonic and phasic pain serve different motivational functions, with phasic pain acting as a punishment signal promoting avoidance and tonic pain reducing motivational vigour.

      Strengths:

      The experimental paradigm is highly innovative. Assessing human behaviour in a naturalistic yet highly controlled setting represents a promising approach to pain research. Notably, assessing pain magnitude implicitly, via its motivational value, offers insights about the overall pain experience that are not usually accessible via common pain ratings.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite these strengths, the manuscript would benefit significantly from more precise definitions of key concepts and an overall clearer, more coherent presentation of its main arguments. The writing, in its current form, often presents claims that are too vague or insufficiently connected with the experimental findings. Moreover, certain aspects of the computational modeling and statistical analysis appear flawed or inadequately justified.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors present a revised version of their manuscript (Ragusa et al.) describing a hemogenic gastruloid (haemGx) model, used to investigate stages of blood production in vitro and for modeling a rare type of infant leukemia. The revisions address several major concerns raised during the initial round of review, and new data have been provided that overall improve the clarity and rigour of the study. In particular, the additional flow cytometry, single-cell RNA-seq analyses, and benchmarking against in vivo datasets help, to some extent, to substantiate the claims of developmental relevance of haemGx to yolk sac (YS)- and AGM-like hematopoietic waves. Nonetheless, some issues remain, particularly regarding the claims of short-term engraftment, novelty of the model, and the extent to which AGM-like HSPC are truly captured.

      Major Points:

      (1) The authors have clarified the novelty of their haemGx protocol relative to existing gastruloid models, including the importance of the Activin A pulse and protocol extension to 216h. Flow cytometry and scRNA-seq analyses support the emergence of endothelial and hematopoietic populations with dynamic marker expression. However, direct side-by-side comparisons with previously published protocols (e.g., Rossi et al., 2022) remain limited. The claim of "spatio-temporal accuracy" should be more cautiously phrased.

      (2) The characterization of the identity of the hematopoietic waves generated in the haemGx system has been improved in the revised manuscript. Flow cytometry analysis now includes CD31/CD34 co-expression in CD41+ and CD45+ subsets, and scRNA-seq re-clustering supports two hematopoietic waves with distinct marker sets (e.g., Gata2/Myb vs. Hoxa9/Ikzf1). Projection onto multiple embryonic reference datasets (Hou et al., Zhu et al., Thambyrajah et al.) is a valuable addition. The case for YS-like EMP and AGM-like HSPC precursors is reasonably made, though further functional distinctions (e.g., lineage output differences) would strengthen the claims.

      (3) The authors have now provided additional evidence for low-level engraftment following adrenal implantation of whole haemGx. Although technically demanding, this in vivo result remains marginal and should be interpreted with caution. Crucially, this still does not demonstrate HSC-level repopulation capacity. The revised manuscript has softened the claims accordingly, now referring to "progenitor" activity rather than "pre-HSC." We agree that this adjusted claim is more suitable, though the reproducibility of this experiment is still unclear.

      (4) The MNX1 overexpression experiments are generally convincing in showing early expansion of a putative HE-to-EMP-like population and transcriptional resemblance to MNX1-r AML. However, the evidence for transformation is still solely based on in vitro data and lacks any evidence of in vivo leukaemia engraftment. The ability to perturb the system would add translational value to the haemGx platform, although future studies are needed to better define transformation dynamics and leukemogenic progression.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Natarajan and colleagues report on the role of a prophage, termed SfPat, in the regulation of motility and biofilm formation by the marine bacterium Shewanella fidelis. The authors investigate the in vivo relevance of prophage carriage by studying the gut occupation patterns of Shewanella fidelis wild-type and an isogenic SfPat- mutant derivative in a model organism, juveniles of the marine tunicate Ciona robusta. The role of bacterial prophages in regulating bacterial lifestyle adaptation and niche occupation is a relatively underexplored field, and efforts in this direction are appreciated.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed my main concerns. While some responses remain somewhat ambiguous or defer key clarifications to future studies, I appreciate that not everything can be resolved within a single manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Voigt et al. present a comprehensive study exploring the molecular mechanisms and evolution of biomineralization in the calcareous sponge Sycon ciliatum. Using a multi-omics approach, including comparative transcriptomics, proteomics, genomic analyses, and high-resolution in situ hybridization, the authors identify 829 candidate biomineralization genes, with a special focus on the calcarin gene family. These calarains, structurally analogous to galaxin in stony corals, show cell-type- and spicule-type-specific expression patterns, revealed through meticulous FISH imaging. Chromosomal analysis further uncovers that several calcarin genes are arranged in tandem arrays, suggesting diversification via gene duplication and neofunctionalization. Notably, the study finds striking parallels between the calcarins of S. ciliatum and galaxins of aragonitic corals in terms of gene arrangement, tertiary structure predictions, and expression dynamics, pointing to a remarkable case of parallel evolution during the emergence of biomineralized skeletons in early metazoans.

      Strengths:

      The study is methodologically robust, integrating transcriptomic, proteomic, and genomic data with detailed cell biological analysis.

      High-quality, carefully annotated FISH images convincingly demonstrate the spatial expression patterns of calcarins.

      Novel evidence of sponge cell trans-differentiation is presented through cell-type-specific gene expression.

      The comparative perspective with coral galaxins is well-executed and biologically insightful, supported by structural predictions and chromosomal data.

      Figures and supplementary materials are thoughtfully revised for clarity and accessibility, addressing reviewer feedback.

      Weaknesses:

      Direct functional validation of calcarin roles in biomineralization is lacking, a limitation acknowledged by the authors and inherent to sponge models.

      The evolutionary history of calcarins and galaxins remains only partially resolved due to challenges in reconstructing phylogenies of fast-evolving gene families.

      Some initial figure annotations and definitions (e.g., "radial tube") required clarification, although these were addressed in revision.

      Overall, the work significantly advances our understanding of biomineralization´s molecular basis and its parallel evolution in early diverging metazoans.

      Comments on revisions:

      I would like to thank the authors for addressing all my comments/suggestions. I am OK with the revised version of the manuscript

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The migration of primordial germ cells (PGCs) to the developing gonad is a poorly understood yet essential step in reproductive development. Here, the authors examine whether there are differences in leading and lagging migratory PGCs using single-cell RNA sequencing of mouse embryos. Cleverly, the authors dissected embryonic trunks along the anterior-to-posterior axis prior to scRNAseq in order to distinguish leading and lagging migratory PGCs. After batch corrections, their analyses revealed several known and novel differences in gene expression within and around leading and lagging PGCs, intercellular signaling networks, as well as number of genes upregulated upon gonad colonization. The authors then compared their datasets with publicly available human datasets to identify common biological themes. Altogether, this rigorous study reveals several differences between leading and lagging migratory PGCs, hints at signatures for different fates among the population of migratory PGCs, and provides new potential markers for post-migratory PGCs in both humans and mice. While many of the interesting hypotheses that arise from this work are not extensively tested, these data provide a rich platform for future investigations.

      Strengths:

      The authors have successfully navigated significant technical challenges to obtain a substantial number of mouse migratory primordial germ cells for robust transcriptomic analysis. Here, the authors were able to collect quality data on ~13,000 PGCs and ~7,800 surrounding somatic cells, which is ten times more PGCs than previous studies.

      The decision to physically separate leading and lagging primordial germ cells was clever and well-validated based on expected anterior-to-posterior transcriptional signatures.

      Within the PGCs and surrounding tissues, the authors found many gene expression dynamics they would expect to see both along the PGC migratory path as well as across developmental time, increasing confidence in the new differentially expressed genes they found.

      The comparison of their mouse-based migratory PGC datasets with existing human migratory PGC datasets is appreciated.

      The quality control, ambient RNA contamination elimination, batch correction, cell identification and analysis of scRNAseq data were thorough and well-done such that the new hypotheses and markers found through this study are dependable.

      The subsetting of cells in their trajectory analysis is appreciated, further strengthening their cell terminal state predictions.

      Weaknesses:

      There were a few validation experiments within this study. For one such experiment, whether there is a difference in pSMAD2/3 along the AP axis is unclear and not quantified, as was nicely done for Lefty1/2.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript presents a large common garden experiment across Sweden using solely local germplasm. Additionally, there is a collection of selection experiments that begin investigating the factors shaping fecundity in these populations. This provides an impressive amount of data and analysis investigating the underlying factors involved. Together, this helps support the data showing that fluctuations and interactions are key components determining Arabidopsis fitness and are more broadly applicable across plant and non-plant species.

      Strengths:

      The field trials are well conducted with extensive effort and sampling. Similarly while the genetic analysis is complex it is well conducted and reflects the complexity of dealing with population structure that may be intricately linked to adaptive structure. This has no real solution and the option of presenting results with and without correction is likely the only appropriate option.

      Weaknesses:

      A significant finding from this study was that fecundity is shaped more by yearly fluctuations and their interaction with genotype than it is by the main effect of location or genotype. Another significant finding is that the strength of selection can be quite strong, with nearly 5x ranges across accessions. It should be noted that there are a number of other studies using Arabidopsis in the wild with multiple years and locations that found similar observations beyond the Oakley citation. In general, the context of how these findings relate to existing knowledge in Arabidopsis is a bit underdeveloped.

      The effects of the populations across the locations seem to rely on individual tests and PC analysis. It would seem to be possible to incorporate these tests more directly in the linear modeling analysis, and it isn't quite clear why this wasn't conducted.

      I'm a bit puzzled by the discussion on how to find causative loci. This seems to focus solely on GWAS as the solution, with a goal to sequence vast individuals. But the loci that the manuscript discussed were found by a combination of structured mapping populations followed by molecular validation that then informed the GWAS. As such, I'm unsure if the proposed future approach of more sequencing is the best when a more balanced approach integrating diverse methods and population types will be more useful.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an impressive paper that offers a much-needed 3D standardized brain atlas for the hackled-orb weaving spider Uloborus diversus, an emerging organism of study in neuroethology. The authors used a detailed immunohistological whole-mount staining method that allowed them to localize a wide range of common neurotransmitters and neuropeptides and map them on a common brain atlas. Through this approach, they discovered groups of cells that may form parts of neuropils that had not previously been described, such as the 'tonsillar neuropil', which might be part of a larger insect-like central complex. Further, this work provides unique insights into the previously underappreciated complexity of higher-order neuropils in spiders, particularly the arcuate body, and hints at a potentially important role for the mushroom bodies in vibratory processing for web-building spiders.

      Strengths:

      To understand brain function, data from many experiments on brain structure must be compiled to serve as a reference and foundation for future work. As demonstrated by the overwhelming success in genetically tractable laboratory animals, 3D standardized brain atlases are invaluable tools - especially as increasing amounts of data are obtained at the gross morphological, synaptic, and genetic levels, and as functional data from electrophysiology and imaging are integrated. Among 'non-model' organisms, such approaches have included global silver staining and confocal microscopy, MRI, and, more recently, micro-computed tomography (X-ray) scans used to image multiple brains and average them into a composite reference. In this study, the authors used synapsin immunoreactivity to generate an averaged spider brain as a scaffold for mapping immunoreactivity to other neuromodulators. Using this framework, they describe many previously known spider brain structures and also identify some previously undescribed regions. They argue that the arcuate body - a midline neuropil thought to have diverged evolutionarily from the insect central complex - shows structural similarities that may support its role in path integration and navigation.

      Having diverged from insects such as the fruit fly Drosophila melanogaster over 400 million years ago, spiders are an important group for study - particularly due to their elegant web-building behavior, which is thought to have contributed to their remarkable evolutionary success. How such exquisitely complex behavior is supported by a relatively small brain remains unclear. A rich tradition of spider neuroanatomy emerged in the previous century through the work of comparative zoologists, who used reduced silver and Golgi stains to reveal remarkable detail about gross neuroanatomy. Yet, these techniques cannot uncover the brain's neurochemical landscape, highlighting the need for more modern approaches-such as those employed in the present study.

      A key insight from this study involves two prominent higher-order neuropils of the protocerebrum: the arcuate body and the mushroom bodies. The authors show that the arcuate body has a more complex structure and lamination than previously recognized, suggesting it is insect central complex-like and may support functions such as path integration and navigation, which are critical during web building. They also report strong synapsin immunoreactivity in the mushroom bodies and speculate that these structures contribute to vibratory processing during sensory feedback, particularly in the context of web building and prey localization. These findings align with prior work that noted the complex architecture of both neuropils in spiders and their resemblance (and in some cases greater complexity) compared to their insect counterparts. Additionally, the authors describe previously unrecognized neuropils, such as the 'tonsillar neuropil,' whose function remains unknown but may belong to a larger central complex. The diverse patterns of neuromodulator immunoreactivity further suggest that plasticity plays a substantial role in central circuits.

      Weaknesses:

      My major concern, however, is that some of the authors' neuroanatomical descriptions rely too heavily on inference rather than what is currently resolvable from their immunohistochemistry stains alone.

    1. Reviewer #5 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Hypothalamic hypocretin/orexin neurons are well-known to be involved in arousal, muscle tone and energy metabolism. Using a combination of fiber photometry, video-based movement assessments, and deep learning algorithms, the authors provide compelling evidence that the activity of these neurons correlates with net body movement over multiple behaviors and is independent of nutritional state. The authors also demonstrate that hypocretin/orexin release differs between two downstream projection sites, the locus coeruleus and substantia nigra, and are able to distinguish the activity in these sites that is due to inputs from these hypothalamic neurons vs. from other subcortical populations. The authors also convincingly show that the correlation between body movement and hypocretin/orexin neuron activity is much stronger compared to other subcortical regions. However, hypocretin/orexin neuron ablation does not affect the power spectra of movements, an observation that appears at odds with their overall conclusions.

      Strengths:

      The multidisciplinary approach using multiple state-of-the-art tools is supported by a rigorous experimental design and strong statistical analyses. The authors have been highly responsive to previous critiques. Concerns of another reviewer regarding the confound between arousal and movement have been addressed by new pupillometry data as a measure of arousal and multivariate analyses to distinguish between the contributions of arousal vs. movement to hypocretin/orexin neuron activity. The new data in Figure 2H added in response to a suggestion by Reviewer 3 particularly strengthens the paper.

      Weaknesses:

      Reviewer 2 mentioned that previous studies using orexin antagonists in rodents have largely found inconsistent effect of antagonizing orexin signaling on simple motor activity and points out that these studies are not referenced here. The authors respond that "orexin antagonism - or optogenetic silencing of HONs - evokes either reduced locomotion, or no effect on locomotor movements" and add references to paragraph 4 of the Discussion. Aside from the fact that 2 of the 3 references added are from the senior author, none address the fact that orexin antagonists induce sleep and that optogenetic silencing of these cells creates a condition where sleep can ensue with short latency - results that certainly affect body movement/locomotor activity.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this set of experiments, the authors describe a novel research tool for studying complex cognitive tasks in mice, the HABITS automated training apparatus, and a novel "machine teaching" approach they use to accelerate training by algorithmically providing trials to animals that provide the most information about the current rule state for a given task.

      Strengths:

      There is much to be celebrated in an inexpensively constructed, replicable training environment that can be used with mice, which have rapidly become the model species of choice for understanding the roles of distinct circuits and genetic factors in cognition. Lingering challenges in developing and testing cognitive tasks in mice remain, however, and these are often chalked up to cognitive limitations in the species. The authors' findings, however, suggest that instead we may need to work creatively to meet mice where they live. In some cases it may be that mice may require durations of training far longer than laboratories are able to invest with manual training (up to over 100k trials, over months of daily testing) but that the tasks are achievable. The "machine teaching" approach further suggests that this duration could be substantially reduced by algorithmically optimizing each trial presented during training to maximize learning.

      Weaknesses:

      Cognitive training and testing in rodent models fill a number of roles. Sometimes, investigators are interested in within-subjects questions - querying a specific circuit, genetically defined neuron population, or molecule/drug candidate, by interrogating or manipulating its function in a highly trained animal. In this scenario, a cohort of highly trained animals which have been trained via a method that aims to make their behavior as similar as possible is a strength.

      However, often investigators are interested in between-subjects questions - querying a source of individual differences that can have long term and/or developmental impacts, such as sex differences or gene variants. This is likely to often be the case in mouse models especially, because of their genetic tractability. In scenarios where investigators have examined cognitive processes between subjects in mice who vary across these sources of individual difference, the process of learning a task has been repeatedly shown to be different. The authors recognize that their approach is currently optimized for testing within-subjects questions, but begin to show how between-subjects questions might be addressed with this system.

      The authors have perhaps shown that their main focus is highly-controlled within-subjects questions, as their dataset is almost exclusively made up of several hundred young adult male mice, with the exception of 6 females in a supplemental figure. It is notable that these female mice do appear to learn the two-alternative forced choice task somewhat more rapidly than the males in their cohort, and the authors suggest that future work with this system could be used to uncover strategies that differ across individuals.

      Considering the implications for mice modeling relevant genetic variants, it is unclear to what extent the training protocols and especially the algorithmic machine teaching approach would be able to inform investigators about the differences between their groups during training. For investigators examining genetic models, it is unclear whether this extensive training experience would mitigate the ability to observe cognitive differences, or select for the animals best able to overcome them - eliminating the animals of interest. Likewise, the algorithmic approach aims to mitigate features of training such as side biases, but it is worth noting that the strategic uses of side biases in mice, as in primates, can benefit learning, rather than side biases solely being a problem. However, the investigators may be able to highlight variables selected by the algorithm that are associated with individual strategies in performing their tasks, and this would be a significant contribution.

      A final, intriguing finding in this manuscript is that animal self-paced training led to much slower learning than "manual" training, by having the experimenter introduce the animal to the apparatus for a few hours each day. Manual training resulted in significantly faster learning, in almost half the number of trials on average, and with significantly fewer omitted trials. This finding does not necessarily argue that manual training is universally a better choice, because it led to more limited water consumption. However, it suggests that there is a distinct contribution of experimenter interactions and/or switching contexts in cognitive training, for example, by activating an "occasion setting" process to accelerate learning for a distinct period of time. Limiting experimenter interactions with mice may be a labor saving intervention, but may not necessarily improve performance. This could be an interesting topic of future investigation, of relevance to understanding how animals of all species learn.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Banse et al., demonstrate that combining computer prediction with genetic analysis in distinct Caenorhabditis species can streamline the discovery of aging interventions by taking advantage of the diverse pool of compounds that are currently available. They demonstrate that through careful prioritization of candidate compounds, they are able to accomplish a 30% positive hit rate for interventions that produce significant lifespan extensions. Within the positive hits, they focus on all-trans retinoic acid (atRA) and discover that it modulates lifespan through conserved longevity pathways such as AKT-1 and AKT-2 (and other conserved Akt-targets such as Nrf2/SKN-1 and HSF1/HSF-1) as well as through AAK-2, a conserved catalytic subunit of AMPK. To better understand the genetic mechanisms behind lifespan extension upon atRA treatment, the authors perform RNAseq experiments using a variety of genetic backgrounds for cross comparison and validation. Using this current state-of-the-art approach for studying gene expression, the authors determine that atRA treatment produces gene expression changes across a broad set of stress-response and longevity-related pathways. Overall, this study is important since it highlights the potential of combining traditional genetic analysis in the genetically tractable organism C. elegans with computational methods that will become even more powerful with the swift advancements being made in artificial intelligence. The study possesses both theoretical and practical implications not only in the field of aging, but also in related fields such as health and disease. Most of the claims in this study are supported by solid evidence, but the conclusions can be refined with a small set of additional experiments or re-analysis of data.

      Strengths:

      (1) The criteria for prioritizing compounds for screening are well-defined and is easy to replicate (Figure 1), even for scientists with limited experience in computational biology. The approach is also adaptable to other systems or model organisms.

      (2) I commend the researchers for doing follow-up experiments with the compound propranolol to verify its effect of lifespan (Figure 2- figure supplement 2), given the observation that it affected the growth of OP50. To prevent false hits in the future, the reviewer recommends the use of inactivated OP50 for future experiments to remove this confounding variable.

      (3) The sources of variation (Figure 3-figure supplement 2) are taken into account and demonstrates the need for advancing our understanding of the lifespan phenotype due to inter-individual variation.

      (4) The addition of the C. elegans swim test in addition to the lifespan assays provides further evidence of atRA-induced improvement in longevity.

      (5) The RNAseq approach was performed in a variety of genetic backgrounds, which allowed the authors to determine the relationship between AAK-2 and HSF-1 regulation of the retinoic acid pathway in C. elegans, specifically, that the former functions downstream of the latter.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors demonstrate that atRA extends lifespan in a species-specific manner (Figure 3). Specifically, this extension only occurs in the species C. elegans yet, the title implies that atRA-induced lifespan extension occurs in different Caenorhabditis species when it is clearly not the case. While the authors state that failure to observe phenotypes in C. briggsae and C. tropicalis is a common feature of CITP tests, they do not speculate as to why this phenomenon occurs.

      (2) There are discrepancies between the lifespan curves by hand (Figure 3-Figure supplement 1) and using the automated lifespan machine (Figure 3-supplement 3). Specifically, in the automated lifespan assays, there are drastic changes in the slope of the survival curve which do not occur in the manual assays and may be suggestive that confounding factors may still operate or produce additional variation in ALM experiments despite relatively well-controlled environmental conditions.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this study, Chen L et al. systematically analyzed the mycobacterial nucleomodulins and identified MgdE as a key nucleomodulin in pathogenesis. They found that MgdE enters into host cell nucleus through two nuclear localization signals, KRIR108-111 and RLRRPR300-305, and then interacts with COMPASS complex subunits ASH2L and WDR5 to suppress H3K4 methylation-mediated transcription of pro-inflammatory cytokines, thereby promoting mycobacterial survival. This study is potentially interesting, but there are several critical issues that need to be addressed to support the conclusions of the manuscript.

      (1) Figure 2: The study identified MgdE as a nucleomodulin in mycobacteria and demonstrated its nuclear translocation via dual NLS motifs. The authors examined MgdE nuclear translocation through ectopic expression in HEK293T cells, which may not reflect physiological conditions. Nuclear-cytoplasmic fractionation experiments under mycobacterial infection should be performed to determine MgdE localization.

      (2) Figure 2F: The authors detected MgdE-EGFP using an anti-GFP antibody, but EGFP as a control was not detected in its lane. The authors should address this technical issue.

      (3) Figure 3C-3H: The data showing that the expression of all detected genes in 24 h is comparable to that in 4 h (but not 0 h) during WT BCG infection is beyond comprehension. The issue is also present in Figure 7C, Figure 7D, and Figure S7. Moreover, since Il6, Il1β (pro-inflammatory), and Il10 (anti-inflammatory) were all upregulated upon MgdE deletion, how do the authors explain the phenomenon that MgdE deletion simultaneously enhanced these gene expressions?

      (4) Figure 5: The authors confirmed the interactions between MgdE and WDR5/ASH2L. How does the interaction between MgdE and WDR5 inhibit COMPASS-dependent methyltransferase activity? Additionally, the precise MgdE-ASH2L binding interface and its functional impact on COMPASS assembly or activity require clarification.

      (5) Figure 6: The authors proposed that the MgdE-regulated COMPASS complex-H3K4me3 axis suppresses pro-inflammatory responses, but the presented data do not sufficiently support this claim. H3K4me3 inhibitor should be employed to verify cytokine production during infection.

      (6) There appears to be a discrepancy between the results shown in Figure S7 and its accompanying legend. The data related to inflammatory responses seem to be missing, and the data on bacterial colonization are confusing (bacterial DNA expression or CFU assay?).

      (7) Line 112-116: Please provide the original experimental data demonstrating nuclear localization of the 56 proteins harboring putative NLS motifs.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Disclaimer:

      My expertise is in live single-molecule imaging of RNA and transcription, as well as associated data analysis and modeling. While this aligns well with the technical aspects of the manuscript, my background in translation is more limited, and I am not best positioned to assess the novelty of the biological conclusions.

      Summary:

      This study combines live-cell imaging of nascent proteins on single mRNAs with time-series analysis to investigate the kinetics of mRNA translation.

      The authors (i) used a calibration method for estimating absolute ribosome counts, and (ii) developed a new Bayesian approach to infer ribosome counts over time from run-off experiments, enabling estimation of elongation rates and ribosome density across conditions.

      They report (i) translational bursting at the single-mRNA level, (ii) low ribosome density (~10% occupancy {plus minus} a few percents), (iii) that ribosome density is minimally affected by perturbations of elongation (using a drug and/or different coding sequences in the reporter), suggesting a homeostatic mechanism potentially involving a feedback of elongation onto initiation, although (iv) this coupling breaks down upon knockout of elongation factor eIF5A.

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript is well written, and the conclusions are, in general, appropriately cautious (besides the few improvements I suggest below).

      (2) The time-series inference method is interesting and promising for broader applications.

      (3) Simulations provide convincing support for the modeling (though some improvements are possible).

      (4) The reported homeostatic effect on ribosome density is surprising and carefully validated with multiple perturbations.

      (5) Imaging quality and corrections (e.g., flat-fielding, laser power measurements) are robust.

      (6) Mathematical modeling is clearly described and precise; a few clarifications could improve it further.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The absolute quantification of ribosome numbers (via the measurement of $i_{MP}$​) should be improved. This only affects the finding that ribosome density is low, not that it appears to be under homeostatic control. However, if $i_{MP}$​ turns out to be substantially overestimated (hence ribosome density underestimated), then "ribosomes queuing up to the initiation site and physically blocking initiation" could become a relevant hypothesis. In my detailed recommendations to the authors, I list points that need clarification in their quantifications and suggest an independent validation experiment (measuring the intensity of an object with a known number of GFP molecules, e.g., MS2-GFP MS2-GFP-labeled RNAs, or individual GEMs).

      (2) The proposed initiation-elongation coupling is plausible, but alternative explanations, such as changes in abortive elongation frequency, should be considered more carefully. The authors mention this possibility, but should test or rule it out quantitatively.

      (3) The observation of translational bursting is presented as novel, but similar findings were reported by Livingston et al. (2023) using a similar SunTag-MS2 system. This prior work should be acknowledged, and the added value of the current approach clarified.

      (4) It is unclear what the single-mRNA nature of the inference method is bringing since it is only used here to report _average_ ribosome elongation rate and density (averaged across mRNAs and across time during the run-off experiments - although the method, in principle, has the power to resolve these two aspects).

      (5) I did not find any statement about data availability. The data should be made available. Their absence limits the ability to fully assess and reproduce the findings.

  3. Jul 2025
    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the revised manuscript, Long et al., showed that sul1∆ mutants have extended replicative lifespan in budding yeast. In comparison, other mutants that have sulfate transport deficiency did not show extended lifespan, suggesting SUL1 deletion extends lifespan independently of sulfate intake. The authors then explored the transcriptome of sul1∆ mutants by RNA-seq, which suggests that SUL1 deletion impacts common longevity pathways. Furthermore, the authors characterized how the PKA pathway is affected in sul1∆ mutants: SUL1 deletion promotes the nuclear localization of Msn2, as well as autophagy, indicating down-regulation of the PKA pathway.

      Strengths:

      This study raised an interesting point that inorganic transporters may impact cellular stress response pathways and affect lifespan. Some of the characterizations on the sul1∆ mutants, including the RNA-seq and MSN2 localization could provide valuable sources for people in related fields. Compared with the previous version, the writing is significantly improved, making the manuscript clearer.

      Weaknesses:

      Several critical flaws have not been revised. The claims are still not well supported by the data.

      (1) The revised manuscript still uses Atg8-EGFP, in which GFP is likely tagging at the C-terminus of Atg8. No strain information was provided for this strain, so it is unclear whether it is N- or C- terminal tagged. As pointed by reviewers of the previous version, C-terminal tagged Atg8 is not functional. As a result, the conclusions on autophagy (Figure 4) is questionable.

      (2) The nuclear localization of Msn2 is much more convincing after the authors updated Figure 3C. However, the rest of the microscopy images (e.g. Figure 3E, 4B, 4E) are still of low resolution. Again, I suggest to separate the DIC and GFP channels. It is really hard to tell where is the GFP signal from these figures.

      (3) In the Kankipati et al. 2015 paper, which is cited by the authors, SUL1E427Q is incorporated on a pRS316 (URA3) plasmic and expressed in sul1∆sul2∆ mutants. In this manuscript, the authors used SUL1E427Q mutants but did not give detailed information on how this construct is expressed. Is it endogenously mutated, incorporated into somewhere in the genome, or expressed from an extrachromosomal plasmid?<br /> In Figure 1B, they simply used BY4741 as a control for the SUL1E427Q mutant. This makes me thinking they are using a SUL1E427Q endogenous point mutation mutant. If so, the authors may want to include the information about this strain in their Supplementary table. Or if it is expressed from an extra copy on chromosomes or extrachromosomal plasmids, the authors would need to express this construct in sul1∆ mutant. In this case, the authors may want to use sul1∆ and sul1∆+empty vector as controls, instead of BY4741. As the authors mentioned in their rebuttal letter, lifespan experiments vary between each individual trials and are not comparable between different trials. Thus proper controls are essential to make the results convincing.

      (4) As suggested by reviewers of the previous version, the authors tested the sulfate uptake in different mutants within 10 minute of Na2SO4 addition (Figure 1B). The authors concluded from the data that wild type takes up sulfate faster than the mutants but they reach similar concentrations at the end point (as fast as 10 minutes). Are all these cells sulfate-starved before the experiment? If not, the experiment might be affected by the basal level of sulfate in each mutants.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Cardno et al. "test the hypothesis that DUBs could oppose PROTAC-mediated degradation of cellular targets, using AURKA as a model target". A screen with a panel of siRNA that depleted 97 DUBs in the presence and absence of AURKA targeted PROTAC-D identified DUBs that regulated AURKA and those that affected the sensitivity of PROTAC-D. Validation studies with DUBs, UCHL5, and OTU6A yielded mixed results. UCHL5 not only affected PROTAC-mediated AURKA degradation but also affected CRBN-associated substrates, OTUD6A, more specifically, affected PROTAC-mediated AURKA degradation, and the effects of OTUD6A were associated with the localisation of AURKA. The findings are interesting; the impact of the findings would be strengthened if the key results are validated in one or more cancer cell lines that have not been modified.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, authors Simone Rencken and co-authors present and investigate the genome of the common cuttlefish Sepia officinalis.

      Strengths:

      The authors explain in a detailed yet concise manner the main steps for a genome assembly, with very robust methods for validation, and according to current best practices. In addition to the chromosomal assembly, the authors confirmed the presence of 47 chromosomes using Hi-C data and multiple species synteny. They also generated a comprehensive gene annotation, with assessments of gene completeness, providing a useful resource for the community of researchers interested in cuttlefish biology and comparative genomics.

      Weaknesses:

      While the study touches upon the subjects of gene content, TE activity, or species-level comparisons, the study does not provide in-depth investigations of these.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors' research here was to understand the role of hypoxia and hypoxia-induced transcription factor Hif-1a in the epicardium. The authors noted that hypoxia was prevalent in the embryonic heart, and this persisted into neonatal stages until postnatal day 7 (P7). Hypoxic regions in the heart were noted in the outer layer of the heart, and expression of Hif-1a coincided with the epicardial gene WT1. It has been documented that at P7, the mouse heart cannot regenerate after myocardial infarction, and the authors speculated that the change in epicardial hypoxic conditions could play a role in regeneration. The authors then used genetic and pharmacological tools to increase the activity of Hif genes in the heart and noted that there was a significant improvement in cardiac function when Hif-1a was active in the epicardium. The authors speculated that the presence of Hif-1a improved cell survival.

      Strengths:

      A focus on hypoxia and its effects on the epicardium in development and after myocardial infarction. This study outlines the potential to extend the regenerative time window in neonatal mammalian hearts.

      Weaknesses:

      While the observations of improved cardiac function are clear, the exact mechanism of how increased Hif-1a activity causes these effects is not completely revealed. The authors mention improved myocardium survival, but do not include studies to demonstrate this.

      There is an indication that fibrosis is decreased in hearts where Hif activity is prolonged, but there are no studies to link hypoxia and fibrosis.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors present an important approach to identify imported P. falciparum malaria cases, combining genetic and epidemiological/travel data. This tool has the potential to be expanded to other contexts. The data was analyzed using convincing methods, including a novel statistical model; although some recognized limitations can be improved. This study will be of interest to researchers in public health and infectious diseases.

      Strengths:

      The study has several strengths, mainly the development of a novel Bayesian model that integrates genomic, epidemiological, and travel data to estimate importation probabilities. The results showed insights into malaria transmission dynamics, particularly identifying importation sources and differences in importation rates in Mozambique. Finally, the relevance of the findings is to suggest interventions focusing on the traveler population to help efforts for malaria elimination.

      Weaknesses:

      The study also has some limitations. The sample collection was not representative of some provinces, and not all samples had sufficient metadata for risk factor analysis, which can also be affected by travel recall bias. Additionally, the authors used a proxy for transmission intensity and assumed some conditions for the genetic variable when calculating the importation probability for specific scenarios. The weaknesses were assessed by the authors.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this revised manuscript, Gao et al. presented a series of well-controlled behavioral data showing that tussling, a form of high-intensity fighting among male fruit flies (Drosophila melanogaster) is enhanced specifically among socially experienced and relatively old males. Moreover, results of behavioral assays led authors to suggest that increased tussling among socially experienced males may increase mating success. They also concluded that tussling is controlled by a class of olfactory sensory neurons and sexually dimorphic central neurons that are distinct from pathways known to control lunges, a common male-type attack behavior.

      A major strength of this work is that it is the first attempt to characterize behavioral function and neural circuit associated with Drosophila tussling. Many animal species use both low-intensity and high-intensity tactics to resolve conflicts. High-intensity tactics are mostly reserved for escalated fights, which are relatively rare. Because of this, tussling in the flies, like high-intensity fights in other animal species, have not been systematically investigated. Previous studies on fly aggressive behavior have often used socially isolated, relatively young flies within a short observation duration. Their discovery that 1) older (14-days old) flies tend to tussle more often than younger (2 to 7-days-old) flies, 2) group-reared flies tend to tussle more often than socially isolated flies, and 3) flies tend to tussle at later stage (mostly ~15 minutes after the onset of fighting), are the result of their creativity to look outside of conventional experimental settings. These new findings are key for quantitatively characterizing this interesting yet under-studied behavior.

      Newly presented data have made several conclusions convincing. Detailed descriptions of methods to quantify behaviors help understand the basis of their claims by improving transparency. However, I remain concerned about authors' persistent attempt to link the high intensity aggression to reproductive success. The authors' effort to "tone down" the link between the two phenomena remains insufficient. There are purely correlational. I reiterate this issue because the overall value of the manuscript would not change with or without this claim.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Use of reporter assays to understand the regulatory mechanisms controlling gene expression moves beyond simple correlations of cis-regulatory sequence accessibility, evolutionary sequence conservation, and epigenetic status with gene expression, instead quantifying regulatory sequence activity for individual elements. Tulloch et al., provide a systematic characterization of two new reporter assay techniques (LS-MPRA and d-MPRA) to comprehensively identify cis-regulatory sequences contained within genomic loci of interest during retinal development. The authors then apply LS-MPRA and d-MPRA to identify putative cis-regulatory sequences controlling Olig2 and Ngn2 expression, including potential regulatory motifs that known retinal transcription factors may bind. Transcription factor binding to regulatory sequences is then assessed via CUT&RUN. The broader utility of the techniques is then highlighted by performing the assays across development, across species, and across tissues.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors validate the reporter assays on retinal loci for which the regulatory sequences are known (Rho, Vsx2, Grm6, Cabp5) mostly confirming known regulatory sequence activity but highlighting either limitations of the current technology or discrepancies of previous reporter assays and known biology. The techniques are then applied to loci of interest (Olig2 and Ngn2) to better understand the regulatory sequences driving expression of these transcription factors across retinal development within subsets of retinal progenitor cells, identifying novel regulatory sequences through comprehensive profiling of the region.

      (2) LS-MPRA provides broad coverage of loci of interest.

      (3) d-MPRA identifies sequence features that are important for cis-regulatory sequence activity.

      (4) The authors take into account transcript and protein stability when determining the correlation of putative enhancer sequence activity with target gene expression.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In its current form, the many important controls that are standard for other MPRA experiments are not shown or not performed, limiting the interpretations of the utility of the techniques. This includes limited controls for basal-promoter activity, limited information about sequence saturation and reproducibility of individual fragments across different barcode sequences, limitations in cloning and assay delivery, and sequencing requirements. Additional quantitative metrics, including locus coverage and number of barcodes/fragments, would be beneficial throughout the manuscript.

      (2) There are no statistical metrics for calling a region/sequence 'active'. This is especially important given that NR3 for Olig2 seems to have a small 'peak' and has non-significant activity in Figure 4.

      (3) The authors present correlational data for identified cis-regulatory sequences with target gene expression. Additionally, the significance of transcription factor binding to the putative regulatory sequences is not currently tested, only correlated based on previous single-cell RNA-sequencing data. While putative regulatory sequences with potential mechanisms of regulation are identified/proposed, the lack of validation (and discrepancies with previous literature) makes it hard to decipher the utility of the techniques.

      (4) While the interpretations that Olig2 mRNA/protein expression is dynamically regulated improved the proportions of cells that co-expressed CRM-regulated GFP and Olig2, alternate explanations (some noted) are just as likely. First, the electroporation isn't specific to Olig2+ progenitors. Also, the tested, short CRM fragments may have activating signals outside of Olig2 neurogenic cells because chromatin conformation, histone modifications, and DNA methylation are not present on plasmids to precisely control plasmid activity. Alternatively, repressive elements that control Olig2 expression are not contained in the reporter vectors.

      (5) It is unclear as to why the d-MPRA uses a different barcoding strategy, placing a second copy of the cis-regulatory sequence in the 3' UTR. As acknowledged by the author, this will change the transcript stability by changing the 3' UTR sequence. Because of this, comparisons of sequence activity between the LS-MPRA and d-MPRA should not be performed as the experiments are not equivalent.

      (6) Furthermore, details of the mutational burden in d-MPRA experiments are not provided, limiting the interpretations of these results.

      (7) Many figures are IGV screenshots that suffer from low resolution. Many figures could be consolidated.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Krwawicz et al., present evidence that expression of DNMTs in E. coli results in (1) introduction of alkylation damage that is repaired by AlkB; (2) confers hypersensitivity to alkylating agents such as MMS (and exacerbated by loss of AlkB); (3) confers hypersensitivity to oxidative stress (H2O2 exposure); (4) results in a modest increase in ROS in the absence of exogenous H2O2 exposure; and (5) results in the production of oxidation products of 5mC, namely 5hmC and 5fC, leading to cellular toxicity. The findings reported here have interesting implications for the concept that such genotoxic and potentially mutagenic consequences of DNMT expression (resulting in 5mC) could be selectively disadvantageous for certain organisms. The other aspect of this work which is important for understanding the biological endpoints of genotoxic stress is the notion that DNA damage per se somehow induces elevated levels of ROS.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well-written, and the experiments have been carefully executed providing data that support the authors' proposed model presented in Fig. 7 (Discussion, sources of DNA damage due to DNMT expression).

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors have established an informative system relying on expression of DNMTs to gauge the effects of such expression and subsequent induction of 3mC and 5mC on cell survival and sensitivity to an alkylating agent (MMS) and exogenous oxidative stress (H2O2 exposure). The authors state (p4) that Fig. 2 shows that "Cells expressing either M.SssI or M.MpeI showed increased sensitivity to MMS treatment compared to WT C2523, supporting the conclusion that the expression of DNMTs increased the levels of alkylation damage." This is a confusing statement and requires revision as Fig. 2 does ALL cells shown in Fig. 2 are expressing DNMTs and have been treated with MMS. It is the absence of AlkB and the expression of DNMTs that that causes the MMS sensitivity.

      (2) It would be important to know whether the increased sensitivity (toxicity) to DNMT expression and MMS is also accompanied by substantial increases in mutagenicity. The authors should explain in the text why mutation frequencies were not also measured in these experiments.

      (3) Materials and Methods. ROS production monitoring. The "Total Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) Assay Kit" has not been adequately described. Who is the Vendor? What is the nature of the ROS probes employed in this assay? Which specific ROS correspond to "total ROS"?

      (4) The demonstration (Fig. 4) that DNMT expression results in elevated ROS and its further synergistic increase when cells are also exposed to H2O2 is the basis for the authors' discussion of DNA damage-induced increases in cellular ROS. S. cerevisiae does not possess DNMTs/5mC, yet exposure to MMS also results in substantial increases in intracellular ROS (Rowe et al, (2008) Free Rad. Biol. Med. 45:1167-1177. PMC2643028). The authors should be aware of previous studies that have linked DNA damage to intracellular increases in ROS in other organisms and should comment on this in the text.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Wójcik and colleagues investigated how the maintenance of task information in working memory influences the dimensionality of task representations. The task required an exclusive-or (XOR) mapping as the output by combining stimulus features separated by a delay period. The authors found that context information invariant to input features (i.e., color) is maintained and enhanced over the course of learning the task.

      The significance of this study lies in its demonstration of how learning selectively changes the geometry of task representations. The clear-cut results emphasize that learning promotes the abstraction of task representations for context-dependent computations. It is also important to investigate how working memory mechanisms contribute to the geometry and optimization of task representations, as such studies in humans are scarce.

      Strengths:

      (1) The task design and analyses are clear.

      (2) The theoretical motivation to study low-dimensional representations and temporal decomposition is strong. Understanding how learning changes these qualities is a novel and important question.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The specific contribution of working memory maintenance to the dimensionality and abstraction of representations is unclear. While the task likely recruits working memory, there are no direct assessments linking the observed results to particular qualities or mechanisms of working memory. In other words, neural representations observed during the delay period are interpreted as working memory.

      (2) The dissociation between XOR and motor representations is ambiguous, as they only become distinguishable during error trials. Additionally, they show similar time courses and learning-related changes.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors investigated SP-induced physiological and molecular changes in Djungarian hamsters and the endogenous recovery from it after circa half a year. The study aimed to elucidate the intrinsic mechanism and included nice experiments to distinguish between rheostatic effects on energy state and homeostatic cues driven by an interval timer. It also aimed to elucidate the role of Dio3 by introducing a targeted mutation in the MBH by ICV. The experiments and analyses are sound, and the amount of work is impressive. The impact of this study on the field of seasonal chronobiology is probably high.

      Even though the general conclusions are well-founded, I have fundamental criticism concerning 3 points, which I recommend revising:

      (1) The authors talk about a circannual interval timer, but this is no circannual timer. This is a circa-semiannual timer. It is important that the authors use precise wording throughout the manuscript.

      (2) The authors put their results in the context of clocks. For example, line 180/181 seasonal clock. But they have described and investigated an interval timer. A clock must be able to complete a full cycle endogenously (and ideally repeatedly) and not only half of it. In contrast, a timer steers a duration. Thus, it is well possible that a circannual clock mechanism and this circa-semiannual timer of photoperiodic species are 2 completely different mechanisms. The argumentation should be changed accordingly.

      (3) The authors chose as animal model the Djungarian hamster, which is a predominantly photoperiodic species and not a circannual species. A photoperiodic species has no circannual clock. That is another reason why it is difficult to draw conclusions from the experiment for circannual clocks. However, the Djungarian hamster is kind of "indifferent" concerning its seasonal timing, since a small fraction of them are indeed able to cycle (Anchordoquy HC, Lynch GR (2000), Evidence of an annual rhythm in a small proportion of Siberian hamsters exposed to chronic short days. J Biol Rhythms 15:122-125.). Nevertheless, the proportion is too small to suggest that the findings in the current study might reflect part of the circannual timing.

      Therefore, the authors should make a clear distinction between timers and clocks, as well as between circa-annual and circa-semiannual durations/periods.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this work, Brown and colleagues report that the photosensor protein LITE-1 of the nematode C. elegans may also be a chemosensor that can be activated by high concentrations of the compound diacetyl. LITE-1 was described as a putative ion channel of the gustatory receptor family, which is mainly constituted by insect odorant receptors. These form tetrameric ion channels that can be activated by odorants. Specificity is achieved by forming heteromeric channels from three copies of the odorant receptor co-receptor (ORCO) and another subunit that resembles ORCO in the pore-forming C-terminus, but brings in a binding site for the respective odorant. LITE-1 has a very similar structure, according to Alphafold3 predictions, and also carries a binding pocket. In LITE-1, this was proposed to be occupied by a light-absorbing molecule that activates the channel when a photon is absorbed. Alternatively, compounds generated by absorption of high-energy photons may be formed in vivo and bound by the LITE-1 binding pocket. Koh et al. now demonstrate that another, non-light-activated compound, diacetyl, at high concentrations, can activate cells expressing LITE-1. Such (chemosensory) cells are also responsible for the avoidance of high concentrations of diacetyl. LITE-1 activation in excitable cells, i.e, muscles, causes strong body contraction and paralysis, and the authors show that this is also the case when diacetyl is presented. The authors further present molecular docking studies showing that diacetyl could occupy the binding pocket of LITE-1. Last, they show that another compound chemically resembling diacetyl, i.e., 2,3-pentanedione, can also induce avoidance in a LITE-1 dependent manner, though not as potently.

      The data are intriguing, and the demonstration of LITE-1 being a diacetyl chemosensor is interesting. Yet, there are a few questions arising that the authors should address.

      The authors identified mutants lacking diacetyl responses. In their chemotaxis assay (Figures 1A, B), they show that lite-1 mutants do not avoid high concentrations of diacetyl. However, the animals actually showed attraction, as the chemotaxis index was positive. If the lite-1 animals were insensitive, they should be indifferent, and the chemotaxis index should be close to zero. This means, other neurons contribute to the diacetyl response, and the result of these neurons being activated means/remains attraction? If so, the authors need to rule out any effects of these neurons on the effects they attribute to LITE-1 in the other assays.

      The effect of diacetyl on muscle cells (Figure 3C) is pretty rapid, i.e., already during 1 minute after application, the animals are almost maximally contracted. How fast is it really? Can the authors provide a time course with more time points during the first minute? This is a relevant question, as the compound would have to either pass the worm cuticle or enter through the gut and diffuse through the body to reach the muscle cells. Can one expect this to occur within (less than) a minute?

      In this context, the authors need to rule out that other mechanisms may be at play. E.g., diacetyl may be immediately sensed by ciliated chemosensory neurons that might release a signaling molecule that leads to activation of LITE-1 in muscles, or that sensitizes it somehow, responding to light used for filming animals. The authors should repeat this assay in a lite-1 mutant background. Furthermore, the authors tested unc-13 mutants to rule out indirect effects on the neurons recorded. Likewise, they should eliminate neuropeptide signaling via unc-31 mutants (a recent paper cited by the authors showed involvement of neuropeptide signaling in LITE-1-mediated light avoidance behavior). Last, to demonstrate that effects are not indirect in response to chemosensory neurons, the authors should repeat the contraction or swimming assay in a tax-4 mutant, which largely lacks chemosensation. This also applies to the chemotaxis assay. Animals should exhibit a chemotaxis index to diacetyl of zero, then.

      Does diacetyl activate other neurons expressing LITE-1? A number of cells express LITE-1 at high levels, which the authors have not tested (they restricted their analyses to chemosensory neurons). This is important to address because it leaves the possibility that LITE-1 requires a specific partner only present in these chemosensory neurons to detect diacetyl. This partner would have to be present also in muscles, where diacetyl could activate ectopically expressed LITE-1. According to CeNGEN scRNAseq data, cells expressing LITE-1 can be identified. The ADL and ASH neurons actually come up only at the lowest threshold, so some of the other cells showing much higher levels of LITE-1 mRNAs, i.e., AVG, ALM, PLM, ASG, PHA, PHB, AVM, RIF, or some pharyngeal neurons, should be tested. ASG was among the cells the authors recorded from, but this neuron did not show a response.

      The authors need to show that diacetyl responses of ADL and/or ASK can be rescued by expressing LITE-1 specifically in these neurons in a lite-1 mutant background.

      Molecular docking studies are not described in detail. How was this done? Diacetyl is a very small molecule. How well can docking algorithms assess this at all? Did the authors preselect the binding pocket, or did the algorithm sample the entire molecular surface of the LITE-1 model and end up with the binding pocket? The latter would be very convincing. The authors should provide control docking experiments with other molecules that caused avoidance in their hands (i.e. benzaldehyde, 2,4,5,trimethlythiazole, isoamyl alcohol, nonanone, octanone), but did not activate LITE-1. Also, they should try docking molecules related to diacetyl, and if there are some that do not dock under the same conditions, such molecules should be used in a behavioral experiment. Ideally, they should also not activate LITE-1. Examples could be, e.g., diacetyl monoxime or 2,4-pentanedione.

      Last, the authors should provide a PDB file with the docked diacetyl to allow readers to assess the binding for themselves. Since a large number of mutations of LITE-1 have been reported, it may be that amino acids shown to be essential for LITE-1 function are also required for diacetyl binding. If so, this could be backed up with an experiment.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Shivani Bodas et al. investigate the role of actin, actin-binding proteins, and microtubules in regulating the membrane-associated periodic skeleton (MPS) in neuronal axons. The MPS, first reported by Ke Xu et al. in 2013 (Science), has since been implicated in various neuronal functions, including mechanical support, axonal diameter control, axonal degeneration regulation, and spatial organization of signaling molecules. Given its biological importance, further elucidation of MPS assembly mechanisms is of considerable interest. However, I have concerns regarding the novelty and strength of the conclusions presented in this work. Many of the findings largely reiterate previously published observations, and the most novel conclusions are not fully substantiated by the data.

      Strengths:

      (1) The MPS represents a structurally and functionally important cytoskeletal system in neurons. Studies aimed at understanding its developmental mechanisms are biologically meaningful and potentially impactful.

      (2) The authors attempt to dissect MPS assembly during early neuronal development, a process that could offer mechanistic insight into how the MPS is established and maintained.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Limited Novelty Across Results Sections:

      Of the seven Results sections, only one (Figure 6) and part of another (Figure 9) present data leading to relatively novel interpretations, specifically, the authors' claim that βII-spectrin is recruited to the axonal cortex via F-actin interactions as early as DIV1, followed by rearrangement into a periodic structure by DIV4. However, this conclusion is not fully supported (see below). The remaining results (Figures 1-5, 7, and 8) largely recapitulate findings reported in earlier studies and thus add limited new knowledge.

      (2) Insufficient Evidence for Early Recruitment and Rearrangement of βII-spectrin:

      The claim that βII-spectrin is recruited to the axonal cortex via F-actin interactions as early as at DIV 1 and subsequently reorganized into a periodic structure during DIV1-4 is central to the manuscript but lacks robust experimental support.

      On Page 17, Line 526, the authors the authors state that " To exclude cytoplasmic spectrin resulting from overexpression, only axons with low expression of βII spectrin-GFP were selected for the analysis". However, selecting for low expression alone does not guarantee the absence of cytoplasmic signal. Without volumetric imaging (e.g., 3D super-resolution imaging to see the cross section of axons), it is difficult to definitively conclude that the FRAP data (Figures 6 and 9) reflect cortical rather than cytoplasmic localization.

      Prior FRAP studies (Zhong et al., eLife 2014) observed minimal fluorescence recovery over 1800 seconds in axons expressing βII-spectrin-GFP at low levels, with faster recovery (~200-300 seconds) only evident under high expression conditions. The fast recovery kinetics (tens of seconds) reported in this manuscript could plausibly result from free diffusion of cytoplasmic βII-spectrin-GFP rather than cortical turnover.

      Furthermore, on Page 10, Line 310, the authors assert that endogenous βII-spectrin "is recruited early to the axonal cortex, followed by progressive establishment of periodic order". However, the STED images shown in Figure 1 do not convincingly distinguish between cortical and cytoplasmic pools.

      As such, the observed disordered βII-spectrin molecules, whether overexpressed or endogenous, could still represent a diffuse cytoplasmic population. An alternative and perhaps more parsimonious interpretation is that βII-spectrin is initially cytoplasmic and only later recruited and arranged into periodic structures at the cortex.

      (3) Use of Pharmacological Perturbations:

      Like many earlier studies, this manuscript relies heavily on pharmacological perturbation (e.g., cytoskeletal drugs) to assess the roles of actin, actin-binding proteins, and microtubules in MPS assembly. While this approach is widely used, it is important to acknowledge that such agents may have off-target effects. The manuscript would benefit from greater caution in interpreting these results, or better yet, the inclusion of genetic or optogenetic approaches to independently validate these findings.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Nishimura et al. examines the behavioural and neural mechanisms of stress-enhanced fear responding (SEFR) and stress-enhanced fear learning (SEFL). Groups of stressed (4 x shock exposure in a context) vs non-stressed (context exposure only) animals are compared for their fear of an unconditioned tone, and context, as well as their learning of new context fear associations. Shock of higher intensity led to higher levels of unlearned stress-enhanced fear expression. Immediate early gene analysis uncovered the PVT as a critical neural locus, and this was confirmed using fiber photometry, with stressed animals showing an elevated neural signal to an unconditioned tone. Using a gain and loss of function DREADDs methodology, the authors provide convincing evidence for a causal role of the PVT in SEFR.

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript uses critical behavioural controls (no stress vs stress) and behavioural parameters (0.25mA, 0.5mA, 1mA shock). Findings are replicated across experiments.

      (2) Dissociating the SEFR and SEFL is a critical distinction that has not been made previously. Moreover, this dissociation is essential in understanding the behavioural (and neural) processes that can go awry in fear.

      (3) Neural methods use a multifaceted approach to convincingly link the PVT to SEFR: from Fos, fiber photometry, gain and loss of function using DREADDs.

      Weaknesses:

      No weaknesses were identified by this reviewer; however, I have the following comments:

      A closer examination of the Test data across time would help determine if differences may be present early or later in the session that could otherwise be washed out when the data are averaged across time. If none are seen, then it may be worth noting this in the manuscript.

      Given the sex/gender differences in PTSD in the human population, having the male and female data points distinguished in the figures would be helpful. I assume sex was run as a variable in the statistics, and nothing came as significant. Noting this would also be of value to other readers who may wonder about the presence of sex differences in the data.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Male mice were tested in a classic behavioral "flee the looming stimulus" paradigm. This is a purely behavioral study; no neural analyses were done. Mice were housed socially, but faced the looming stimulus individually. Drift-diffusion modeling found that reward-level interacted with threat level such that at low-threat levels, reward contrasted with threat as classically expected (high reward overwhelms low threat, low threat overwhelms low reward), but that reward aligned with threat at higher threat levels.

      Note that they define threat level by the darkness of the looming stimulus. I am not sure that darker stimuli are more threatening to mice. But maybe. Figure 3 shows that mice react more quickly to high contrast looming stimuli, but can the authors distinguish between the ability to detect the visual signal from considering it a more dangerous threat? (The fact that vigilance makes a difference in the high contrast condition, not the low contrast condition, actually supports the author's hypotheses here.)

      The drift-diffusion model (DDM) is fine. I note that the authors included a "leakage rate", which is not a standard DDM parameter (although I like including it). I would have liked to see more about the parameters. What were the distributions? What did the parameters correlate with behaviorally? I would have liked to see distributions of the parameters under the different conditions and different animals. Figure 2C shows the progression of learning. How do the fit parameters change over time as mice shift from choice to choice? How do the parameters change over mice? How do the parameters change over distance to the threat/distance to safety (as per Fanselow and Lester 1988)? They did a supplemental experiment where the threat arrived halfway along the corridor - we could get a lot more detail about that experiment - how did it change the modeling?

      Overall, this is a reasonable study showing mostly unsurprising results. I think the authors could do more to connect the vigilance question to their results (which seems somewhat new to me).

      Although the data appear generally fine and the modeling reasonable, the authors do not do the necessary work to set themselves within the extensive literature on decision-making in mice retreating from threats.

      First of all, this is not a new paradigm; variants of this paradigm have been used since at least the 1980s. There is an *extensive* literature on this, including extensive theoretical work on the relation of fear and other motivational factors. I recommend starting with the classic Fanselow and Lester 1988 paper (which they cite, but only in passing), and the reviews by Dean Mobbs and Jeansok Kim, and by Denis Paré and Greg Quirk, which have explicit theoretical proposals that the authors can compare their results to. I would also recommend that the authors look into the "active avoidance" literature. Moreover, to talk about a mouse running from a looming stimulus without addressing the other "flee the predator" tasks is to miss a huge space for understanding their results. Again, I would start with the reviews above, but also strongly urge the authors to look at the Robogator task (work by June-Seek Choi and Jeansok Kim, work by Denis Paré, and others).

      Similarly, in their anatomical review, they do not mention the amygdala. Given the extensive literature on the role of the amygdala in retreating from danger, both in terms of active avoidance and in terms of encoding the danger itself, it would surprise me greatly if this behavior does not involve amygdala processing. (If there is evidence that the amygdala does not play a role here, but that the superior colliculus does, then that would be a *very* important result that needs to be folded into our understanding of decision-making systems and neural computational processing.)

      Second, there is an extensive economic literature on non-human animals in general and on rodents in particular. Again, the authors seem unaware of this work, which would provide them with important data and theories to broaden the impact of their results (by placing them within the literature). First, there are explicit economic literatures in terms of positively-valenced conflicts (e.g., neuroeconomics within the primate literature, sequential foraging and delay-discounting tasks within the rodent literature), but also there is a long history within the rodent conditioning world, such as the classic work by Len Green and Peter Shizgal. I would strongly urge the authors to explore the motivational conflict literature by people like Gavin McNally, Greg Quirk, and Mark Andermann. Again, putting their results into this literature will increase the impact of their experiment and modeling.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary

      This study investigates how task components can be learned and transferred across different task contexts. The authors designed two consecutive sequence learning tasks, in which complex image sequences were generated from the combination of two graph-based structural "building blocks". One of these components was shared between the prior and transfer task environments, allowing the authors to test compositional transfer. Behavioral analyses using generalized linear models (GLMs) assessed participants' sensitivity to the underlying structure. MEG data were recorded and analyzed using classifications and feature representational similarity analysis (RSA) to examine whether neural similarity increased for stimuli sharing the same relational structure. The paper aims to uncover the neural dynamics that support compositional transfer during learning.

      Strengths and weaknesses

      I found the methods and task design of this paper difficult to follow, particularly the way stimuli were constructed and how the experimental sequences were generated from the graph structures. These aspects would be hard to replicate without some clarification. I appreciate the integration of behavioral and neuroimaging data. The overall approach, especially the use of compositional graph structures in sequence learning, is interesting and could be used and revised in further studies in compositionality and transfer learning. I appreciated the authors' careful interpretation of their findings in the discussion. However, I would have liked a similar level of caution in the abstract, which currently overstates some claims.

      Major Comments:

      (1) While the introduction mentions brain areas implicated in the low-dimensional representation of task knowledge, the current study uses M/EEG and does not include source reconstruction. As a result, the focus is primarily on the temporal dynamics of the signal rather than its spatial origins. Although I am not suggesting that the authors should perform source reconstruction in this study, it would strengthen the paper to introduce the broader M/EEG literature on task-relevant representations and transfer. The same applies to behavioral studies looking at structural similarities and transfer learning. I encourage the authors to integrate relevant literature to better contextualize their results.

      Duan, Y., Zhan, J., Gross, J., Ince, R. A. & Schyns, P. G. Pre-frontal cortex guides dimension-reducing transformations in the occipito-ventral pathway for categorization behaviors. Current Biology 34, 3392-3404 (2024).

      Luyckx, F., Nili, H., Spitzer, B. & Summerfield, C. Neural structure mapping in human probabilistic reward learning. eLife 8, e42816 (2019). (This is in the references but not in the text).

      Zhang, M. & Yu, Q. The representation of abstract goals in working memory is supported by task-congruent neural geometry. PLoS biology 22, e3002461 (2024).

      L. Teichmann, T. Grootswagers, T. Carlson, A.N. Rich Decoding digits and dice with magnetoencephalography: evidence for a shared representation of magnitude Journal of cognitive neuroscience, 30 (7) (2018), pp. 999-1010

      Garner, K., Lynch, C. R. & Dux, P. E. Transfer of training benefits requires rules we cannot see (or hear). Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance 42, 1148 (2016).

      Holton, E., Braun, L., Thompson, J., Grohn, J. & Summerfield, C. Humans and neural networks show similar patterns of transfer and interference during continual learning (2025).

      (2) I found it interesting that the authors chose to perform PCA for dimensionality reduction prior to conducting RSA; however, I haven't seen such an approach in the literature before. It would be helpful to either cite prior studies that have employed a similar method or to include a comparison with more standard approaches, such as sensor-level RSA or sensor-searchlight analysis.

      (3) Connected to the previous point, the choice to use absolute distance as a dissimilarity measure is not justified. How does it compare to standard metrics such as correlation distance or Mahalanobis distance? The same applies to the use of Kendall's tau.

      (4) The analysis described in the "Abstract representation of dynamical roles in subprocesses" does not appear to convincingly test the stated prediction of a structural scaffolding account. The authors hypothesize that if structure and dynamics from prior experiences are repurposed, then stimuli occupying the same "dynamical roles" across different sequences should exhibit enhanced neural similarity. However, the analysis seems to focus on decoding transitions rather than directly assessing representational similarity. Rather, this approach may reflect shared temporal representation in the sequences without necessarily indicating that the neural system generalizes the abstract function or position of a stimulus within the graph. To truly demonstrate that the brain captures the dynamical role across different stimuli, it would be more appropriate to directly assess whether neural patterns evoked by stimuli, in the same temporal part of the sequence, with shared roles (but different visual identities) are more similar to each other than to those from different roles.

      (5) In the following section, the authors correlate decoding accuracy with participants' behavioral performance across different conditions. However, out of the four reported correlations and the additional comparison of differences between conditions, only one correlation and one correlation difference reach significance, and only marginally so. The interpretation of this finding should therefore be more cautious, especially if it is used to support a link between neural representations and behavior. Additionally, it is possible that correlation with a more clearly defined or targeted neural signature, more directly tied to the hypothesized representational content, could yield stronger or more interpretable correlations.

      Minor Comments:

      During preprocessing, sensors were excluded based on an identified noise level. However, the authors do not specify the threshold used to define this noise level, nor do they report how many sensors were excluded per participant. It would be helpful to have these details. Additionally, it is unclear why the authors opted to exclude sensors rather than removing noise with MaxFiltering or interpolating bad sensors. Finally, the authors should report how many trials were discarded on average (and standard deviation) per participant.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper the authors conduct two experiments an fMRI experiment and intracranial recordings of neurons in two patients P1 and P2. In both experiments, they employ a SSVEP paradigm in which they show images at a fast rate (e.g. 6Hz) and then they show face images at a slower rate (e.g. 1.2Hz), where the rest of the images are a variety of object images. In the first patient, they record from neurons over a region in the mid fusiform gyrus that is face-selective and in the second patient, they record neurons from a region more medially that is not face selective (it responds more strongly to objects than faces). Results find similar selectivity between the electrophysiology data and the fMRI data in that the location which shows higher fMRI to faces also finds face-selective neurons and the location which finds preference to non faces also shows non face preferring neurons.

      Strengths:

      The data is important in that it shows that there is a relationship between category selectivity measured from electrophysiology data and category-selective from fMRI. The data is unique as it contains a lot of single and multiunit recordings (245 units) from the human fusiform gyrus - which the authors point out - is a humanoid specific gyrus.

      Weaknesses:

      My major concerns are two-fold: (i) There is a paucity of data; Thus, more information (results and methods) is warranted; and in particular there is no comparison between the fMRI data and the SEEG data.

      (ii) One main claim of the paper is that there is evidence for suppressed responses to faces in the non-face selective region. That is, the reduction in activation to faces in the non-face selective region is interpreted as a suppression in the neural response and consequently the reduction in fMRI signal is interpreted as suppression. However, the SSVEP paradigm has no baseline (it alternates between faces and objects) and therefore it cannot distinguish between lower firing rate to faces vs suppression of response to faces.

      (1) Additional data: the paper has 2 figures: figure 1 which shows the experimental design and figure 2 which presents data, the latter shows one example neuron raster plot from each patient and group average neural data from each patient. In this reader's opinion this is insufficient data to support the conclusions of the paper. The paper will be more impactful if the researchers would report the data more comprehensively.

      (a) There is no direct comparison between the fMRI data and the SEEG data, except for a comparison of the location of the electrodes relative to the statistical parametric map generated from a contrast (Fig 2a,d). It will be helpful to build a model linking between the neural responses to the voxel response in the same location - i.e., estimate from the electrophysiology data the fMRI data (e.g. Logothetis & Wandell, 2004)

      (b) More comprehensive analyses of the SSVEP neural data: It will be helpful to show the results of the frequency analyses of the SSVEP data for all neurons to show that there are significant visual responses and significant face responses. It will be also useful to compare and quantify the magnitude of the face responses compared to the visual responses.

      (c) The neuron shown in E shows cyclical responses tied to the onset of the stimuli, is this the visual response? If so, why is there an increase in the firing rate of the neuron before the face stimulus is shown in time 0? The neuron's data seems different than the average response across neurons; This raises a concern about interpreting the average response across neurons in panel F which seems different than the single neuron responses

      (d) Related to (c) it would be useful to show raster plots of all neurons and quantify if the neural responses within a region are homogeneous or heterogeneous. This would add data relating the single neuron response to the population responses measured from fMRI. See also Nir 2009.

      (e) When reporting group average data (e.g., Fig 2C,F) it is necessary to show standard deviation of the response across neurons.

      (f) Is it possible to estimate the latency of the neural responses to face and object images from the phase data? If so, this will add important information on the timing of neural responses in the human fusiform gyrus to face and object images.

      (g) Related to (e) In total the authors recorded data from 245 units (some single units and some multiunits) and they found that both in the face and nonface selective most of the recoded neurons exhibited face -selectivity, which this reader found confusing: They write " Among all visually responsive neurons, we 87 found a very high proportion of face-selective neurons (p < 0.05) in both activated 88 and deactivated MidFG regions (P1: 98.1%; N = 51/52; P2: 86.6%; N = 110/127)'. Is the face selectivity in P1 an increase in response to faces and P2 a reduction in response to faces or in both it's an increase in response to faces

      (1) Additional methods (a) it is unclear if the SSVEP analyses of neural responses were done on the spikes or the raw electrical signal. If the former, how is the SSVEP frequency analysis done on discrete data like action potentials? (b) it is unclear why the onset time was shifted by 33ms; one can measure the phase of the response relative to the cycle onset and use that to estimate the delay between the onset of a stimulus and the onset of the response. Adding phase information will be useful.

      (2) Interpretation of suppression:

      The SSVEP paradigm alternates between 2 conditions: faces and objects and has no baseline; In other words, responses to faces are measured relative to the baseline response to objects so that any region that contains neurons that have a lower firing rate to faces than objects is bound to show a lower response in the SSVEP signal. Therefore, because the experiment does not have a true baseline (e.g. blank screen, with no visual stimulation) this experimental design cannot distinguish between lower firing rate to faces vs suppression of response to faces. The strongest evidence put forward for suppression is the response of non-visual neurons that was also reduced when patients looked at faces, but since these are non-visual neurons, it is unclear how to interpret the responses to faces.

      Comments on revisions:

      In the revision, the authors added information and answered several of the main questions. Several points remain unanswered because the authors would like to publish a short format paper here, and suggest that answering these questions is outside the scope of the paper. The authors would like to leave some of the more detailed analyses for a subsequent longer paper.